Sony RDR-HX 820, 825 DVD Recorder SERVICE MANUAL

RDR-HX820/HX825

RMT-D230P/D231P

SERVICE MANUAL

AEP Model

RDR-HX820/HX825

Photo: RDR-HX820

RMT-D230P

System

Laser:

Semiconductor laser

Channel coverage:

PAL/SECAM (B/G, D/K, I, L)

VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10,

Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South

Africa 4 to 13

UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to

B69, F21 to F69

CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France

B to Q

HYPER: S21 to S41

The above channel coverage merely ensures the channel reception within these ranges. It does not guarantee the ability to receive signals in all circumstances.

Video reception:

Frequency synthesizer system

Audio reception:

Split carrier system

Aerial out:

75-ohm asymmetrical aerial socket

Timer:

Clock: Quartz locked/Timer indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/

Power back-up duration: 1 hour

Video recording format:

MPEG-2,

MPEG-1

Audio recording format/applicable bit rate:

Dolby Digital 2 ch

256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP and SLP mode) for RDR-HX825

SPECIFICATIONS

Inputs and outputs

LINE 2 OUT

(AUDIO):

Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms

(VIDEO):

Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p

(S VIDEO):

4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,

C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)

LINE 2 IN

(AUDIO):

Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than

22 kilohms

(VIDEO):

Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p

(S VIDEO):

4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,

C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)

LINE 1 – TV:

21-pin

CVBS IN/OUT

S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream)

LINE 3/DECODER:

21-pin

CVBS IN/OUT

S-Video/RGB IN

S-Video OUT (downstream)

Decoder

DV IN:

4-pin/i.LINK S100

DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL):

Op tical output jack/–18 dBm

(wave length: 660 nm)

DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL):

Phono jack/

0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT

(Y, P

B

/C

B

, P

R

/C

R

):

Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,

P

B

/C

B

: 0.7 Vp-p, P

R

/C

R

: 0.7 Vp-p

G-LINK:

mini jack

(for RDR-HX825 models only)

HDMI OUT:

HDMI 19pin-Standard

Connector

General

Power requirements:

220-240 V AC,

50/60 Hz

Power consumption:

46 W

Dimensions (approx.):

430

×

73

×

328 mm (width/height/ depth) incl. projecting parts

Hard disk drive capacity:

160 GB

Mass (approx.):

4.7 kg

Operating temperature:

5ºC to 35ºC

Operating humidity:

25% to 80%

Supplied accessories:

Mains lead (1)

Aerial cable (1)

Remote commander (remote) (1)

Set top box controller (1)

(for RDR-HX825 models only)

R6 (size AA) batteries (2)

Specifications and design are subject to change without notice.

Compatible colour systems

This recorder is designed to record using the

PAL colour system and play back using the

PAL or NTSC colour systems.

The signals of the SECAM colour system can be received or recorded but played back in the

PAL colour system only. Recording of video sources based on other colour systems cannot be guaranteed.

DVD RECORDER

WARNING!!

WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH

THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO

CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE

FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE

OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK.

CAUTION:

The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard.

CAUTION

Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!

COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH

MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS

LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE

COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS

APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS

PUBLISHED BY SONY.

Unleaded solder

Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the leadfree mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead.

(Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.)

: LEAD FREE MARK

Unleaded solder has the following characteristics.

• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40

°

C higher than ordinary solder.

Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time.

Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350

°

C.

Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!

• Strong viscosity

Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc.

• Usable with ordinary solder

It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder.

SAFETY CHECK-OUT

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.

1.

Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges.

2.

Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are

"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors.

3.

Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.

4.

Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.

5.

Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.

6.

Flexible Circuit Board Repairing

• Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C during repairing.

• Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the circuit board (within 3 times).

• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering or unsoldering.

— 2 —

SERVICE NOTE

1.

DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY

CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION) ············ 5

2.

BOARDS CONNECTION ················································· 6

1.

GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WARNING ············································································ 1-1

Precautions ············································································· 1-1

Quick Guide to Disc Types ···················································· 1-2

Hookups and Settings ································································ 1-3

Hooking Up the Recorder ······················································ 1-3

Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box

Controller ··············································································· 1-3

Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord ················· 1-4

Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords ····································· 1-5

Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead ······································· 1-5

Step 5: Preparing the Remote ················································ 1-5

Step 6: Easy Setup ································································· 1-6

Connecting a VCR or Similar Device ···································· 1-7

Connecting a PAY-TV/Canal Plus Analogue Decoder ·········· 1-7

Eight Basic Operations

— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder ························ 1-8

1. Inserting a Disc ·································································· 1-8

2. Recording a Programme ···················································· 1-8

3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) ··················· 1-8

4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information ·········· 1-9

5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme ················ 1-9

6. Labelling and Protecting a Disc ······································· 1-10

7. Playing the Disc on Other DVD Equipment (Finalise) ··· 1-10

8. Reformatting a disc ·························································· 1-10

GUIDE Plus+ ·········································································· 1-11

Introduction to the GUIDE Plus+ System ··························· 1-11

Watching TV using the GUIDE Plus+ System ···················· 1-11

Searching for a Programme using the GUIDE Plus+

System ················································································· 1-12

Listing Up Your Favourite Programme Information

(My TV) ··············································································· 1-12

Making changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System ····················· 1-12

Timer Recording ······································································ 1-13

Before Recording ································································· 1-13

Timer Recording (GUIDE Plus+/ShowView/Manual) ········ 1-14

Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings ·················· 1-15

Recording From Connected Equipment ······························ 1-15

Playback ·················································································· 1-16

Playing ················································································· 1-16

Searching for a Title/Chapter/Track, etc. ····························· 1-18

Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, or DivX® Video Files ·························································· 1-18

Erasing and Editing ································································· 1-19

Before Editing ······································································ 1-19

Erasing and Editing a Title ·················································· 1-19

Creating and Editing a Playlist ············································ 1-20

Dubbing (HDD t DVD) ······················································· 1-21

Before Dubbing ··································································· 1-21

Dubbing ··············································································· 1-22

DV Dubbing ············································································ 1-22

Before DV Dubbing ····························································· 1-22

Recording an Entire DV Format Tape

(One Touch Dubbing) ·························································· 1-23

Program Edit ········································································ 1-23

Settings and Adjustments ························································ 1-24

Aerial Reception and Language Settings (Basic) ················ 1-24

Video Settings (Video) ························································· 1-25

Audio Settings (Audio) ························································ 1-26

Recording Settings (Recording) ·········································· 1-26

Disc Settings (DVD) ···························································· 1-27

Remote Control Settings/Factory Settings (Others) ············ 1-27

Easy Setup (Resetting the Recorder) ··································· 1-27

Additional Information ···························································· 1-28

Troubleshooting ··································································· 1-28

Self-diagnosis Function

(When letters/numbers appear in the display) ····················· 1-30

Notes About This Recorder ················································· 1-30

Specifications ······································································· 1-30

About i.LINK ······································································· 1-30

Guide to Parts and Controls ················································· 1-31

Language Code List ····························································· 1-31

Area Code ············································································ 1-31

2.

DISASSEMBLY

2-1.

CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY ·········································· 2-2

2-2.

RD-064 BOARD ····························································· 2-2

2-3.

TRAY ASSEMBLY ························································· 2-3

2-4.

FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY ········································· 2-3

2-5.

FL-166 BOARD, FR-257 BOARD ································· 2-4

2-6.

HARD DISK SECTION ················································· 2-4

2-7.

HARD DISK ··································································· 2-5

2-8.

D. C. FAN ········································································ 2-5

2-9.

DVD DRIVE ··································································· 2-6

2-10. POWER BLOCK ····························································· 2-6

2-11. AV-106 BOARD ······························································ 2-7

2-12. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ··································· 2-8

3.

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-1.

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM ···································· 3-1

3-2.

AV-106 BLOCK DIAGRAM ·········································· 3-3

3-3.

RD-064 (1/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM ································· 3-5

3-4.

RD-064 (2/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM ································· 3-7

3-5.

POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM ········································· 3-9

4.

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

4-1.

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ································ 4-1

4-2.

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ············································ 4-3

WAVEFORMS ································································ 4-4

• AV-106 (1/8) (POWER)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-5

• AV-106 (2/8) (AUDIO IN)


• AV-106 (3/8) (AUDIO OUT)


• AV-106 (4/8) (TUNER)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-11

• AV-106 (5/8) (IT CONTROLLER)


• AV-106 (6/8) (VIDEO IN/OUT)


• AV-106 (7/8) (EURO IN/OUT)


• AV-106 (8/8) (IR-CONT)


• FL-166 (FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW)


• FR-257 (DV, REMOCON RECEIVER,

FUNCTION SW, LED)


• RD-064 (1/8) (RISM3)


• RD-064 (2/8) (HDD DRIVE)


• RD-064 (3/8) (V DEC)


• RD-064 (4/8) (FLASH ROM)


— 3 —

• RD-064 (5/8) (AV-CN/POWER)


• RD-064 (6/8) (DV-PHY)


• RD-064 (7/8) (PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA)


• RD-064 (8/8) (HDMI)


• SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2001EK)


4-3.

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

• AV-106 (POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT,

IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT,

IR-CONT)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-43

• FL-166 (FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW)


• FR-257 (DV, REMOCON RECEIVER,

FUNCTION SW, LED)


• RD-064 (RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM,

AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI)


5.

IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1.

IT CONTROL IC

(IC603: M306H5MG-A14FP, M306H5MC-C36FP

(AV-106 BOARD)) ·························································· 5-1

5-2.

MAIN CONTROL IC

(IC103: R8A34012BG (RD-064 BOARD)) ···················· 5-4

6.

SERVICE MODE

6-1.

Check Item ······································································ 6-1

6-2.

Screen Transition in the Service Mode ···························· 6-2

6-3.

Items and Description of Service Mode Menu ················ 6-3

6-4.

Device Check Menu (Diagnostic Test) ···························· 6-3

6-5.

HDD service mode ·························································· 6-4

7.

ADJUSTMENTS

7-1.

Video System Adjustment ··············································· 7-1

8.

REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1.

EXPLODED VIEWS

8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION ····················································· 8-1

8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION-1 ··················································· 8-2

8-1-3. CHASSIS SECTION-2 ··················································· 8-3

8-2.

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ·········································· 8-4

— 4 —

SERVICE NOTE

1. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION)

1.

Remove the upper case.

2.

Insert the stiff wire in the hole and eject the tray.

Hole

The stiff wire

Open the tray.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

NOTES DURING THE FORCED EJECTION

1. If the forced ejection is executed while a blank disc media (DVD

±

RW,

±

R) exists on the tray

• Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) in the tray and then close the tray.

Note1: If you close the tray while it is empty, ejection of the tray becomes impossible.

Note2: If you close the tray with a CD disc inserted in it, the CD can be ejected. However, if you close the tray while it is empty, there can be a case that ejection of the tray becomes impossible.

Note3: Even if you replace the DVD drive unit while the tray remains under the state as described above, the situation cannot be improved.

2. If the tray cannot be ejected while the disc is not inserted

• Execute the forced ejection.

• Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) on the tray and try to close the tray.

(There are cases that it recovers the trouble.)

3. Contents of forcedly ejected blank disc media (DVD

±

RW,

±

R) can be damaged. (There can be a case that initialization is also impossible.)

— 5 —

2. BOARDS CONNECTION

Connector

(CN606, 42P)

Connector

(CN603, 42P)

RD-064 board

RD51-RD relay board

(J-6090-167-A)

RD51-AV extension flexible flat cable

(J-6090-168-A)

RD51-AV relay board

(J-6090-169-A)

Connector (CN502, 42P)

Connector (CN501, 42P)

— 6 —

RDR-HX820/HX825

This section is extracted from instruction manual.

(RDR-HX825 : 2-886-040-E1 (1))

SECTION 1

GENERAL

WARNING

To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to rain or moisture.

To avoid electrical shock, do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only.

The mains lead must be changed only at a qualified service shop.

This appliance is classified as a

CLASS 1 LASER product. The

CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT

MARKING is located on the laser protective housing inside the enclosure.

CAUTION

The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. As the laser beam used in this DVD recorder is harmful to eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the cabinet.

Refer servicing to qualified personnel only.

This label is located on the laser protective housing inside the enclosure.

Precautions

• This unit operates on 220 –

240 V AC, 50/60 Hz. Check that the unit’s operating voltage is identical with your local power supply.

• To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the apparatus.

• Install this system so that the mains lead can be unplugged from the wall socket immediately in the event of trouble.

GUIDE Plus+, S

HOW

V

IEW

,

G-LINK are (1) registered trademarks or trademarks of, (2) manufactured under license from and (3) subject of various international patents and patent applications owned by, or licensed to, Gemstar-TV Guide

International, Inc. and/or its related affiliates.

GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE

INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND/

OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES

ARE NOT IN ANY WAY

LIABLE FOR THE ACCURACY

OF THE PROGRAM

SCHEDULE INFORMATION

PROVIDED BY THE GUIDE

PLUS+ SYSTEM. IN NO EVENT

SHALL GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE

INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND /

OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES

BE LIABLE FOR ANY

AMOUNTS REPRESENTING

LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF

BUSINESS, OR INDIRECT,

SPECIAL, OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

IN CONNECTION WITH THE

PROVISION OR USE OF ANY

INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT,

OR SERVICES RELATING TO

THE GUIDE PLUS+ SYSTEM.

Disposal of Old Electrical

& Electronic Equipment

(Applicable in the

European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems)

This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household waste. Instead it shall be handed over to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local Civic Office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.

Precautions

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits set out in the EMC

Directive using a connection cable shorter than 3 metres.

On safety

Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, unplug the recorder and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.

About the hard disk drive

The hard disk has a high storage density, which enables long recording durations and quick access to the written data.

However, it can easily be damaged by shock, vibration or dust, and should be kept away from magnets. To avoid losing important data, observe the following precautions.

• Do not apply a strong shock to the recorder.

• Do not place the recorder in a location subject to mechanical vibrations or in an unstable location.

• Do not place the recorder on top of a hot surface, such as a

VCR or amplifier (receiver).

• Do not use the recorder in a place subject to extreme changes in temperature

(temperature gradient less than

10 °C/hour).

• Do not move the recorder with its mains lead connected.

• Do not disconnect the mains lead while the power is on.

• When disconnecting the mains lead, turn off the power and make sure that the hard disk drive is not operating (the clock is displayed in the front panel display for at least 30 seconds and all recording or dubbing has stopped).

• Do not move the recorder for one minute after you have unplugged the mains lead.

• Do not attempt to replace or upgrade the hard disk by yourself, as this may result in malfunction.

If the hard disk drive should malfunction, you cannot recover lost data. The hard disk drive is only a temporary storage space.

About repairing the hard disk drive

• The contents of the hard disk drive may be checked in case of repair or inspection during a malfunction or modification.

However, the contents will not be backed up or saved by

Sony.

• If the hard disk needs to be formatted or replaced, it will be done at the discretion of

Sony. All contents of the hard disk drive will be erased, including contents that violate copyright laws.

On power sources

• The recorder is not disconnected from the AC power source (mains) as long as it is connected to the wall outlet, even if the recorder itself has been turned off.

• If you are not going to use the recorder for a long time, be sure to disconnect the recorder from the wall outlet. To disconnect the AC power cord

(mains lead), grasp the plug itself; never pull the cord.

On placement

• Place the recorder in a location with adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the recorder.

• Do not place the recorder on a soft surface such as a rug that might block the ventilation holes.

• Do not place the recorder in a confined space such as a bookshelf or similar unit.

• Do not place the recorder in a location near heat sources, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical shock.

• Do not place the recorder in an inclined position. It is designed to be operated in a horizontal position only.

• Keep the recorder and discs away from equipment with strong magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers.

• Do not place heavy objects on the recorder.

On recording

Make trial recordings before making the actual recording.

On compensation for lost recordings

Sony is not liable and will not compensate for any lost recordings or relevant losses, including when recordings are not made due to reasons including recorder failure, or when the contents of a recording are lost or damaged as a result of recorder failure or repair undertaken to the recorder. Sony will not restore, recover, or replicate the recorded contents under any circumstances.

,continued

3 2

4

Copyrights

• Television programmes, films, video tapes, discs, and other materials may be copyrighted.

Unauthorized recording of such material may be contrary to the provisions of the copyright laws. Also, use of this recorder with cable television transmission may require authorization from the cable television transmitter and/or programme owner.

• This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by

U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights.

Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision.

Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.

Copy guard function

Since the recorder has a copy guard function, programmes received through an external tuner (not supplied) may contain copy protection signals (copy guard function) and as such may not be recordable, depending on the type of signal.

IMPORTANT NOTICE

Caution: This recorder is capable of holding a still video image or on-screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or onscreen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time you risk permanent damage to your television screen.

Plasma display panels and projection televisions are especially susceptible to this.

If you have any questions or problems concerning your recorder, please consult your nearest Sony dealer.

About this manual

• In this manual, the internal hard disk drive is written as

“HDD,” and “disc” is used as a general reference for the HDD,

DVDs, or CDs unless otherwise specified by the text or illustrations.

• Icons, such as

DVD

, listed at the top of each explanation indicate what kind of media can be used with the function being explained.

• Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the controls on the recorder if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote.

• The on-screen display illustrations used in this manual may not match the graphics displayed on your TV screen.

• The explanations regarding

DVDs in this manual refer to

DVDs created on this recorder.

The explanations do not apply to DVDs that are created on other recorders and played back on this recorder.

1-1

Quick Guide to Disc Types

Recordable and playable discs

Type Disc Logo

Icon used in this manual

Formatting

(new discs)

Compatibility with other DVD players (finalising)

Hard disk drive

(internal)

HDD

Formatting unnecessary

Dub HDD contents to a DVD to play on other DVD players

DVD+RW

DVD-

RW

VR mode

Video mode

DVD+R

DVD+R DL

DVD-R

VR mode

Video mode

+ RW

Automatically formatted in

+VR mode

(DVD+RW

VIDEO)

Playable on DVD+RW compatible players

(automatically finalised)

-RWVR

-RW

Video

Format in VR mode (page 33)

Playable only on VR mode compatible players

(finalisation unnecessary)

Format in

Video mode

(page 33)

Playable on most DVD players (finalisation necessary) (page 41)

+ R


+VR mode

(DVD+R

VIDEO)


-RVR

-R

Video

Format in VR mode

(page 33)

*1

Formatting is performed using the “Disc

Information” display.

Playable only on DVD-R in

VR mode compatible players

(finalisation necessary)

(page 41)


Video mode


Usable disc versions (as of August 2006)

• 8x-speed or slower DVD+RWs

• 6x-speed or slower DVD-RWs (Ver.1.1,

Ver.1.2 with CPRM

*2

)

• 16x-speed or slower DVD+Rs

• 16x-speed or slower DVD-Rs (Ver.2.0,

Ver.2.1 with CPRM

*2

)

• 8x-speed or slower DVD+R DL (Double

Layer) discs

“DVD+RW,” “DVD-RW,” “DVD+R,” “DVD+R

DL,” and “DVD-R” are trademarks.

*1

*2

When an unformatted DVD-R is inserted into this recorder, it is automatically formatted in

Video mode. To format a new DVD-R in VR mode, format using the “Disc Information” display (page 33).

CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable

Media) is a coding technology that protects copyrights for images.

Discs that cannot be recorded on

• 8 cm discs

• DVD-R DL (Dual Layer) discs

• DVD-RAMs

8

10

Playable discs

Type

DVD VIDEO

VIDEO CD

Disc Logo

Icon used in this manual

Characteristics

DVD

Discs such as movies that can be purchased or rented

This recorder also recognizes DVD-

RAMs and DVD-R Dual Layer (Video mode) discs as DVD Video compatible discs. If the DVD-RAM has a removable cartridge, remove the cartridge before playback.

VCD

VIDEO CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in

VIDEO CD/Super VIDEO CD format

CD

DATA DVD

DATA CD

8 cm DVD+RW/

DVD-RW/DVD-R

—

—

—

“DVD VIDEO” and “CD” are trademarks.

DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license.

DivX

®

is a video file compression technology, developed by DivX, Inc.

Discs that cannot be played

• PHOTO CDs

• CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs that are recorded in a format different from the formats mentioned in the table above.

• Data part of CD-Extras

CD

DATA DVD

DATA CD

—

Music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format

DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/

DVD-Rs/DVD-ROMs containing either JPEG image files or DivX video files

CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs containing either MP3 audio tracks,

JPEG image files or DivX video files

8 cm DVD+RW, DVD-RW, and

DVD-R recorded with a DVD video camera

(Still images recorded with a DVD video camera cannot be played.)

• DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs/

DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs that do not contain

DVD Video, DivX video or JPEG image files.

• DVD Audio discs

• Cartridge-only type DVD-RAMs and/or

DVD-RAMs that do not contain DVD

Video.

• HD layer on Super Audio CDs

• DVD VIDEOs with a different region code

(page 11).

• DVDs that were recorded on a different recorder and not correctly finalised.

,continued

9

Maximum recordable number of titles

Disc Number of titles*

HDD 300

DVD-RW/DVD-R

DVD+RW/DVD+R

DVD+R DL

99

49

49

* The maximum length for one title is eight hours.

Note on playback operations of DVD

VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs

Some playback operations of DVD VIDEOs/

VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this recorder plays

DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. See the instructions supplied with the DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs.

Region code (DVD VIDEO only)

Your recorder has a region code printed on the rear of the unit and will only play DVD

VIDEOs (playback only) labelled with identical region codes. This system is used to protect copyrights.

DVD VIDEOs labelled

ALL

will also play on this recorder.

If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the message “Playback prohibited by region code.” will appear on the TV screen.

Depending on the DVD VIDEO, no region code indication may be labelled even though playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by area restrictions.

Region code

Note on DualDiscs

A DualDisc is a two sided disc product which mates DVD recorded material on one side with digital audio material on the other side.

However, since the audio material side does not conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard, playback on this product is not guaranteed.

b

Notes

• Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVD-

Rs, DVD-RAMs, or CD-RWs/CD-Rs cannot be played on this recorder due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device and authoring software. The disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalised. For more information, see the operating instructions for the recording device.

• You cannot mix VR mode and Video mode on the same DVD-RW. To change the disc’s format, reformat the disc (page 43). Note that the disc’s contents will be erased after reformatting.

• You cannot shorten the time required for recording even with high-speed discs.

• It is recommended that you use discs with “For

Video” printed on their packaging.

• You cannot add new recordings to DVD+Rs,

DVD-Rs, or DVD-RWs (Video mode) that contain recordings made on other DVD equipment.

• In some cases, you may not be able to add new recordings to DVD+RWs that contain recordings made on other DVD equipment. If you do add a new recording, note that this recorder will rewrite the DVD menu.

• You cannot edit recordings on DVD+RWs,

DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs that are made on other DVD equipment.

• If the disc contains PC data unrecognizable by this recorder, the data may be erased.

• You may not be able to record on some recordable discs, depending on the disc.

Music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies

This product is designed to play back discs that conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard.

Recently, various music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies are being marketed by some record companies. Please be aware that among those discs, there are some that do not conform to the CD standard and may not be playable by this product.

11

1-2

Hookups and Settings

Hooking Up the Recorder

Follow steps 1 through 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the recorder. Do not connect the mains lead until you reach “Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead” on page 21.

b

Notes

• See “Specifications” (page 121) for a list of supplied accessories.

• Plug in cords securely to prevent unwanted noise.

• Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected.

• You cannot connect this recorder to a TV that does not have a SCART or video input jack.

• Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting.

12

A: Connecting a set top box receiver using an aerial cable or an aerial cable and a SCART cord

With this hookup, you can record any programme position on the set top box receiver.

To watch cable programmes, you need to match the programme position on the recorder to the aerial output programme position on the cable box.

Place the set top box controller near the remote sensor on the set top box receiver.

Wall

Set top box receiver

Set top box controller

(page 13)

ANT IN

TO TV SCART cord *

(not supplied)

Aerial cable

(supplied) to AERIAL IN to G-LINK to AERIAL OUT

TV to aerial input

: Signal flow

* Connect only if your set top box receiver has a SCART connection.

DVD recorder

Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box

Controller

Select one of the following aerial hookups. Do NOT set “Line3 Input” of the “Scart Setting” to

“Decoder” in the “Video” setup (page 103) when making connection A or B.

If you have

Set top box receiver with an aerial output (or aerial and SCART output)

Set top box receiver with a SCART output only

No set top box receiver

Hookup

A (page 14)

B (page 15)

C (page 16)

If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals

This recorder accepts RGB signals. If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals, connect the TV SCART connector on the set top box receiver to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, and set

“Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” to “Video/RGB” in the “Video” setup (page 103). Note that this connection and setup disable the SMARTLINK function. If you want to use the

SMARTLINK function with a compatible set top box receiver, see the instructions supplied with the set top box receiver.

If you want to use the Synchro Rec function

A SCART connection between the set top box receiver and the recorder is necessary to use the

Synchro-Recording function. See “Recording from connected equipment with a timer (Synchro

Rec)” on page 63.

Set “Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” in the “Video” setup (page 103) according to the specifications of your set top box receiver. See your set top box receiver’s instructions for more information.

Using the set top box receiver control function

The set top box receiver control function can be used with hookup A or B. It allows the recorder to control a set top box receiver via the supplied set top box controller. The recorder controls programme positions on the set top box receiver for timer recording. You can also use the recorder’s remote control to change programme positions on the set top box receiver whenever the set top box receiver and recorder are turned on.

To use the set top box receiver control function, you need to connect the set top box controller

(page 25). After setting up the set top box receiver control, check that the recorder can correctly control the set top box receiver (page 26).

b

Notes

• If your aerial is a flat cable (300-ohm twin lead cable), use an external aerial connector (not supplied) to connect the aerial to the recorder.

• If you have separate cables for AERIAL antennas, use an AERIAL UHF/VHF band mixer (not supplied) to connect the aerial to the recorder.

• Synchro-Recording does not work with some tuners. For details, see the tuner’s operating instructions.

• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected set top box receiver.

,continued

13

B: Connecting a set top box receiver using a SCART cord only

With this hookup, you can record any programme position on the set top box receiver. Be sure that the set top box receiver is turned on.

To watch cable or satellite programmes, you need to match the programme position on the recorder to the input jack connected to the set top box receiver ( i LINE 3/DECODER).

Place the set top box controller near the remote sensor on the set top box receiver.

Wall

Set top box controller

(page 13)

Aerial cable

(supplied)

Set top box receiver

ANT IN

TO TV to SCART output to aerial input

SCART cord

(not supplied)

TV to G-LINK to i

LINE 3/DECODER

DVD recorder

: Signal flow

14

,continued

15

1-3

C: Connecting the aerial cable only (no set top box receiver)

Use this hookup if you watch cable programme position without a cable box. Also use this hookup if you are connecting just an aerial antenna.

With this hookup, you can record any programme position by selecting the programme position on the recorder.

Wall to AERIAL IN to AERIAL OUT to aerial input

Aerial cable (supplied)

: Signal flow

TV

DVD recorder

Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord

Select one of the following patterns,

A through E, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to view pictures.

B

INPUT

VIDEO

L

AUDIO

R

TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver)

Audio/video cord

(not supplied)

Component video cord

(not supplied)

D

COMPONENT

VIDEO IN

Y

(green)

P

B

/C

B

(blue)

P

R

/C

R

(red)


(yellow)

(green) (blue) to COMPONENT

VIDEO OUT

(red) to LINE 2 OUT (VIDEO) to HDMI OUT

HDMI cord

(not supplied) to LINE 2 OUT

(S VIDEO)

S-video cord

(not supplied) to i

LINE 1 – TV

DVD recorder

SCART cord

(not supplied)

E

HDMI IN


: Signal flow

C

S VIDEO

INPUT

TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) TV

16

A SCART input jack

When you set “Easy Setup - Line1 Output” to

“S Video” or “RGB” (page 25), use a

SCART cord that conforms to the selected signal.

B Video input jack

You will enjoy standard quality images.

C S VIDEO input jack

You will enjoy high quality images.

D Component video input jacks (Y, P

B

/C

B

,

P

R

/C

R

)

You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images.

If your TV accepts progressive 525p/625p format signals, use this connection and set

“Component Out” in the “Video” setup to

“On” (page 102). Then set “Progressive

Output” to “On” in the “Video” setup to send progressive video signals. For details, see

“Progressive Output” on page 102.

E HDMI input jack

Use a certified HDMI cord (not supplied) to enjoy high quality digital picture and sound through the HDMI OUT jack.

When playing “wide screen” images

Some recorded images may not fit your TV screen. To change the picture size, see page 101.

If you are connecting to a VCR

Connect your VCR to the LINE 3/

DECODER jack on the recorder (page 28).

b

Notes

• Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time.

• When you connect the recorder to your TV via the

SCART jacks, the TV’s input source is set to the recorder automatically when you start playback.

If necessary, press TV t to return the input to the TV.

• For correct SMARTLINK connection, you will need a SCART cord that has the full 21 pins.

Refer to your TV’s instruction manual as well for this connection.

• If you connect this recorder to a TV with

SMARTLINK, set “Easy Setup - Line1 Output” to “Video.”

• You cannot connect the HDMI OUT jack

(connection

E) to DVI jacks that are not HDCP compliant (e.g., DVI jacks on PC displays).

* This DVD recorder incorporates High-Definition

Multimedia Interface (HDMI™) technology.

HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition

Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.

About the SMARTLINK features (for SCART connections only)

If the connected TV (or other connected equipment such as a set top box) complies with SMARTLINK, NexTView Link

*3

,

MEGALOGIC

*1

, EASYLINK

*2

,

CINEMALINK

*2

LINK

*4

, Q-Link

*3

, EURO VIEW

, or T-V LINK

*5

, you can enjoy the following SMARTLINK features.

For recording

• TV Direct Rec.

You can easily record what you are watching on your TV (page 34).

• One Touch EPG

You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the

TV to the recorder’s programme position, and display the GUIDE Plus+ system

“Home Screen” with one touch of the TV

GUIDE button.

For playback

• One Touch Play


TV’s input to the recorder, and start playback with one touch of the

H (play) button (page 67).

• One Touch Menu


TV to the recorder’s programme position, and display the Title List menu with one touch of the TITLE LIST button (page 67).

For settings

• Preset Download

You can download the tuner preset data from your TV to this recorder, and tune the recorder according to that data in “Easy

Setup.” This greatly simplifies the “Easy

Setup” procedure.

• Automatic Power Off

The recorder will turn off automatically if the recorder is not used after you turn off the TV.

• NexTView Download

You can easily set the timer by using the

NexTView Download function on your TV.

See your TV’s instruction manual.

*1

“MEGALOGIC” is a registered trademark of

*2

*3

*4

*5

Grundig Corporation.

“EASYLINK” and “CINEMALINK” are trademarks of Philips Corporation.

“Q-Link” and “NexTView Link” are trademarks of Panasonic Corporation.

“EURO VIEW LINK” is a trademark of Toshiba

Corporation.

“T-V LINK” is a trademark of JVC Corporation.

z Hint

SMARTLINK also works with TVs or other equipment having EPG Timer Control, EPG Title

Download, and Now Recording functions. For details, refer to the operating instructions supplied with your TV or other equipment.

b

Notes

• The SMARTLINK features are available only when “Video” is selected in “Line1 Output.”

• The power must be turned on to use all

SMARTLINK features except One Touch Play,

One Touch Menu and One Touch EPG.

• Not all TVs respond to the functions above.

18

A

,continued

17

19

1-4

Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords

Select one of the following patterns,

A or B, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to listen to sound.

[Speakers]

Rear (L)

[Speakers]

Rear (R)

Front (L)

AV amplifier (receiver) with a decoder

Front (R)

A

Centre Subwoofer

HDMI cord

(not supplied)

Coaxial digital cord

(not supplied) or or to coaxial or optical/

HDMI digital input

Optical digital cord

(not supplied) to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)

20

to HDMI OUT

DVD recorder to LINE 2 OUT

(R-AUDIO-L)

Audio/video cord

(not supplied)

INPUT

VIDEO

B

(white) (yellow)

(red) (white)

L

AUDIO

R

(yellow) * (red)


: Signal flow

* The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 17).

A Digital audio input jack

If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby

*1

Digital, DTS

*2

, or MPEG audio decoder and a digital input jack, use this connection. You can enjoy Dolby Digital (5.1ch), DTS

(5.1ch), and MPEG audio (5.1ch) surround effects.

B Audio L/R (left/right) input jacks

This connection will use your TV’s or stereo amplifier’s (receiver’s) two speakers for sound.

Step 5: Preparing the

Remote

You can control the recorder using the supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries by matching the

3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the battery compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the recorder.

Controlling TVs with the remote

You can adjust the remote’s signal to control your TV.

b

Notes

• Depending on the connected unit, you may not be able to control your TV with some or all of the buttons below.

• If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be erased.

Number buttons

TV/DVD b

Notes

• If the supplied remote interferes your other Sony

DVD recorder or player, change the command mode number for this recorder (page 23).

• Use the batteries correctly to avoid possible leakage and corrosion. Should leakage occur, do not touch the liquid with bare hands. Observe the following:

– Do not use a new battery with an old battery, or batteries of different manufacturers.

– Do not attempt to recharge the batteries.

– If you do not intend to use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries.

– If battery leakage occurs, wipe out any liquid inside the battery compartment, and insert new batteries.

• Do not expose the remote sensor (marked the front panel) to strong light, such as direct

on sunlight or a lighting apparatus. The recorder may not respond to the remote.

• When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number and Command Mode may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number and Command Mode again.

TV

2

+/–

TV PROG

+/–

TV

[

/

1

TV t

1

Hold down the TV

[/1 button located

at the bottom of the remote.

Do not press the

[/1 button at the top of the remote.

22

z Hint

For correct speaker location, see the operating instructions supplied with the connected components.

b

Notes

• Do not connect your TV’s audio output jacks to the LINE IN (R-AUDIO-L) jacks at the same time. This will cause unwanted noise to come from your TV’s speakers.

• With connection

B, do not connect the LINE IN

(R-AUDIO-L) and LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks to your TV’s audio output jacks at the same time. This will cause unwanted noise to come from your TV’s speakers.

• With connection

A, after you have completed the connection, make the appropriate settings under

“Easy Setup - Audio Connection” (page 25).

Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise will come from your speakers.

• When you connect the recorder to an AV amplifier (receiver) using an HDMI cord, you will need to do one of the following:

– Connect the AV amplifier (receiver) to the TV with the HDMI cord.

– Connect the recorder to the TV with a video cord other than HDMI cord (component video cord, S VIDEO cord, or audio/video cord).

*1

Manufactured under license from Dolby

Laboratories.

“Dolby” and the double-D symbol are

*2 trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

“DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of

Digital Theater Systems, Inc.

Step 4: Connecting the

Mains Lead

Connect the supplied mains lead to the AC IN terminal of the recorder. Then plug the recorder and TV mains leads (power cords) into the mains. After you connect the mains lead, you must wait for a short while

before operating the recorder. You can operate the recorder once the front panel display lights up and the recorder enters standby mode.

If you connect additional equipment to this recorder (page 28), be sure to connect the mains lead after all connections are complete.

1 to AC IN to mains

2

21

2

With the TV

[/1 button pressed down,

enter the TV’s manufacturer code using the number buttons.

For instance, to enter “09,” press “0” then

“9.” After you enter the last number, release the TV

[/1 button.

Code numbers of controllable TVs

If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV.

Manufacturer

Sony

Hitachi

JVC

Panasonic

Philips

Samsung

Sanyo

Thomson

Toshiba

Code number

01 (default)

24

33

17, 49

06, 08

71

25

43

38

The remote performs the following:

Buttons

TV

[/1

TV

+/–

2 (volume)

TV PROG +/–

TV t

Operations

Turns your TV on or off

Adjusts the volume of your TV

Selects the programme position on your TV

Switches your TV’s input source

If you have a Sony DVD player or more than one Sony DVD recorder

If the supplied remote interferes with your other Sony DVD recorder or player, set the command mode number for this recorder and the supplied remote to one that differs from the other Sony DVD recorder or player after you have completed “Step 6: Easy Setup.”

The default command mode setting for this recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3.

Number buttons

SYSTEM

MENU

M

/ m

,

ENTER

1

Check that “Easy Setup” (page 25) has been finished. If “Easy Setup” has not been finished, first perform “Easy

Setup.”

2

Press SYSTEM MENU.

The System Menu appears.

3

Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.

To operate the TV/DVD button

(for SCART connections only)

The TV/DVD button switches between the recorder and the last input source selected on the TV. Point your remote at the recorder when using this button.

When you connect the recorder to the TV via the SCART jacks, the input source for the TV is set to the recorder automatically when you start playback. To watch another source, press the TV/DVD button to switch the TV’s input source.

,continued

23

1-5

4

Select “Others,” and press ENTER.

To check the Command Mode for the recorder

Press x on the recorder when the recorder is turned off. The Command Mode for the recorder appears in the front panel display.

If the Command Mode for the recorder has not been changed, set the Command Mode for the remote to the default setting of

DVD3. If the Command Mode for the remote is changed to DVD1 or DVD2, you will be unable to operate this recorder.

5

Select “Command Mode,” and press

ENTER.

Changing programme positions of the recorder using the remote

You can change programme positions of the recorder using the number buttons.

6

Select a Command Mode (DVD1,

DVD2, or DVD3), and press ENTER.

7

Set the Command Mode for the remote so it matches the Command Mode for the recorder you set above.

Follow the steps below to set the

Command Mode on the remote.

1 Hold down ENTER.

2 While holding down ENTER, enter the Command Mode code number using the number buttons.

Command Mode Code number

DVD1 number button 1

DVD2

DVD3 number button 2 number button 3

3 Hold down both the number and

ENTER buttons at the same time for more than three seconds.

Number buttons

ENTER

Example: for channel 50

Press “5,” “0,” then press ENTER.

Step 6: Easy Setup

Make the basic adjustments by following the on-screen instructions in “Easy Setup.”

Be careful not to disconnect the cables or exit the “Easy Setup” function during this procedure.

[

/

1

Number buttons

O

RETURN

TV GUIDE

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

TV

[

/

1

1

Turn on the recorder and your TV.

Then switch the input selector on your

TV so that the signal from the recorder appears on your TV screen.

The initial settings message appears.

• If this message does not appear, select

“Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the

System Menu (page 111).

2

Press ENTER.

Follow the on-screen instructions to make the following settings.

Easy Setup - OSD

Select a language for the on-screen displays.

Easy Setup - Tuner System

Select your country/region or language.

The programme position order will be set according to the country/region you set.

To set the programme positions manually, see page 96.

• If you live in a French speaking country that is not listed on the display, select

“ELSE - English.”

Easy Setup - Postal Code

Enter your postal code using the number buttons or

</M/m/,, and press

ENTER.

To erase a number, move the cursor to the number, and press

O RETURN.

Note that the option for entering your

Postal Code only appears if you select one of the following tuner systems in the step above:

UK, B, NL, D, E, I, CH, A.

Easy Setup - Clock

The recorder will automatically search for a clock signal. If a clock signal cannot be found, set the clock manually using

</M/m/,, and press ENTER.

Easy Setup - TV Type (page 101)

If you have a wide-screen TV, select

“16:9.” If you have a standard TV, select either “4:3 Letter Box” (shrink to fit) or

“4:3 Pan Scan” (stretch to fit). This will determine how “wide-screen” images are displayed on your TV.

Easy Setup - Component Out

If you are using the COMPONENT

VIDEO OUT jack, select “On.”

Easy Setup - Line3 Input

If you plan to connect a decoder such as a PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, select

“Yes.”

24

Easy Setup - Line1 Output

To output video signals, select “Video.”

To output S video signals, select “S

Video.”

To output RGB signals, select “RGB.”

Select “Video” to enjoy the

SMARTLINK features (page 18).

• If you set “Easy Setup - Component

Out” to “On,” you cannot select

“RGB.”

• If you set “Easy Setup - Line3 Input” to

“Yes,” you cannot select “S Video.”

Easy Setup - Audio Connection

If you connected an AV amplifier

(receiver) using either a digital optical or coaxial cord, select “Yes : DIGITAL

OUT” and set the digital output signal

(page 104).

3

Press ENTER when “Finish” appears.

“Easy Setup” is finished.

To receive Guide Plus+ system data your recorder must be turned off when not in use. If your recorder is connected to a set top box receiver, be sure to leave the set top box receiver turned on. After initial setup, it may take up to 24 hours to begin receiving

TV programme listings.

To return to the previous step

Press

O RETURN.

z Hints

• If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder, set “MPEG” to “MPEG”

(page 104).

• If you want to run “Easy Setup” again, select

“Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the System Menu

(page 111).

Setting up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+

® system

Follow the steps below to set up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+ system.

Note that the OSD language, Clock, Country and Postal Code are all set for the GUIDE

Plus+ system when Easy Setup is completed.

1

Press TV GUIDE.

The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home

Screen” appears.

2

Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar using

M/,, and press ENTER.

The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.

3

Select “Basic Setup” using

M/m, and

press ENTER.

4

Select “External Receiver 1,” and press ENTER.

You can also select “External Receiver

2” or “External Receiver 3” if you have connected additional set top box receivers.

5

Press ENTER to select “Continue.”

6

Select the set top box receiver type using

M/m, and press ENTER.

7

Select the provider using

M/m, and

press ENTER.

8

Select the receiver brand using

M/m,

and press ENTER.

If you select “Other providers,” you can select a receiver brand from a list of all available brands.

If your receiver brand is not on the list, select “???.”

The receiver brand list is automatically updated, so your receiver may be available at a later date. Select your brand when it becomes available. Until then, use “???.”

,continued

25

9

Select the connection you used for your set top box receiver using

M/m,


When the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using hookup

A or C, select “Antenna.” When the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using hookup B, select “Line3.”

The display asks for confirmation.

10

Press ENTER to select “Continue.”

The Video Window switches to the specified programme position.

11

Select “YES” using

M/m, and press

ENTER.


If the Video Window does not switch to the specified programme position, select

“NO” and press ENTER until the Video

Window switches to the specified programme position.

To fix the set top box controller to your set top box receiver

Once you have confirmed that the set top box controller controls your set top box receiver, fix it in place.

1

Remove the backing on the double-sided tape.

2

Attach it so that the set top box controller is directly above the remote control sensor on your set top box receiver.

If you cannot get the recorder to control your set top box receiver

Check the connection and position of the set top box controller (page 14).

If your set top box receiver still does not operate with this recorder, refer to the instructions supplied with your set top box receiver and contact your cable or satellite company to see if they can provide you with a compatible set top box receiver.

b

Notes

• The list of external receivers controllable by the

GUIDE Plus+ system is updated constantly and is distributed through GUIDE Plus+ system data signals. Since the time your recorder has been produced and the time you installed your recorder for the first time, new external receiver codes might have been added.

• If the external receiver is still not on the list or is not controlled properly by the recorder, please call Customer Support to report the brand and model of your external receiver.

26 27

1-6

Connecting a VCR or Similar Device

After disconnecting the recorder’s mains lead from the mains, connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE IN jacks of this recorder.

Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack)

(page 91).

For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the connected equipment.

To record on this recorder, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 65.

Connecting to the LINE 3/DECODER jack

Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 3/DECODER jack of this recorder.

VCR TV

SCART cord (not supplied) to i

LINE 3/DECODER to SCART input to i

LINE 1 – TV

Connecting to the LINE 2 IN jacks on the front panel

Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 2 IN jacks of this recorder. If the equipment has an S-video jack, you can use an S-video cord instead of an audio/video cord.

VCR, etc.

S VIDEO

OUTPUT

VIDEO

L

AUDIO

R

S-video cord

(not supplied) to LINE 2 IN

Audio/video cord

(not supplied)

28

DVD recorder b

Notes

• Pictures containing copy protection signals that prohibit any copying cannot be recorded.

• If you pass the recorder signals through a VCR, you may not receive a clear image on your TV screen.

DVD recorder VCR TV

Be sure to connect your VCR to the DVD recorder and to your TV in the order shown below. To watch video tapes, watch the tapes through a second line input on your TV.

Line input 1

VCR DVD recorder TV

Line input 2

• The SMARTLINK features are not available for devices connected via the DVD recorder’s LINE 3/

DECODER jack.

• When you record to a VCR from this DVD recorder, do not switch the input source to TV by pressing the

TV/DVD button on the remote.

• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected

VCR.

Connecting a PAY-TV/Canal Plus Analogue Decoder

You can watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder programmes if you connect a decoder (not supplied) to the recorder. Disconnect the recorder’s mains lead from the mains when connecting the decoder. Note that when you set “Line3 Input” to “Decoder” in step 5 of

“Setting PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programme positions” (page 31), you will not be able to select “L3” because Line 3 will become a dedicated line for the decoder.

Connecting a decoder

Aerial cable

(supplied)

TV

PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder to AERIAL IN to AERIAL OUT

SCART cord

(not supplied) to i

LINE 1 – TV to SCART input

SCART cord

(not supplied) to

i

LINE 3/DECODER

DVD recorder

DVD recorder

: Signal flow z Hint

When the connected equipment outputs only monaural sound, connect to just the L(MONO) and VIDEO input jacks on the front of the recorder. Do not connect the R input jack.

b

Notes

• Do not connect the yellow LINE IN (VIDEO) jack when using an S-video cord.

• Do not connect the output jack of this recorder to another equipment’s input jack with the other equipment’s output jack connected to the input jack of this recorder. This may cause noise (feedback).

• Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time.

Setting PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programme positions

To watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programmes, set your recorder to receive the programme positions using the on-screen display.

In order to set the programme positions correctly, be sure to follow all of the steps below.

Number buttons

SYSTEM

MENU

4

Select “Scart Setting,” and press

ENTER.

5

Press

M/m to select “Video” or “RGB”

for “Line1 Output,” “Decoder” for

“Line3 Input,” and “Video” for “Line3

Output,” and press ENTER.

The “Video” setup display appears again.

6

Press

O RETURN to return the cursor

to the left column.

7

Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

O

RETURN

1

Press SYSTEM MENU.

The System Menu appears.

2


8

Select “Programme Setting,” and press ENTER.

29

3

Select “Video,” and press ENTER.

9

Press

M/m to select the desired

programme position, and press

ENTER.

30

,continued

31

1-7

10

Select “System” using

</,.

11

13

Press

M/m to select an available TV

system, BG, DK, I, or L.

To receive broadcasts in France, select

“L.”

12

Select “Channel” using

</,.

Select the PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programme position using

M/m or number buttons.

14

Select “PAY-TV/CANAL+” using

</

,.

15

Select “On” using

M/m, and press

ENTER.

To return to the previous step

Press

O RETURN.

b

Note

If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected decoder.

32

34

4

Press

z REC.

Recording starts.

Recording stops automatically after 8 hours of continuous recording or when the HDD or DVD is full.

To stop recording

Press x REC STOP.

Note that it may take a few seconds for recorder to stop recording.

To record the entire programme

(Programme Rec)

Press OPTIONS to select “Rec. Programme.”

The current programme that you are watching will be recorded. Recording automatically stops when the programme ends.

To watch another TV programme while recording

If your TV is connected to the i LINE 1 –

TV jack, set your TV to the TV input using the TV/DVD button and select the programme you want to watch. If your TV is connected to the LINE 2 OUT or

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set the

TV to TV input using the TV t button

(page 22).

TV Direct Rec.

If you are using the SMARTLINK connection and the “TV Direct Rec.” is set to

“On” (page 107), you can easily record what you are watching on your TV.

When the TV and the recorder are turned on, press z REC. The recorder starts recording what you are watching on your TV. b

Note

If “TV” appears in the front panel display, you cannot turn off the TV or change the programme position during TV Direct Rec. To turn off the function, set “TV Direct Rec.” to “Off” in the

“Recording” setup (page 107).

About the Teletext function

Some broadcast systems ensure a Teletext service* in which the complete programmes and their data (title, date, programme position, recording start time etc.) are stored day by day. When recording a programme, the recorder automatically takes the programme name from the Teletext pages and stores it as the title name. For details, see

“Auto Programme Title Labelling (TV Guide

Page)” on page 99.

Note that the Teletext information will not appear on your TV screen. To view the

Teletext information on your TV screen, press TV/DVD on the remote to switch the input source to your TV (page 22).

* not available in some areas b

Notes

• After pressing z REC, it may take a short while to start recording.

• You cannot change the recording mode while recording.

• If there is a power failure, the programme you are recording may be erased.

• You cannot watch a PAY-TV/Canal Plus programme while recording another PAY-TV/

Canal Plus programme.

• To use the TV Direct Rec function, you must first correctly set the recorder’s clock.

Checking the disc status while recording

You can check the recording information such as recording time or disc type.

Press DISPLAY during recording.

The recording information appears.

A Disc type/format

B Recording status

C Recording mode

D Recording time

Press DISPLAY to turn off the display.

Eight Basic Operations

— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder

1. Inserting a Disc

+ RW

-R

Video

DATA CD

-RWVR -RW

Video

DVD VCD

+ R

CD

-RVR

DATA DVD

2. Recording a

Programme

HDD

-RVR

+

RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+

R

This section introduces the basic operation to record a current TV programme to the hard disk (HDD) or to a disc (DVD). For an explanation of how to make timer recordings, see page 54.

Z

(open/ close)

DVD

HDD DVD

PROG +/–

TV/DVD

1

Press DVD.

2

Press

Z (open/close), and place a

disc on the disc tray.

OPTIONS

Recording/playing side facing down

3

Press

Z (open/close) to close the disc

tray.

Wait until “LOAD” disappears from the front panel display.

Unused DVDs are formatted automatically.

• For DVD-RW discs

DVD-RWs are formatted in the recording format (VR mode or Video mode) set by “Format DVD-RW” in the “DVD” setup.

• For DVD-R discs

DVD-Rs are automatically formatted in

Video mode. To format an unused

DVD-R in VR mode, format the disc using the “Disc Information” display

(page 43) before you make a recording.

If the disc is recordable on this recorder, you can manually re-format the disc to make a blank disc (page 43).

DISPLAY z

REC x

REC

STOP

REC MODE

TV t

1

Press HDD or DVD.

If you want to record to a DVD, insert a recordable DVD.

2

Press PROG +/– to select the programme position or input source you want to record.

3

Press REC MODE repeatedly to select the recording mode.

Each time you press the button, the display on the TV screen changes as follows:

For more details about the recording mode, see page 54.

,continued

33

3. Playing the Recorded

Programme (Title List)

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

To play a recorded title, select the title from the Title List.

HDD DVD

Title List with Thumbnail Images

(Example: DVD+RW) m

Extended Title List

TITLE LIST

/ mc

1


<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

OPTIONS

CM x

If you select DVD, insert a DVD (see “1.

Inserting a Disc” on page 33).

Playback starts automatically depending on the disc.

2

Press TITLE LIST.

To show the extended Title List, press

OPTIONS to select “Display List,” and press ENTER.

A Disc type:

Displays the media type, HDD or DVD.

Also displays the title type (Original or

Playlist) for HDD or DVD-RW/DVD-R

(VR mode) disc titles.

B Disc space (remainder/total)

C Title information:

Displays the title number, title name, and recording date. Title size is shown in the

Thumbnail title list.

z (red): Indicates that the title is currently being recorded.

: Indicates that the title is currently being dubbed.

: Indicates the protected title.

“NEW”: Indicates that the title is newly recorded (not played back) (HDD only).

: Indicates titles containing “Copy-

Once” copy protection signals (HDD only) (page 87).

D Scroll bar:

Appears when all of the titles do not fit on the list. To view the hidden titles, press

M/m.

E Title’s thumbnail picture:

The still images for each title are displayed.

,continued

35

1-8

36

3

Select a title, and press ENTER.

The sub-menu appears.

The sub-menu displays options applicable only to the selected item. The displayed options differ depending upon the model, situation, and disc type.

Sub-menu

4

Select “Play,” and press ENTER.

Playback starts from the selected title.

To stop playback

Press x (stop).

To scroll the list display by page (Page mode)

Press / while the list display is turned on. Each time you press / , the entire

Title List changes to the next/previous page of titles.

About the Title List for HDD/DVD-RWs/

DVD-Rs (VR mode)

You can switch the Title List to show

Original or Playlist titles.

While the Title List menu is turned on, press

</,.

To change the title order (Sort)

While the Title List menu is turned on, press

OPTIONS to select “Sort Titles.” Press

M/m to select the item, and press ENTER.

Order

By Date

By Title

By Number

Unseen Title

(HDD only)

Sorted

In order of when the titles were recorded. The title that is recorded most recently is listed at the top.

In alphabetical order.

In order of recorded title number.

In order of when the titles were recorded. The title that is recorded most recently and has not been played is listed at the top. Playlist titles are not displayed.

To change a title thumbnail picture

(Thumbnail) (HDD/DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode only)

You can select a favourite scene for the thumbnail picture shown in the Title List menu.

1

Press TITLE LIST.

Press

</, to switch the Title Lists, if necessary.

2

Select a title, and press ENTER.


3

Select “Set Thumbnail,” and press

ENTER.

The display for setting the thumbnail point appears and the title starts to play.

4

While watching the playback picture, press m/M to select the scene you want to set for a thumbnail picture, and press ENTER.

Playback pauses.

5

Press ENTER if the scene is correct.

If the scene is incorrect, press c/C to select the scene you want to set for a thumbnail picture, and press ENTER.


• To change the thumbnail, press

M.

6

Select “OK,” and press ENTER.

The scene is set for the title’s thumbnail picture.

38

B Available functions for DVD VIDEOs

( angle/ audio/ subtitle, etc.), or playback data for DATA

DVDs and DATA CDs

C The current selected function or audio setting (appears only temporarily)

Example: Dolby Digital 5.1 ch

Rear (L/R) b

Note

Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be displayed correctly.

Checking the remaining disc space

You can check the remaining disc space using the “Disc Information” display.

1

Insert a disc.

See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33.

2

Press OPTIONS to select “Disc

Information,” and press ENTER.

The “Disc Information” display appears.

Available settings differ depending on the disc type.

Example: When a DVD+RW is inserted.

Front (L/R) +

Centre

LFE (Low Frequency

Effect)

D The current selected angle

E Disc type *1

/format (page 8)

F Title type ( only appears for Playlists)

G Play mode

H Recording mode (page 54)

I Playing status bar *2

J Title number (page 72)

(Shows either track number, scene number, or file number for CDs,

VIDEO CDs, DATA DVDs, or DATA

CDs.)

K Album name appears for DATA DVDs or DATA CDs.

L Playing time

*1

Displays Super VIDEO CDs as “SVCD,” DATA

CDs as “CD” and DATA DVDs as “DVD.”

*2

Does not appear with VIDEO CDs, DATA

DVDs, and DATA CDs.

“Remainder” (approximate)

• The remaining recording time in each of the recording modes

• Disc space bar

• Remaining disc space/total disc space z Hint

To increase disc space, see “To open up disc space”

(page 78).

z Hints

• If “DTS” of “Audio Connection” is set to “Off” in the “Audio” setup, the DTS track selection option will not appear on the screen even if the disc contains DTS tracks (page 104).

• When “Auto Display” is set to “On” (default) in the “Video” setup (page 103), information automatically appears on the screen when the recorder is operated.

To turn off the Title List

Press TITLE LIST.

z Hints

• After recording, the first scene of the recording

(the title) is automatically set as the thumbnail picture.

• You can select “TITLE LIST” from the System

Menu.

b

Notes

• The title names may not appear for DVDs created on other DVD recorders.

• It may take a few seconds for the thumbnail pictures to be displayed.

• After editing, the title thumbnail picture may change to the first scene of the recording (title).

• After dubbing, the title thumbnail picture set on the source recording is cancelled.

4. Displaying the Playing

Time and Play

Information

HDD

-RVR

DATA DVD

+ RW

-R

Video

DATA CD

-RWVR -RW

Video

DVD VCD

+ R

CD

You can check the playing time of the current title, chapter, track, or disc. Also, you can check the disc name recorded on the DVD/

CD.

ENTER

OPTIONS

DISPLAY

Press DISPLAY.

The displays differ depending on the disc type or playing status.

A Title number/name

(Shows either track number, track name, scene number, or file name for

CDs, VIDEO CDs, DATA DVDs, or

DATA CDs.)

,continued

37

5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

You can label a DVD, title, or programme by entering characters. You can enter up to 64 characters for a title or disc name, but the actual number of characters displayed in the menus such as the Title List will vary. The steps below explain how to change the name of the recorded programme.

Number buttons

TITLE LIST

5

Press

</M/m/, to select the

character you want to enter, and press

ENTER.

The selected character appears at the top of the display.

Example: Input Title Name

INPUT

SELECT

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

The type of characters will change according to the language you select in

“Easy Setup.” Some languages allow you to enter an accent mark.

To enter a letter with an accent mark, select an accent followed by the letter.

Example: Select “ ` ” and then “a” to enter “à.”

To insert a space, select “Space.”

6

Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the remaining characters.

Input row

1


2



3

Select “Title Name,” and press

ENTER.

The display for entering characters appears.

4

Press

</M/m/, to move the cursor

to the right of the display and select

“A” (upper-case), “a” (lower-case), or “Symbol,” and press ENTER.

The characters for the selected type are displayed.

To erase a character, move the cursor to the right of the character at the input row.

Select “Back” and press ENTER.

To insert a character, move the cursor to the right of the point where you want to insert the character. Select the character and press ENTER.

To erase all of the characters, select

“Clear All” and press ENTER.

7

Select “Finish,” and press ENTER.

To cancel the setting, select “Cancel.”

,continued

39

1-9

To use the number buttons

You can also use the number buttons to enter characters. Refer to the number next to each row of letters on your TV screen.

1

In step 5 above, press a number button repeatedly to select a character.

Example:

Press the number 3 button once to enter

“D.”

Press the number 3 button three times to enter “F.”

2

Press ENTER and select the next character.

3

Select “Finish” and press ENTER.

z Hint

You can switch between “A” (upper-case), “a”

(lower-case), or “Symbol” by pressing INPUT

SELECT.

6. Labelling and

Protecting a Disc

You can execute options effective for the entire disc using the “Disc Information” display.

Labelling a disc

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

OPTIONS

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R -RVR

1

Insert a disc.


2





Example: When the inserted disc is a

DVD+RW.

3

Select “Disc Name,” and press

ENTER.

Enter the disc name in the “Input Disc

Name” display (page 39).

40

+ R

-R

Video

Finalising is necessary when playing on any equipment other than this recorder.

After finalising, you cannot edit or record on the disc.

Z

(open/ close)

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

OPTIONS

Finalising the disc using “Disc

Information” display

1

Insert a disc.


2




3

Select “Finalise,” and press ENTER.

The display shows the approximate time required for finalising and asks for confirmation.

(Example: DVD+RW)

Finalising the disc using

Z

(open/close) button

1

Make a recording.

See “2. Recording a Programme” on page 33.

2

Press

Z (open/close).

The display shows the approximate time required for finalising and asks for confirmation.

For DVD+RWs, the recorder automatically starts finalising the disc.

After finalising, the disc will be ejected automatically.

3

Select “OK,” and press ENTER.

The recorder starts finalising the disc.

After finalising, the disc will be ejected automatically.

4


The recorder starts finalising the disc.

z Hint

You can check whether the disc has been finalised or not. If you cannot select “Finalise” in step 3 above, the disc has already been finalised.

b

Notes

• Depending on the condition of the disc, recording, or the DVD equipment, discs may not play even if the discs are finalised.

• The recorder may not be able to finalise the disc if it was recorded on another recorder.

b

Note

You can enter up to 64 characters for a DVD’s disc name. The disc name may not appear when the disc is played on other DVD equipment.

Protecting a disc

-RWVR -RVR

1

Insert a disc.


2





Example: When the inserted disc is a

DVD-RW (VR mode).

A “On”/“Off”: Indicates whether protection is set (DVD-RW/DVD-

R in VR mode only)

B “Protect Disc”

3

Select “Protect Disc,” and press

ENTER.

4

Select “Protect,” and press ENTER.

To cancel the protection

Select “Unprotected” in step 4.

z Hint

You can set protection for individual titles

(page 78).

7. Playing the Disc on

Other DVD Equipment

(Finalise)

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

-RVR

Finalising is necessary when you play discs recorded with this recorder on other DVD equipment.

When you finalise a DVD+RW, DVD-RW

(Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), a DVD menu will be automatically created, which can be displayed on other

DVD equipment.

Before finalising, check the differences between the disc types in the table below.

Differences between the disc types

+ RW

Discs are automatically finalised when removed from the recorder.

However, you may need to finalise the disc for certain DVD equipment, or if the recording time is short. You can edit or record on the disc even after finalising.

-RWVR

Finalising is unnecessary when playing a disc on VR format compatible equipment.

Even if your other DVD equipment is VR format compatible, you may need to finalise the disc, especially if the recording time is short. You can edit or record on the disc even after finalising.

-RW

Video

-RVR

Finalising is necessary when playing on any equipment other than this recorder.

After finalising, you cannot edit or record on the disc. If you want to record on it again, unfinalise

(page 43) or reformat the disc

(page 43). However, if you reformat the disc, all recorded contents will be erased.

Finalising is necessary. The disc can be played only on equipment that supports DVD-R in VR mode.

After finalising you cannot edit or record on the disc using this recorder.

,continued

41

Unfinalising a disc

-RWVR -RW

Video

For DVD-RWs (Video mode)

DVD-RWs (Video mode) that have been finalised to prohibit additional recording or editing can be unfinalised to allow further recording or editing.

For DVD-RWs (VR mode)

If you cannot record or edit on a DVD-RW

(VR mode) that has been finalised with other

DVD equipment, unfinalise the disc.

b

Note

The recorder is not able to unfinalise DVD-RWs

(Video mode) that have been finalised on another recorder.

1

Insert a disc.


2




3

Select “Unfinalise,” and press

ENTER.

The recorder starts unfinalising the disc.

Unfinalising may take several minutes.

8. Reformatting a disc

+ RW -RWVR -RW

Video

New discs are automatically formatted when inserted. If necessary, you can manually reformat a DVD+RW or DVD-RW disc to make a blank disc. For DVD-RWs, you can select a recording format (VR mode or Video mode) according to your needs (page 77).

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

OPTIONS

1

Insert a disc.


2



Example: When a DVD+RW is inserted.

3

Select “Format,” and press ENTER.

4


For DVD-RWs and unrecorded DVD-Rs

(Video mode), select “VR” or “Video,” and press ENTER.

All contents on the disc are erased.

42

,continued

43

1-10

z Hint

By reformatting, you can change the recording format on DVD-RWs, or record again on DVD-

RWs that have been finalised.

b

Note

On this model, 1 GB (read “gigabyte”) is equivalent to 1 billion bytes. The larger the number, the larger the disc space.

44

“Info”: Shows information when available.

“Editor”: Allows you to edit the channel lineup and channel display

(page 52).

“Setup”: Allows you to change the language, country/region, postal code, input source, or host channel.

E “Home” position: When you press the blue button (“Home”), the cursor returns to the last programme position on the “Grid.”

F Tiles: Shows the programme titles and category; green (sports), purple

(movies), blue (children’s), teal

(others).

G Broadcast station Logo: Shows the broadcast station logo.

H Time Slot: Indicates the currently selected time slot. Use

</, to select a different time slot.

Troubleshooting guide

If you are having trouble displaying the television programme list, please check the following:

• Your country/region and postal code must be set correctly (page 25).

• The clock must be set correctly. If the clock is not set, set it manually (page 100).

• This recorder downloads the GUIDE Plus+ data several times a day when the recorder is turned off (standby mode). Turn off the recorder when you are not using it (for example, at night). After initial setup

(page 25), it may take up to 24 hours for your recorder to start receiving programme listings. It may take up to one day to receive all seven days of TV programme listings.

• Check the following if the programme guide data has not been received after waiting for a day:

– “Easy Setup” (page 25) is finished.

– The host channel is not disabled (see

“Disabling programme positions” on page 53).

– The timer is not set.

If the programme guide data still cannot be received after checking the above, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually

(page 52): www.europe.guideplus.com

• If the host channel has changed or moved, the programme guide data cannot be received. In this case, follow the steps in

“Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel” (page 51) to update the host channel setting.

• If you made connection “B: Connecting a set top box receiver using a SCART cord only” (page 15) and did not connect an aerial cable from your set top box receiver to the recorder, do the following:

– Turn on your set top box receiver.

– Connect the set top box controller.

– Follow the steps in “Changing the GUIDE

Plus+ host channel manually” (page 52) to set the host channel manually. Be sure to set your set top box receiver (tuner) as the source.

b

Notes

• Your set top box receiver’s programme position may suddenly change even if the recorder is turned off. This is because the set top box controller has changed the programme position to receive the GUIDE Plus+ data.

• When you set “Factory Setup” to “All,” the recorder is initialized. When you change the following settings, the GUIDE Plus+ system is reset:

– Country/region setting in “Easy Setup”

– “Country” of “Setup” - “Basic Setup” in the

Menu Bar

– Postal code setting in “Easy Setup”

– “Postal Code” of “Setup” - “Basic Setup” in the

Menu Bar

Note that the GUIDE Plus+ system is also reset when you make changes to the host channel settings or if you set “Factory Setup” to “Basic.”

46

GUIDE Plus+

Introduction to the

GUIDE Plus+ System

Learning the common elements

Press TV GUIDE.

The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home Screen” appears.

The GUIDE Plus+

®

system is a free interactive programme guide. It displays up to seven days of programme listings, including programme titles, promotions, and broadcast information. GUIDE Plus+ data for the television programme listings are carried by your local broadcast host channel and are received through your aerial, set top box receiver, or direct cable connection from the wall.

Visit www.europe.guideplus.com for a list of all European host channels.

These are just a few of the ways to use the

GUIDE Plus+ system.

– Search for a programme by listing them according to category (such as Movies or

Sports) or by using the Keyword Search function (page 49).

– Once you have found the programme you are looking for, use the GUIDE Plus+ system to set the timer for recording

(page 56).

– You can set the system to display your favourite programmes according to conditions that you set, such as category and keyword (page 49).

For more information, see “Watching TV using the GUIDE Plus+ System” (page 47).

A Video Window: This shows the programme you were watching when you pressed TV GUIDE.

B Action Bar: When the same colour button on the remote is pressed, the

Action Bar functions. The Action Bar function differs according to the screen.

C Information Box: Shows information about the selected programme when the “Home Screen” is displayed.

Contents will differ according to the displayed screen.

D Menu Bar: Press the blue button

(“Home”), and press

M to move the cursor to the Menu Bar. Then, select one of the following features using

</

,, and press ENTER.

“Grid”: Shows the programmes for the current time slot and next 7 days.

“Search”: Allows you to search for titles by category or by keyword

(page 48). The displayed category depends upon the programme data received by this recorder. Movies,

Sports, and Children are examples of possible categories.

“My TV”: Sets the profile for your favourite programmes (page 49).

“Schedule”: Displays the list of timer settings (page 61).

,continued

45

Watching TV using the


To select a programme position quickly using the TV broadcast station logo

1

Press TV GUIDE.


Screen” appears.

2

Press the yellow button (“Channels”).

DAY –

PAGE

/

Colour buttons

TV GUIDE

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

DAY +

1

Press TV GUIDE.


Screen” appears.

2

Select a programme using

</M/m/

,, and press ENTER.

The GUIDE Plus+ system disappears and the programme position changes to the selected programme.

3

Select the TV broadcast station logo using

</M/m/,, then press ENTER.

The display returns to “Grid” and the programme currently being broadcast by the selected TV station is selected.

4

Select a programme using

</,, and press ENTER.

To unlock the Video Window

The Video Window is locked so that it does not change programme positions when you move the cursor across other titles.

From “Grid,” select the logo of the programme position that is locked, and press the red button (“Unlock”). “ ” changes to

“ ” and the Video Window is unlocked. To lock the Video Window, select the logo of the programme position you want to lock and press the red button (“Lock”).

To return to the “Home” position

Press the blue button (“Home”).

The cursor returns to the home position on the

“Grid.”

To set a programme for timer recording

See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+)”

(page 56).

To close the GUIDE Plus+ system

Press TV GUIDE.

,continued

47

1-11

z Hints

• Press the PAGE

/

buttons to change the programme list by page.

• Press the DAY +/– buttons to change the programme list by day.

b

Notes

• The Video Window is locked during recording and the lock indicator appears in the Video

Window. You cannot unlock the Video Window while recording.

• If you are watching programmes through a set top box, the Video Window may not change as fast as you move the cursor. In this case, lock the Video

Window (page 47).

• The screen saver will appear if no buttons are pressed for more than ten minutes.

Searching for a

Programme using the


1

Select “Search” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER.

Colour buttons

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

2

Select a category using

</,, and

press ENTER.

To search for a programme by keyword, select “My Choice.” You can search for all programmes that contain the keyword in the programme’s title and in the programme’s Information Box. If no keywords are displayed, enter the keyword. See “To enter a new keyword” below.

3

Select a sub-category using

M/m, and

press ENTER.

Programmes that meet the conditions are listed up.

The sub-categories differ according to country/region.

48

3

Select “Channels,” “Categories,” or

“Keywords,” and press the yellow button (“Add”).

“Channels”: Select the programme position using

</M/m/,, and press

ENTER. To add more programme positions, press the yellow button

(“Add”). You can register up to 16 programme positions.

To cancel the registration, select a programme position, and press the red button (“Delete”).

“Categories”: Select the category using

</M/m/,, and press ENTER. To add more categories, press the yellow button

(“Add”). You can register up to 4 categories.

To cancel the registration, select a category, and press the red button

(“Delete”).

“Keywords”: Enter a keyword. See “To enter a new keyword” on page 49. To add more keywords, press the yellow button

(“Add”). You can register up to 16 keywords.

To cancel the registration, select a keyword, and press the red button

(“Delete”).

4

Press ENTER.

To change the profile settings

1

Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar.

2

Press the yellow button (“Profile”).

3

Repeat from step 3 above.

Selecting and watching a programme from My TV

1

Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER.

The programmes that match the profile conditions are displayed.

2


</M/m/

,, and press ENTER.

Making changes to the


Number buttons

Colour buttons

TV GUIDE

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

ENTER

,

Changing the basic GUIDE

Plus+ settings

All necessary settings are made when you complete Easy Setup (page 25). Follow the steps below only if you want to make changes to the current settings. Note that if you change the country/region setting, Easy

Setup will begin again when you close the

GUIDE Plus+ system.

1

Press TV GUIDE.

The GUIDE Plus+ system appears.

2

Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar.


3

Select “Basic Setup” using

M/m, and

press ENTER.

50



(page 56).

4


M/m, and

press ENTER.

To enter a new keyword

1

Select “Search” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER.

2

Select “My Choice” using

</,.

3

Press the yellow button (“Add”).


Listing Up Your Favourite

Programme Information

(My TV)

You can set a profile and list up only your favourite programme information.

Colour buttons

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

4

Select a character on the keyboard using

</M/m/,, and press ENTER.

To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the yellow button (“Keyboard”) repeatedly.

To cancel entering a new keyword, press the red button (“Back”).

5

Repeat step 4 to enter the keyword.

6

Press the green button (“Save”).

The entered keyword is registered.

To delete the keyword, select the keyword you want to delete, and press the red button (“Delete”).

To change the keyword, select the keyword you want to change, and press the green button (“Edit”).



(page 56).

z Hint

When two or more keywords are set for “My

Choice,” you can select “All.”

Setting a profile

1

Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar.

2

Press the yellow button (“Profile”).

,continued

49

4

Select an item using

M/m, and press

ENTER.

5

Select a setting using

M/m, and press

ENTER.

“Language”: Select a language for the on-screen displays using

M/m.

“Country”: Select your country/region using

M/m.

When you exit the GUIDE Plus+ system after changing your country/region, the

“Easy Setup” display appears. Follow the instructions for “Step 6: Easy Setup”

(page 25) from step 2.

“Postal Code”: Enter your postal code using

</M/m/,. If “Country” is set to

“Other,” you cannot enter a postal code and the GUIDE Plus+ system will not search for a host channel.

“External Receiver 1”/“External

Receiver 2”/“External Receiver 3”:

When a set top box receiver is connected to the recorder, set it up for the GUIDE

Plus+ system. See “Setting up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+

®

system” on page 26.

6

Press TV GUIDE to exit the GUIDE

Plus+ system.

To cancel GUIDE Plus+ settings

Press the red button (“Back”).




“Grid.” b

Note

You cannot set “Easy Setup - Tuner System” in the

“Easy Setup” or “OSD” in the “Basic” setup to a country/region or language that is not supported by the GUIDE Plus+ system.

Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel

The default host channel setting is set to

“Automatic,” so you should not have to change the host channel setting. However, if the host channel has changed or moved, update the host channel setting.

If you made connection according to

“B: Connecting a set top box receiver using a

SCART cord only” (page 15), see “Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually” on page 52.

1

Press TV GUIDE.


2



3

Select “Host Channel Setup” using

M/ m, and press ENTER.

4

Press the yellow button (“Reset”).

5

Press

[/1 to turn off the recorder.

6

Wait for a day until the programme guide data can be received.

If the programme guide data has not been received after waiting for a day, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually (“Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually” (page 52)).

www.europe.guideplus.com

,continued

51

1-12

Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually

If you are using connection B (page 15) and you want to receive the programme guide data from your set top box receiver, search for the host channel on the following website and set it for your area, following the steps below: www.europe.guideplus.com

1

Press TV GUIDE.


2



3

Select “Host Channel Setup” using

M/ m, and press ENTER.

4

Press the yellow button (“Change”) twice.

“Manual” appears.

To cancel the settings

Press the red button (“Back”).




“Grid.”

To check the GUIDE Plus+ system information

1

Press TV GUIDE.

2

Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER.

3

Select “GUIDE Plus+ system

Information” using

M/m, and press

ENTER.

Checking programme positions

Check whether programme position numbers are the same as the programme position numbers set in the “Programme Setting.”

If you want to make adjustments to the channel settings or change the channel name, see “Programme Setting” in “Settings and

Adjustments” (page 96).

1

Select “Editor” in the Menu Bar.

52

5

Select “Source” using

,.

6

Press the yellow button (“Source”) repeatedly to select the input source.

7

Select “Prog. No.” using

,.

8

Enter the programme position number using the number buttons.

9

Press the green button (“Save”).


10

Select “Confirm” using

</,, and

press ENTER.

The display returns to the GUIDE Plus+ setup menu.

11

Wait one day until the programme guide data can be received.

2

Press ENTER.

3

Press

, to move the cursor to the

right column.

4

Select the programme position you want to check using

M/m.

To change the input source, press the red button (“Source”).

To change the programme position, see

“Programme Setting” on page 96.

Timer Recording

Before Recording

Before you start recording…

• Check that the disc has enough available space for the recording (page 38). For the

HDD, DVD+RWs, and DVD-RWs, you can free up disc space by erasing titles

(page 78).

• Adjust the recording picture quality and picture size if necessary (page 60).

z Hint

Timer recordings will be made regardless whether or not the recorder is turned on. You can turn off the recorder without affecting the recording even after recording starts.

b

Note

To play a recorded disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 41).

Recording mode

Like the standard ×3 recording modes of video tapes, you can select the desired recording mode using the REC MODE button.

Recording modes with higher quality provide a more beautiful recording, but the large data volume also results in a shorter recording time.

Conversely, a longer duration provides a longer recording time, but the lower data volume results in a coarser picture quality.

Press REC MODE repeatedly to switch the recording modes.

To select the HQ+ mode, set “HQ Setting” of the “HDD Rec. Settings” to “HQ+” in the

“Recording” setup (page 107). “HQ+” records pictures in higher quality than HQ on the HDD. Note that HQ+ appears as HQ in the front panel display and the on-screen displays.

Recording mode

HQ+ (High quality) 20

HQ

HSP

R

R

32

46

Approx. recording time (hours)

HDD DVD*

–

1

1 hr.

30 min.

SP (Standard mode) 61

LSP r

77

2

2 hr.

30 min.

3 ESP

LP

EP r r r

93

124

187

SLP (Long duration) 249

4

6

8

* The recording time for DVD+R DL (Double

Layer) discs is as follows:

HQ: 1 hour 48 minutes

HSP: 2 hours 42 minutes

SP: 3 hours 37 minutes

LSP: 4 hours 31 minutes

ESP: 5 hours 25 minutes

LP: 7 hours 14 minutes

EP: 10 hours 51 minutes

SLP : 14 hours 28 minutes b

Notes

• The maximum continuous recording time for a single title is eight hours.

• Situations below may cause slight inaccuracies with the recording time.

– Recording a programme with poor reception, or a programme or video source of low picture quality

– Recording on a disc that has already been edited

– Recording only a still picture or just sound b

Note

To receive from the recorder a programme position that can be received by either the set top box receiver or the recorder, change the input source in step 4.

Disabling programme positions

If any programme positions are unused or contain unwanted channels, you can hide them.

For instance, if you are using your set top box receiver to receive programme data

(connection B, page 15), all receivable programme positions are displayed. Use this function to hide any unwanted programme positions.

1

Select “Editor” in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER.

2

In the left column, select the programme position you want to hide or display using

M/m.

3

Press the red button (“On/Off”).

The disabled positions will turn grey.

To show the disabled positions, press the red button (“On/Off”) again.

b

Notes

• You cannot record a programme position, if it is not set in “Programme Setting” of “Settings and

Adjustments,” even if it is set to “On” in the

“Editor” in the Menu Bar.

• If you are using your set top box receiver to receive programmes (connection B, page 15) and are able to receive the same programme with both the set top box and the recorder, change the

“Source” to receive the programme with the recorder’s tuner.

Recording stereo and bilingual programmes

The recorder automatically receives and records stereo and bilingual programmes based on the ZWEITON system or the

NICAM system.

The HDD and a DVD-RW (VR mode) or

DVD-R (VR mode) can record both main and sub sounds. You can switch between main and sub when playing the disc. For the HDD, you can select the sound track before recording. Select “Main,” “Sub,” or

“Main+Sub” in “Bilingual Recording” of the

“HDD Rec. Settings” in the “Recording” setup (page 106).

A DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode),

DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode) can record only one sound track (main or sub) at a time. Select the sound track using the Setup

Display before recording starts. Set

“Bilingual Recording” of the “DVD Rec.

Settings” to “Main” (default) or “Sub” in the


ZWEITON (German stereo) system

When a stereo based programme is received,

“Stereo” appears.

When a bilingual ZWEITON based programme is received, “Main,” “Sub,” or

“Main/Sub” appears.

NICAM system

When a stereo or bilingual NICAM based programme is received, “NICAM” appears in the front panel display.

To record a NICAM programme, be sure to set “Audio” of “Programme Setting” in the

“Basic” setup to “NICAM” (default). If the sound is not clear when listening to NICAM broadcasts, set “Audio” to “Standard” (see

“Programme Setting” on page 96).

z Hint

You can select the audio (main or sub) while recording bilingual programmes using the AUDIO button. This does not affect the recorded sound.

Unrecordable pictures

Pictures with copy protection cannot be recorded on this recorder.

When the recorder receives a copy guard signal, the recorder continues to record but only a blank, grey coloured screen will be recorded.

Copy control signals

Copy-Free

Recordable discs

HDD

+

RW -RWVR

-RW

Video

-R

Video

+ R -RVR

Copy-Once

HDD

-RWVR

-RVR

(CPRM*)

(CPRM*)

Copy-Never None (a blank screen is recorded)

* The recorded disc can be played only on CPRM compatible equipment (page 8).

53

54 55

1-13

56

Timer Recording (GUIDE

Plus+/ShowView/

Manual)

HDD

-RVR

+

RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+

R

There are three methods to setting the timer within the GUIDE Plus+ system: One Button

Recording, ShowView, and setting the timer manually.

b

Notes

• When the recorder is connected to a set top box receiver and you want to record using the GUIDE

Plus+ system, turn on the set top box receiver and connect the set top box controller.

• Do not operate your set top box receiver just before or during a timer recording. This may prevent the accurate recording of a programme.

One Button Recording (GUIDE

Plus+)

You can use the GUIDE Plus+ system to set the timer to record a programme up to seven days in advance.

Colour buttons

TV GUIDE

1

Press TV GUIDE.

2


</M/m/

,.

To search for a programme by category or by keyword, select “Search” in the

Menu Bar. See “Searching for a

Programme using the GUIDE Plus+

System” on page 48 for more information about searching for a programme.

You can select a programme from “My

TV.”

3

Press the red button (“Record”).

The set programme and Time Slot change colour and the recorder is ready to start recording. When recording from a set top box receiver, be sure to turn it on.

Unlike a VCR, there is no need to turn off the recorder before the timer recording starts.

• To record on a DVD

See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling

Timer Settings” on page 61.

• To make more detailed timer settings



x

REC

STOP

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

To confirm, change, or cancel a timer recording

See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer

Settings” on page 61.

To stop recording during timer recording

Press x REC STOP.

Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording, and that the recording cannot be stopped within the first minute of recording.

4

Press ENTER.

The date, start and stop times, programme position, etc. setting appear.

The recorder is ready to start recording.

• To record on a DVD



• To make more detailed timer settings



Setting the timer manually

Number buttons

Colour buttons





Press x REC STOP.

Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording.

Rec. Mode Adjust

If there is not enough available disc space for the recording, the recorder automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec.

Mode Adjust” of the “Timer Settings” to

“On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107).

Auto Title Erase (HDD only)

If there is not enough space for a timer recording, the recorder automatically erases old titles recorded on the HDD.

The oldest played title is erased. Set “Auto

Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings” to “On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107).

Protected titles are not erased.

SCHEDULE

1

2

z

REC x

REC

STOP

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned off, press SCHEDULE.

Press the green button (“Manual”).

3

Set the date using the number buttons and

</M/m/,. Then press the

green button (“Next”).

4

Set the start time using the number buttons and

</M/m/,. Then press

the green button (“Next”).

5

Set the stop time using the number buttons and

</M/m/,. Then press

the green button (“Next”).

58

To adjust the recording quality

See step 3 of “Adjusting the recording picture quality and size” on page 60.



Mode Adjust” of the “Timer Settings” to

“On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107).



The oldest played title is erased. Set “Auto

Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings” to “On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107).

Protected titles are not erased.

If the timer settings overlap

If one or more timer settings overlap, a message appears. To change the timer settings, see “Checking/Changing/

Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61.

z Hint

If you are recording to the HDD or a DVD-RW (VR mode) at a recording mode that is SP or lower and is a 2x-speed or higher disc, you can play the title as it is being recorded by selecting the programme title on the Title List (page 71).

b

Notes

• If a message indicating that the disc is full appears on the screen, change the disc, or make available space for the recording (HDD/DVD+RW/DVD-

RW only) (page 79).

• The last recording mode you selected manually becomes the default recording mode for timer recordings made from the GUIDE Plus+ system.

• You cannot adjust the recording quality (HDD or

DVD) once the recording starts.

• The beginning of some recordings may not be made when using the PDC/VPS function.

• You cannot extend the recording duration time when “PDC/VPS” is set to “On” (page 62).

Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system

The ShowView system is a feature that simplifies setting the timer. Just enter the

ShowView programming number listed in the TV programme guide. The date, time, and programme position of that programme are set automatically.

Check that the programme positions are correctly set in “Programme Setting” in the

“Basic” setup (page 96).

SCHEDULE

1

2

Number buttons x

REC

STOP

Colour buttons

<

/

,

,

ENTER


Press the red button (“ShowView”).

3

Press the number buttons to enter the

ShowView programming number.

• If you make a mistake, press

< and reenter the correct number.

,continued

57

6

Select the input source using

M/m,

and select the programme position using the number buttons or

M/m.

You can also select the programme position using the yellow button

(“Channels”).

7

Press the green button (“Next”).


To change the title name, select a character on the keyboard using

</M/ m/,, and press ENTER.

To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the yellow button (“Keyboard”).

8

Press the green button (“Save”).

The date, start and stop times, programme position, etc. setting appear.

The recorder is ready to start recording.





Press x REC STOP.




Mode Adjust” in the “Recording” setup to

“On” (page 107).



Set “Auto Title Erase” in the “Recording” setup to “On” (page 107). The oldest played title is erased. Protected titles are not erased.

If the timer settings overlap

If one or more timer settings overlap, a message appears. To change the timer settings, see “Checking/Changing/

Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61.

Using the Quick Timer function

You can set the recorder to record in

30 minute increments.

Press

z REC repeatedly to set the

duration.

Each press advances the time in 30 minute increments. The maximum duration is six hours.

(normal recording)

The time counter decreases minute by minute to 0:00, then the recorder stops recording (the power does not turn off). Even if you turn off the recorder during recording, the recorder continues to record until the time counter runs out.

Note that the Quick Timer function does not work if “TV Direct Rec.” is set to “On” in the


To cancel the Quick Timer

Press z REC repeatedly until the counter appears in the front panel display. The recorder returns to normal recording mode.

,continued

59

1-14

60

Adjusting the recording picture quality and size

You can adjust the recording picture quality and picture size.

1

Before recording starts, press

OPTIONS to select “Rec. Settings,” and press ENTER.

2

Select the item you want to adjust, and press ENTER.

The adjustment display appears.

Example: Rec. NR

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

OPTIONS

“Rec. Mode”:

Selects the recording mode for the desired recording time and picture quality. For more information, see

“Recording mode” on page 54.

“HDD Rec. Picture Size”/“DVD Rec.

Picture Size”:

Sets the picture size of the programme to be recorded.

• 4 : 3 (default): Sets the picture size to

4:3.

• 16 : 9: Sets the picture size to 16:9

(wide mode).

• Auto (HDD only): Automatically selects the actual picture size.

“DVD Rec. Picture Size” works with

DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode) when the recording mode is set to HQ,

HSP, SP, LSP, or ESP. For all other recording modes, the screen size is fixed at “4 : 3.”

For DVD-Rs/DVD-RWs (VR mode), the actual picture size is recorded regardless of the setting. For example, if a 16:9 size picture is received, the disc records the picture as 16:9 even if “DVD Rec.

Picture Size” is set to “4 : 3.”

For DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, the screen size is fixed at “4 : 3.”

“Rec. NR” (noise reduction): Reduces noise contained in the video signal.

“Rec. Video Equalizer”: Adjusts the picture in greater detail.

Press

M/m to select the item you want to adjust, then press ENTER.

• Contrast: Changes the contrast.

• Brightness: Changes the overall brightness.

• Colour: Makes the colours deeper or lighter.

3

Adjust the setting using

</M/m/,,


The default setting is underlined.

“Rec. NR”: (weak) Off 1 ~ 2 ~ 3

(strong)

“Rec. Video Equalizer”:

• Contrast: (weak) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (strong)

• Brightness: (dark) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (bright)

• Colour: (light) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (deep)

Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust any other items.

3

Press the green button (“Edit”).

4

In the left column, select an item using the red button (“Back”) or the green button (“Next”), and adjust using the number buttons or

</M/m/

,.

You can change the date, start time, stop time, programme position, or input source.

The cursor moves to the right column.

5

Press the corresponding colour button repeatedly to change settings.

• Red button (“Media”): Sets the recording destination to either HDD or

DVD.

• Green button (“Frequency”): Selects the recording pattern. The item changes as follows:

Once t Daily t Mon-Fri (Monday to Friday) t Mon-Sat (Monday to

Saturday) t Sun (every Sunday) t

...... t Sat (every Saturday) t Once

• Yellow button (“Rec Mode”): Selects the recording mode (page 54).

6

Press

, to display “Extend Time.”

7

Press the yellow button (“Extend

Time”) repeatedly to select the duration time or to set the PDC/VPS function.

The item changes as follows:

+0 Minutes t +10 Minutes t

+30 Minutes t +60 Minutes t VPS /

PDC t +0 Minutes

See “About the PDC/VPS function” below.

z Hint

You can also extend the recording time while recording by pressing OPTIONS and selecting

“Extend Rec..” b

Note

The new settings become effective when you exit the GUIDE Plus+ system.

About the PDC/VPS function

PDC/VPS signals are transmitted with TV programmes in some broadcast systems.

These signals ensure that timer recordings are made regardless of any broadcast delays, early starts, or broadcast interruptions.

To use the PDC/VPS function

Select “VPS / PDC” in step 7 above.

When you turn on this function, the recorder starts scanning the channels before the timer recording starts. If you are watching TV when scanning starts, a message will appear on the TV screen. If you want to watch TV, switch to your TV’s tuner or turn off the

PDC/VPS channel scan function.

Note that if you turn off the PDC/VPS channel scan function, the timer recording will not start.

To temporarily turn off PDC/VPS channel scan

Press OPTIONS and select “PDC/VPS Scan

Off.”

To ensure that the PDC/VPS function works properly, turn off the recorder before the timer recording starts. This will automatically turn on the PDC/VPS channel scan function while the recorder remains off.

62

b

Notes

• If one programme contains two picture sizes, the selected size is recorded. However, if the 16:9 signal cannot be recorded as 16:9, it is recorded as

4:3.

• When playing a 16:9 size picture recorded as 4:3, the image is fixed to 4:3 Letter Box regardless of the setting in “TV Type” of “Video” setup

(page 101).

• Remnants of images may appear on your screen when using “Rec. NR.”

• “Rec. Video Equalizer” does not affect the input of the DV IN jack and does not work with RGB signals.

Checking/Changing/

Cancelling Timer

Settings

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

You can change or cancel timer settings using the SCHEDULE list.

Creating chapters in a title

The recorder can automatically divide a recording (a title) into chapters by inserting chapter marks at approximately 6 minute intervals during recording. To disable this function, set “Auto Chapter” in the

“Recording” setup to “Off” (page 107).

When recording to the HDD, a DVD-R (VR mode) or a DVD-RW (VR mode), you can insert and erase chapter marks manually

(page 81).

b

Note

When dubbing (page 85), the chapter marks in the dubbing source are not retained in the dubbed title.

Number buttons

SCHEDULE

Colour buttons

TV GUIDE

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

OPTIONS

Changing timer settings

1


The SCHEDULE list appears.

2

Select the timer setting you want to change using

M/m.

,continued

61

Cancelling timer settings

1


The SCHEDULE list appears.

2

Select the timer setting you want to cancel using

M/m.

3

Press the red button (“Delete”).

Recording From

Connected Equipment

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

HDD DVD

INPUT

SELECT

To close the SCHEDULE list

Press TV GUIDE or SCHEDULE.

When the timer settings overlap

The programme that starts first has priority and the second programme starts recording only after the first programme has finished.

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

OPTIONS will be cut off

When the recordings start at the same time

The programme that is set last has priority. In this example, timer setting B is set after A, so the first part of timer setting A will not be recorded.

When the end time of one recording and the start time of another are the same

After finishing the previous recording, the other recording may be delayed.

b

Note

When “PDC/VPS” is set to “On” for one or more timer recordings, the start times may change in the event of a broadcast delay or early start.

z

REC x

REC

STOP

REC MODE c z

SYNCHRO

REC

Recording from connected equipment with a timer

(Synchro Rec)

You can set the recorder to automatically record programmes from connected equipment that has a timer function (such as a satellite tuner). Connect the equipment to the LINE 3/DECODER jack of the recorder

(page 28).

When the connected equipment turns on, the recorder starts recording a programme from the LINE 3/DECODER jack.

1

Before recording, select HDD or DVD.

If you select DVD, insert a recordable

DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33).

2

Set “Synchro Rec.” to “Record to

HDD” or “Record to DVD” in the

“Recording” setup (page 107).

,continued

63

1-15

3

Press INPUT SELECT repeatedly to select “L3.”

4

Select the desired audio signal when recording a bilingual programme to the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode).

Press OPTIONS to select “Line Audio

Input,” and press ENTER. Then select

“Bilingual,” and press ENTER.

For details about bilingual recording, see page 55.

5


For details about the recording mode, see page 54.

6

Set the timer on the connected equipment to the time of the programme you want to record, and turn it off.

7

Press

c z SYNCHRO REC.

The SYNCHRO REC indicator lights up on the front panel. The recorder is ready to start Synchro-Recording.

The recorder automatically starts recording when it receives an input signal from the connected equipment.

The recorder stops recording when the connected equipment turns off.

b

Notes

• The recorder starts recording only after detecting a special control signal from the connected equipment. The beginning of the programme may not be recorded regardless of whether or not the recorder’s power is on or off.

• During Synchro-Recording, other operations, such as normal recording, cannot be performed.

• To use the connected equipment while the recorder is standing by for Synchro-Recording, cancel Synchro-Recording by pressing c z

SYNCHRO REC. Be sure to turn off the connected equipment and press c z SYNCHRO

REC to reset Synchro-Recording before the timer recording starts.

• The Synchro Rec function does not work when

“Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” is set to

“Decoder” in the “Video” setup (page 103).

• The Synchro Rec function does not work with some tuners. For details, see the tuner’s operating instructions.

• While the recorder is standing by for Synchro-

Recording, the Auto Clock Set function

(page 100) does not work.

• To use the Synchro Rec function, you must first set the recorder’s clock correctly.

If the timer settings of a Synchro-

Recording and another timer recording overlap

Regardless of whether or not the programme is a Synchro Rec programme, the programme that starts first has priority and the second programme starts recording only after the first programme has finished.

To stop recording

Press x REC STOP or c z SYNCHRO

REC.

To cancel Synchro Rec

Press c z SYNCHRO REC.

The SYNCHRO REC indicator on the recorder turns off.

First programme

Second programme will be cut off

Recording from connected equipment without a timer

You can record from a connected VCR or similar device. To connect a VCR or similar device, see “Connecting a VCR or Similar

Device” on page 28. Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack).

1


If you select DVD, insert a recordable

DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33).

2

Press INPUT SELECT to select an input source according to the connection you made.

The front panel display changes as follows: programme position

7

Press the pause (or play) button on the connected equipment to cancel the playback pause status.

The connected equipment starts playback and the playback image is recorded by this recorder.

To stop recording, press x REC STOP on this recorder.

If you connect a digital video camera with a DV IN jack

See “DV Dubbing” on page 91 for an explanation of how to record from the DV IN jack.

z Hint

You can adjust the settings for the recording picture before recording. See “Adjusting the recording picture quality and size” on page 60.

b

Notes

• When recording a video game image, the screen may not be clear.

• Any programme that contains a Copy-Never copy guard signal cannot be recorded. The recorder continues to record, but a blank screen will be recorded.

3

Select the desired audio signal when recording a bilingual programme to the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode).

Press OPTIONS to select “Line Audio

Input,” and press ENTER. Then select

“Bilingual,” and press ENTER.

For details about bilingual recording, see page 55.

4



5

Insert the source tape into the connected equipment and set to playback pause.

6

Press

z REC.

This recorder starts recording.

64

Playback

Playing

3

Select the title, and press ENTER.


4

Select “Play,” and press ENTER.


HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

DATA DVD DATA CD

-RWVR -RW

Video

DVD VCD

+ R

CD

HDD

Z

(open/ close)

Number buttons

AUDIO

TOP MENU

MENU

TITLE LIST

1

/

.

H

X


DVD

SUBTITLE

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

OPTIONS

> x

• If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1.


• If you insert a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO

CD, CD, DATA DVD, or DATA CD, press

H. Playback starts.

2


For details about the Title List, see “3.

Playing the Recorded Programme (Title

List)” on page 35.

Example: DVD+RW

To use the DVD’s Menu

When you play a DVD VIDEO, or a finalised

DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode),

DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), you can display the disc’s menu by pressing TOP

MENU or MENU.

To play VIDEO CDs with PBC functions

PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play

VIDEO CDs interactively using the menu on your TV screen.

When you start playing a VIDEO CD with

PBC functions, the menu appears.

Select an item using the number buttons and press ENTER. Then, follow the instructions in the menu (press

H when “Press

SELECT” appears).

The PBC function of Super VIDEO CDs does not work with this recorder. Super VIDEO

CDs are played in continuous play mode only.

To change the angles

If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the disc, “ ” appears in the front panel display. Press OPTIONS during playback to select “Change Angle,” and press ENTER.

To stop playback

Press x.

To playback quickly with sound (Scan

Audio)

When you press

M during playback of a title recorded in the HDD, you can play quickly with dialogue or sound (“x1.3” appears).

No sound is output when you press

M two or more times to change search speed.

To resume playback from the point where you stopped (Resume Play)

When you press

H again after you stop playback, the recorder resumes playback from the point where you pressed x.

To start from the beginning, press OPTIONS to select “Play Beginning,” and press

ENTER. Playback starts from the beginning of the title/track/scene.

The point where you stopped playing is cleared when:

– you open the disc tray (except for HDD).

– you play another title (except for HDD).

– you switch the Title List menu to Original or Playlist (HDD/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in

VR mode only).

– you edit the title after stopping playback.

– you change the settings on the recorder.

– you turn off the recorder (VIDEO CD/CD/

DATA DVD/DATA CD only).

– you make a recording (except for HDD/

DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode).

– you disconnect the mains lead.

b

Note

You cannot resume playback during TV Pause.

To play restricted DVDs (Parental Control)

If you play a restricted DVD, the message

“Do you want to temporarily change the

Parental Control level to *?” appears on your

TV screen.

1

Select “OK” and press ENTER.

The display for entering your password appears.

2

Enter your four-digit password using the number buttons.

3

Press ENTER to select “OK.”

The recorder starts playback.

To register or change the password, see

“Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only)” on page 108.

To lock the disc tray (Child Lock)

You can lock the disc tray to prevent children from ejecting the disc.

When the recorder is turned on, hold down x until “LOCKED” appears in the front panel display. The

Z (open/close) button does not work while the Child Lock is set.

To unlock the disc tray, hold down x until

“UNLOCKED” appears in the front panel display when the recorder is turned on.

One Touch Play

If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you can easily start playing.

Press

H. The recorder and your TV automatically turn on and the TV’s input is switched to the recorder. Playback starts automatically.

One Touch Menu

If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you can easily display the Title List.

Press TITLE LIST. The recorder and your

TV automatically turn on and the TV’s input is switched to the recorder. The Title List appears.

z Hints

• You can also use the

H button in step 3

(page 66) to start playback.

• Even if you select “Factory Setup” in the

“Others” setup (page 110), the Child Lock remains set.

65

66

,continued

67

1-16

68

Playback options

To check the position of the buttons below, see the illustration on page 66.

For MP3, JPEG, or DivX operations, see “Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, or

DivX

®

Video Files” on page 73.

Buttons

AUDIO

HDD

DVD

-RWVR

VCD

-RVR

CD

SUBTITLE

DVD

/ (instant replay/ instant advance)

HDD

-RW

Video

-R

Video

+ RW

+ R

DVD

-RWVR

-RVR

. (previous)/> (next)

Operations

Selects one of the audio tracks recorded on the disc when pressed repeatedly in normal playback mode.

DVD

: Selects the language.

HDD

VCD

-RWVR

CD

-RVR

: Selects the main or sub sound.

: Selects stereo or monaural audio tracks.

Selects a subtitle language when pressed repeatedly.

Replays the scene/briefly fast forwards the scene.

(fast reverse/fast forward)

(slow, freeze frame)

HDD

-RW

Video

-R

Video

+ R

DVD

-RWVR

-RVR

VCD

*

Goes to the beginning of the previous/next title/chapter/scene/ track.

For the HDD, you cannot go to the beginning of the previous/ next title.

Fast reverses/fast forwards the disc when pressed during playback.

Search speed changes as follows: fast reverse fast forward m1 T t 1M *1 m3 m2 T T t t 2M

*2

T T T t t t 3M

*2

When you press and hold the button, fast forward/fast reverse continues at the selected speed until you release the button.

*1

*2

When you press

M

once during playback of a title recorded in the HDD, you can play quickly with sound (“x1.3” appears).

m

3 and 3

M

are only available for the HDD and DVDs.

Plays in slow motion when pressed for more than one second in pause mode.

Plays one frame at a time when pressed briefly in pause mode.

* Playback direction only

X (pause)

Pauses playback.

To resume normal playback, press

H.

b

Notes

• If the outlines of the images on your screen become blurred, set “BNR” and/or “MNR” to

“Off.”

• Depending on the disc or the scene being played, the above BNR, MNR, or FNR effects may be hard to discern. And, these functions may not work with some screen sizes.

• When using the “Sharpness” function, noise found in the title may become more apparent. In this case, it is recommended that you use the BNR function with the “Sharpness” function. If the condition still does not improve, set the

“Sharpness” level to “Off.”

Pausing a TV Broadcast

(TV Pause/Pause Live TV)

You can pause a current TV broadcast, and then continue watching the programme at a later time. This is useful when you receive an unexpected phone call or visitor while watching TV.

1

While viewing a TV broadcast with this recorder, press

X.

The picture pauses. You can pause the picture for up to three hours.

Adjusting the delay between the picture and sound (AV

SYNC)

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

DVD VCD

+ R

DATA DVD

DATA CD

1

Press OPTIONS during playback to select “Audio Settings,” and press

ENTER.

2

Select “AV SYNC,” and press ENTER.

“AV SYNC”:

When the video is delayed, this function delays the audio for synchronization with the video (0 to 120 milliseconds). Larger numbers indicate a longer audio delay for synchronization with the video. When dubbing to a VCR or other video recording equipment, be sure to return this setting to 0 ms (default).

3

Press

</, to adjust the setting, and

press ENTER.

TV pause

2

Press

X or H again to resume

watching the programme.

b

Notes

• Paused titles are not saved to the HDD.

• This function is cancelled when:

– x (stop) is pressed.

– PROG +/– is pressed.

– DVD is pressed.

–

Z (open/close) is pressed.

– TITLE LIST is pressed.

– INPUT SELECT is pressed.

– the recorder is turned off.

– a timer recording or Synchro-Recording is started.

– the PDC/VPS function is “On” and channel scan is started.

– DV dubbing or regular dubbing is started.

• It may take one minute or more to resume playback of the paused programme.

• Even if you fast forward the recorded programme, there will always be a time difference of about one minute or more between the recorded programme and the current TV broadcast.

70

b

Notes

• Angles and subtitles cannot be changed with titles recorded on this recorder.

• Slideshows made with a DVD camcorder can only be played. Other play functions, such as fast forward, cannot be used.

Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a

CD

• When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive noise will be heard from the LINE1-TV/LINE 3/

DECODER/LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks.

To avoid possible damage to the audio system, the consumer should take proper precautions when the LINE1-TV/LINE 3/DECODER/LINE

2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks of the recorder are connected to an amplification system. To enjoy

DTS Digital Surround™ playback, an external

DTS decoder must be connected to the DIGITAL

OUT jack of the recorder.

• Set the sound to “Stereo” using the AUDIO button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD

(page 68).

Notes on playing DVDs with a DTS sound track

DTS audio signals are output only through the

DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack.

When you play a DVD with DTS sound tracks, set

“DTS” to “On” in the “Audio” setup (page 104).

Adjusting the picture quality

HDD + RW

-RVR

DATA CD

*

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

DVD VCD

+ R

DATA DVD

*

* DivX video file only

1

Press OPTIONS during playback to select “Video Settings,” and press

ENTER.

2

Select an item, and press ENTER.

The adjustment display appears.

“FNR” (frame noise reduction):

Reduces noise contained in the luminance element of the video signal.

“BNR” (block noise reduction):

Reduces “block noise” or mosaic like patterns in the picture.

“MNR” (mosquito noise reduction):

Reduces the faint noise appearing around the outlines of the images. The noise reduction effects are automatically adjusted within each setting range according to the video bit rate and other factors.

“Sharpness”:

Sharpens the outlines of the images.

“PB Video Equalizer” (Playback video equalizer):

Adjusts the picture in greater detail.

Select an item and press ENTER.

• Contrast: changes the contrast.

• Brightness: changes the overall brightness.

• Colour: makes the colours deeper or lighter.

• Hue: changes the colour balance.

3

Press

</, to adjust the setting, and

press ENTER.

The default settings are underlined.

“FNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)

“BNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)

“MNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)

“Sharpness”*: (weak) Off 1 2 3

(strong)

“PB Video Equalizer”:

• Contrast: (weak) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (strong)

• Brightness: (dark) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (bright)

• Colour: (light) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (deep)

• Hue: (red) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (green)

Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust any other items.

* “1” softens the outlines of the images. “2” enhances the outlines and “3” enhances them more than “2.”

,continued

69

Playing from the beginning of the programme you are recording (Chasing Playback)

HDD -RWVR

“Chasing Playback” allows you to view the recorded part of a programme while the recording is being made. You do not need to wait until the recording finishes.

Press OPTIONS while recording to select

“Chasing Playback,” and press ENTER.

Playback starts from the beginning of the programme you are recording.

When you fast forward to the point that you are recording, Chasing Playback returns to normal playback.

b

Notes

• For DVD-RWs (VR mode), this function does not work when recording:

– on a 1x-speed DVD-RW.

– in the HQ or HSP recording mode.

• The DVD’s picture on your TV screen freezes for a few seconds when you fast forward/fast reverse or instant replay/advance the recording.

• Chasing Playback is possible from one minute or more after recording starts.

• Even if you fast forward the recorded programme, there will always be a time difference of about one minute or more between the recorded programme and the current TV broadcast.

Playing a previous recording while making another

(Simultaneous Rec and Play)

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video


-RWVR -RW

Video

DVD VCD

+ R

CD

“Simultaneous Rec and Play” allows you to view a previously recorded programme while recording programmes. Playback continues even if a timer recording starts. Use this function as follows:

• While recording to the HDD:

Play another title on the HDD.

Play a previously recorded programme on a

DVD by pressing DVD.

• While recording to a DVD:

Play a previously recorded programme on the HDD by pressing HDD.

• While recording to a DVD-RW (VR

*1 mode)

:

*1

Play another title on the same DVD-RW

(VR mode) disc.

*2

Simultaneous Rec and Play function does not

*2 work when you record:

– on a 1x-speed DVD-RW.

– in the HQ or HSP recording mode.

Picture noise may appear depending upon the condition of the recording, or when playing a title recorded in the HQ or HSP recording mode.

The picture freezes for a few seconds when you use fast forward/fast reverse or instant replay/ advance.

You can also play a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO

CD, Super VIDEO CD, CD, DATA DVD, or

DATA CD while recording on the HDD.

Example: Play another title on the HDD while recording to the HDD.

1

While recording, press TITLE LIST to display the HDD Title List.

2

Select the title you want to play, and press ENTER.

3

Select “Play” from the sub-menu, and press ENTER.


Example: Play a DVD while recording to the HDD.

1

While recording, press DVD and insert the DVD into the recorder.

2

Press TITLE LIST to display the DVD

Title List.

3

Select the title you want to play, and press ENTER.

4

Select “Play” from the sub-menu, and press ENTER.


b

Note

You cannot play a DVD, DivX video or VIDEO

CD recorded in the NTSC colour system while recording on the HDD. When playing a DivX video or VIDEO CD, be sure to set “Colour System” to

“PAL” in the “Video” setup (page 103).

71

1-17

74

Searching for a Title/

Chapter/Track, etc.

The display for entering the number appears.

Example: Title Search

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video


-RWVR -RW

Video

DVD VCD

+ R

CD

You can search a disc by title, chapter, scene or track. As titles and tracks are assigned individual numbers, select the title or track by entering its number. You can also search for a scene using the time code.

Number buttons

The number in parentheses indicates the total number of titles, tracks, etc.

2

Press the number buttons to select the number of the title, chapter, track, time code, etc., you want.

For example: Time Search

To find a scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, and 20 seconds, enter “21020.”

If you make a mistake, select another number.

3

Press ENTER.

The recorder starts playback from the selected number.

b

Note

“Title Search” is not applicable to the HDD.

ENTER

OPTIONS

1

Press OPTIONS during playback to select a search method, and press

ENTER.

“Title Search” (for DVDs)

“Chapter Search” (for HDD/DVDs)

“Track Search” (for CDs/DATA CDs)

“Search” (for VIDEO CDs)

“Album Search” (for DATA DVDs/

DATA CDs)

“Time Search” (for HDD/DVDs/DATA

DVDs*/DATA CDs*): Searches for a starting point by entering the time code.

* DivX video file only

“File Search” (for DATA DVDs/DATA

CDs)

72

To rotate a picture

Press OPTIONS while the JPEG image is displayed to select “Rotate Right” or “Rotate

Left,” and press ENTER.

z Hints

• Press AUDIO to switch between stereo or monaural audio tracks when playing MP3 audio tracks.

• You can change the audio track when playing

MP3 or MPEG audio of DivX video files using the AUDIO button.

• You can display subtitles when playing DivX video files using the SUBTITLE button.

• You can rotate a JPEG image using the

</, buttons when the image is displayed.

b

Notes

• Some JPEG files, especially files of three million pixels or more, may lengthen the slideshow interval.

• Rotated JPEG images will not be saved when you switch to another folder.

• Images larger than 720 × 480 will be reduced to

720 × 480 when displayed.

• The following images are not displayed:

– progressive JPEG image files

– greyscale JPEG image files

– 4:1:1 JPEG image files

• When you attempt to play a broken file or a file that does not satisfy the play conditions, appears but the recorder cannot play the file.

• The recorder cannot play a DivX video file of size more than 720 (width) × 576 (height)/4 GB.

About MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files

MP3 is an audio compression technology that satisfies certain ISO/MPEG regulations.

JPEG is an image compression technology.

You can play MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) format audio tracks and JPEG image files on

DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) or JPEG image files on DATA DVDs (DVD-

ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/

DVD-Rs).

DATA CDs and DATA DVDs must be recorded according to ISO9660 Level 1,

Level 2 or Joliet format for the recorder to recognize the DivX video files and JPEG image files.

DATA CDs must be recorded according to

ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2 or Joliet format for the recorder to recognize the MP3 tracks.

DivX

®

is a video file compression technology, developed by DivX, Inc. This product is an official DivX

®

Certified product. You can play DATA CDs and

DATA DVDs that contain DivX video files.

You can also play discs recorded in

MultiSession/Border.

See the instructions supplied with the disc drives and the recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format.

Note on MultiSession/Border discs

If audio tracks and images in Music CD format or Video CD format are recorded in the first session/border, only the first session/ border will be played back.

b

Note

The recorder may not be able to play some DATA

CDs/DATA DVDs created in the Packet Write format.

Playing MP3 Audio

Tracks, JPEG Image

Files, or DivX

®

Video

Files


You can play MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files on DATA CDs

(CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) or JPEG image files and DivX video files on DATA

DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/

DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs).

2

Press

H.

For MP3 discs, playback starts from the first MP3 audio track on the disc.

For JPEG files, a slideshow of the pictures on the disc begins.

For DivX video files, playback starts from the first DivX video file on the disc.

If the disc contains MP3 audio tracks,

JPEG image files, and DivX video files, only the DivX video files are played back when

H is pressed.

If the disc contains MP3 audio tracks and

JPEG image files, only the JPEG image files are played back when

H is pressed.

AUDIO

/

.

m

H

1

Insert a disc.

SUBTITLE

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

,

ENTER

OPTIONS

> x

X


To stop playback or slideshow

Press x.

To pause playback or slideshow

Press

X.

To play the beginning of the MP3 audio track or DivX video file

Press OPTIONS to select “Play Beginning,” and press ENTER.

To fast forward or fast reverse an MP3 audio track or DivX video file

Press m/M during playback.

To go to the next or previous MP3 audio track, JPEG image file or DivX video file

Press

. or > during playback. If you repeatedly press

. or >, you will go to the next or previous album. (Except JPEG image file)

To play DivX video file in slow motion/one frame at a time (Playback direction only)

Press y/C in pause mode.

To go to the next or previous album

(Except for DivX video files)

Press

/

during playback or slideshow.

To display the registration code for this recorder

Select “Registration Code” in the “Others” setup (page 110).

,continued

73

MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, or DivX video files that the recorder can play

The recorder can play the following tracks and files:

– MP3 audio tracks with the extension

“.mp3.”

– JPEG image files with the extension “.jpeg” or “.jpg.”

– JPEG image files that conform to the DCF* image file format.

– DivX video file with the extension “.avi” or

“.divx.”

* “Design rule for Camera File system”: Image standards for digital cameras regulated by JEITA

(Japan Electronics and Information Technology

Industries Association).

b

Notes

• The recorder will play any data with the extension

“.mp3,” “.jpeg,” “.jpg,” “.avi,” or “.divx” even if they are not in MP3, JPEG, or DivX format.

Playing these data may generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system.

• The recorder does not conform to audio tracks in mp3PRO format.

• The recorder may not play a DivX video file when the file has been combined from two or more DivX video files.

• Depending on the disc, normal playback may not be possible. For example, the picture may be unclear, playback may not appear smooth, the sound may skip, and so on.

• Depending on the disc, playback may take some time to start.

• Some files cannot be played.

About playback order of albums, tracks, and files

Albums play in the following order:

Structure of disc contents

Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5

ROOT

Album MP3 audio track/

JPEG image file/

DivX video file

When you insert a DATA CD/DATA DVD and press

H, the numbered tracks (or files) are played sequentially, from

1 through 7.

For JPEG image files, press to go to the next album. (For instance, when you want to go from

1 to 2.) Any sub-albums/tracks (or files) contained within a currently selected album take priority over the next album in the same tree. (Example:

C contains D so 4 is played before

5.) z Hints

• If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front of the track/file names when you store the tracks

(or files) in a disc, the tracks and files will be played in that order.

• Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums with no more than two trees.

,continued

75

1-18

b

Notes

• Depending on the software you use to create the

DATA DVD/DATA CD, the playback order may differ from the above illustration.

• No more than a total of 999 individual folders can be played. (Folders that do not contain JPEG/

MP3/DivX files are counted as well.)

• No more than a total of 999 folders and 9999 files can be played. (Files other than JPEG/MP3/DivX files, and folders that do not contain JPEG/MP3/

DivX files are counted as well.)

• No more than 999 folders and files can be recognized in a single folder. (Folders that do not contain JPEG/MP3/DivX files are counted as well.)

• Proceeding to the next or another album may take some time.

• This recorder supports MP3 audio bit rates up to

320 kbps.

Erasing and Editing

Before Editing

This recorder offers various edit options for various disc types.

b

Notes

• You may lose the edited contents if you remove the disc or a timer recording starts while editing.

• DVD discs created by DVD video cameras cannot be edited on this recorder.

• If a message appears and indicates that the disc’s control information is full, erase or edit unnecessary titles.

• When editing a DVD+R or DVD-R, finish all editing before finalising the disc. You cannot edit a finalised disc.

HDD

Edit features

Erase (page 78)

Protect (page 78)

Title Name (page 78)

A-B Erase (page 79)

Erase Titles (page 79)

Divide (page 80)

Set Thumbnail (page 78)

Chapter mark (page 81)

Creating and Editing a

Playlist (page 81)

Change Order (page 83)

Combine (page 83)

* DVD+RW only

Original title

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Playlist title

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

-RWVR

-RVR

Original title

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Playlist title

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes*

Yes

No

+

RW

-RW

Video

+

R

-R

Video

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

76

78

To open up disc space

To open up disc space on a DVD+RW or

DVD-RW (Video mode), erase the title with the largest number in the title list.

Largest title number

Erasing and Editing a

Title

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

This section explains the basic edit functions.

Note that editing is irreversible. To edit the

HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) without changing the original recordings, create a Playlist title (page 81).

For the HDD and DVD-RWs (VR mode), you can erase any title.

For DVD-Rs and DVD+Rs, the available disc space does not increase even if you erase titles.

See “Erasing and Editing a Title” on page 78 or “Erasing multiple titles (Erase Titles)” on page 79.

To switch between the Playlist and

Original Title List

You can display the Playlist titles in the Title

List (Playlist), or the Original titles in the

Title List (Original). To switch the two Title

Lists, press

</,

while a Title List is displayed. To create and edit a Playlist, see page 81.

CHAPTER

MARK

O

RETURN

.

mc

CHAPTER

MARK

ERASE

TITLE LIST

<

/

M

/ m

/

,

ENTER

,

OPTIONS

>

CM

X

1


For HDD titles or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode, press

</,

to switch the

Title Lists, if necessary.

2



3

Select an option, and press ENTER.

You can make the following edits to the title.

“Erase”: Erases the selected title. Select

“OK” when asked for confirmation.

“Protect”: Protects the title. “ ” appears next to the protected title.

“Title Name”: Allows you to enter or reenter a title name (page 39).

“A-B Erase”: Erases a section of the title

(page 79).

“Divide”: Divides a title into two titles

(page 80).

,continued

77

“Set Thumbnail”: Changes the title’s thumbnail picture that appears in the

Title List (page 36).

“Make a Playlist”: Adds the entire title to the Playlist title as one scene (page 83).

5

When you finish selecting titles, select “OK,” and press ENTER.

The list of the titles to be erased appears for confirmation.

• To change the selection, select

“Change,” and repeat from step 3.

6

Select “OK” and press ENTER.

The titles are erased.

z Hints

• You can erase multiple titles at one time

(page 79).

• You can automatically erase titles that have already played (page 107).

• You can label or re-label DVDs (page 40).

b

Note

DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) playlist titles cannot be protected.

To erase all titles on the disc

You can reformat the HDD, DVD+RW, or

DVD-RW to make the disc or drive blank.

To format the HDD, see “Format” on page 110.

To format a DVD+RW or DVD-RW disc, see

“8. Reformatting a disc” on page 43.

Erasing multiple titles (Erase

Titles)

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

You can select and erase more than one title at one time using the OPTIONS menu.

1


For HDD titles or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode, press

</,

to switch the

Title Lists, if necessary.

2

Press OPTIONS to select “Erase

Titles,” and press ENTER.

The display for selecting titles to be erased appears.

Erasing a section of a title

(A-B Erase)

HDD

+

RW -RWVR -RVR

You can select a section (scene) in a title and erase it. Note that erasing scenes in a title cannot be undone.

1

After step 2 of “Erasing and Editing a

Title,” select “A-B Erase” and press

ENTER.

The display for setting point A appears.

The title starts to play.

• To return to the beginning of the title, press

X and then press ..

3


A check mark appears in the check box next to the selected title.

• To clear the check mark, press ENTER again.

• To clear all of check marks, select

“Reset.”

4

Repeat step 3 to select all of the titles you want to erase.

Playback point

2

Select point A using

m

/

M

, and press ENTER.

Playback pauses.

,continued

79

1-19

80

3

Press ENTER if point A is correct.

If point A is incorrect, select point A using c/C, and press ENTER. The display for setting point B appears.

4

Select point B using

m

/

M

, and press ENTER.

Playback pauses.

5

Press ENTER if point B is correct.

If point B is incorrect, select point B using c/C, and press ENTER. The display asks for confirmation.

• To reset point A, press

M and

O RETURN, and go to step 2.

• To reset point B, press

M and repeat step 4.

• To preview the title without scenes to be erased, select “Preview” (except for

DVD+RWs).

6


The scene is erased. The display for setting point A appears.

• To continue, go to step 2.

• To finish, select “Quit.”

Dividing a title (Divide)

HDD -RWVR

*

-RVR

*

If you want to dub a long title to a disc but do not want to reduce the picture quality, divide the title into two shorter titles. Note that dividing a title cannot be undone.

* Only playlist titles can be divided for DVD-RWs/

DVD-Rs (VR mode).

1


Press

<

/

,

to switch the Title Lists, if necessary.

2



3

Select “Divide,” and press ENTER.

The display for setting the dividing point appears, and the title starts to play.


X and then press ..

z Hint

A chapter mark is inserted after the scene was erased. The chapter mark divides the title into separate chapters on either side of the mark.

b

Notes

• Images or sound may be momentarily interrupted at the point where you erase a section of a title.

• Sections shorter than five seconds may not be erased.

• For DVD+RWs, the erased section may be slightly different from the points you selected.

4

Select the dividing point by pressing

m/M, and press ENTER.

Playback pauses.

5

Press ENTER if the dividing point is correct.

If the dividing point is incorrect, select the dividing point using c/C, and press ENTER. The display asks for confirmation.

• To change the dividing point, press

M

.

6


The title is divided in two.

z Hint

After a title is divided, the title name prior to division is assigned to both the first and second parts.

1


If the Title List (Original) appears, press

<.

2

Press OPTIONS to select “Create a

Playlist,” and press ENTER.

3

Select “Select,” and press ENTER.

8

Press ENTER if the OUT point is correct.

If the OUT point is incorrect, select the

OUT point using c/C, and press

ENTER.

The selected scene is added to the scene list.

• To add more scenes, go to step 5.

9

When you finish adding scenes, press

m.

82

4

Select the title you want to include in the Playlist title, and press ENTER.

The display for setting the start point (IN) appears. The title starts to play.


X and then press ..

5

Select the IN point using

m/M,


Playback pauses.

6

Press ENTER if the IN point is correct.

If the IN point is incorrect, select the IN point using c/C, and press ENTER.

The display for setting the end point

(OUT) appears.

7

Select the OUT point using

m/M,


Playback pauses.

A Total duration of the selected scene

B Total number of scenes

C Selected scene

10

Select the scene you want to re-edit, and press ENTER.


“Move”: Changes the scene order using

</, and press ENTER.

“Erase”: Erases the scene. When asked for confirmation, select “OK.”

• To add more scenes, press

M and go to step 5.

• To add more scenes from another title, select “Select” and go to step 4.

• To preview all of the captured scenes in the listed order, select “Preview.”

11

When you finish editing the scene list, select “OK,” and press ENTER.

The title of the created Playlist is added to the Title List (Playlist). The title name is the title name of the first scene.

z Hint

When a Playlist title is created, the IN and OUT points will become chapter marks, and each scene will become a chapter.

Creating chapters manually

HDD -RWVR -RVR

You can manually insert a chapter mark at any point you like during playback or recording.

Press CHAPTER MARK at the point where you want to divide the title into chapters.

Each time you press the button, “Marking ...” appears on the screen and the scenes to the left and right of the mark become separate chapters.

Creating and Editing a

Playlist

HDD

-RWVR

-RVR

Playlist edit allows you to edit or re-edit without changing the actual recordings. You can create up to 97 Playlist titles.

Example: You have recorded the final few matches of a football tournament on a DVD-

RW/DVD-R (VR mode). You want to create a digest with the goal scenes and other highlights, but you also want to keep the original recording.

Original

To erase chapter marks

You can combine two chapters by erasing the chapter mark during playback.

Press

./> to search for a chapter number, and while displaying the chapter containing the chapter mark you want to erase, press CHAPTER MARK ERASE.

The current chapter combines with the previous chapter.

b

Notes

• When dubbing, any chapter marks you enter will be erased.

• To insert a chapter mark manually during recording, set “Auto Chapter” to “Off” in the


Playlist

In this case, you can compile highlight scenes as a Playlist title. You can even rearrange the scene order within the Playlist title.

The Playlist title calls up data from the original titles for playback. When an original title is used for a Playlist title, the original title cannot be edited and erased.

b

Note

Playlist titles containing titles recorded with the

“Copy-Once” copy protection signal cannot be dubbed or moved (page 87).

Moving a Playlist title (Change

Order)

-RWVR -RVR

You can change the Playlist title order within the Title List (Playlist).

1


If the Title List (Original) appears, press

<

.

2

Press OPTIONS to select “Change

Order,” and press ENTER.

you want to combine.

,continued

81

b

Note

The picture may pause when the edited scene is played.

To add the entire title to the Playlist title as one scene (Make a Playlist)

1

Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List

(Playlist) appears, press

,.

2

Select the title and press ENTER.


3

Select “Make a Playlist,” and press

ENTER.

The selected title is added to the Title List

(Playlist).

The title name is the same as the Original title name.

To play the Playlist title

1

Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List

(Original) appears, press

<.

2

Select a title, and press ENTER.


3

Select “Play,” and press ENTER.

The title moves to the new location.

• To move more titles, go to step 3.

• To finish, select “Quit,” and press

ENTER.

Combining multiple Playlist titles (Combine)

HDD -RWVR -RVR

1


If the Title List (Original) menu appears, press

<

.

2

Press OPTIONS to select “Combine,” and press ENTER.

The display for selecting titles appears.

3


A number indicating the order in which you selected the title appears.

To cancel the selection, press ENTER again.

4

Repeat step 3 to select all of the titles

To cancel all of the selections, select

“Reset.”

5


The list of titles to be combined appears.

To change the selection, select “Change” and go to step 3.

3

Select the title you want to move, and press ENTER.

4

Select a new location for the title using

M/m, and press ENTER.

6


The titles are combined.

,continued

83

1-20

z Hint

After titles are combined, the title name is the title name of the first title prior to combination.

b

Note

When the number of chapters in the title to be combined exceeds the limit, the chapters at the end are combined into a single chapter.

Dividing a Playlist title (Divide)

HDD -RWVR -RVR

You can divide a Playlist title. For operations, see page 80.

84

Required times for High-speed Dubbing from

HDD to DVD (for 60-minute programme)

*1

Speed

*2

Rec.

mode

HQ

6x

Highspeed

DVD-

RW

6x

Highspeed

DVD+

RW

8x

Highspeed

DVD-R

8x

Highspeed

DVD+R

2.4x

DVD+R

(Double

Layer)

Approx.

10 min.

Approx.

10 min.

Approx.

8 min.

Approx.

8 min.

Approx.

25 min.

HSP Approx.

6 min.

40 sec.

Approx.

6 min.

40 sec.

Approx.

5 min.

Approx.

5 min.

Approx.

16 min.

40 sec.

SP Approx.

5 min.

Approx.

5 min.

Approx.

3 min.

45 sec.

Approx.

3 min.

45 sec.

Approx.

12 min.

30 sec.

LSP Approx.

4 min.

Approx.

4 min.

Approx.

3 min.

Approx.

3 min.

Approx.

10 min.

ESP Approx.

3 min.

Approx.

3 min.

Approx.

2 min.

Approx.

2 min.

Approx.

8 min.

20 sec.

20 sec.

30 sec.

30 sec.

20 sec.

LP Approx.

2 min.

30 sec.

Approx.

2 min.

30 sec.

Approx.

2 min.

Approx.

2 min.

Approx.

6 min.

15 sec.

EP Approx.

1 min.

40 sec.

Approx.

60 min.

*3

Approx.

1 min.

15 sec.

Approx.

Approx.

60 min.

*3

60 min.

*3

SLP Approx.

1 min.

15 sec.

Approx.

60 min.

*3

Approx.

56 sec.

Approx.

Approx.

60 min.

*3

60 min.

*3

*1

*2

The values in the above table are for reference only. Actual times for dubbing also require time for creating disc’s control information and other data.

This is the maximum recording speed of this

*3 recorder. The recording speed cannot exceed the value indicated in the above table even when using discs that support higher recording speeds.

In addition, depending on the disc condition, the recorder may be unable to record at the maximum recording speed indicated in the table.

High-speed dubbing is not available when dubbing titles recorded in EP and SLP mode to

DVD+RWs and DVD+Rs.

b

Notes

• High-speed Dubbing is not available for the following titles:

– Titles recorded in HQ+.

– Titles that contain both main and sub sounds

(except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)).

– Titles recorded in mixed picture size (4:3 and

16:9 etc.) (except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)).

– Dubbing from DVD to HDD

– Dubbing 16:9 size title from HDD to

DVD+RW/DVD+R

– When dubbing a title with a picture size of 16:9 recorded in LP, EP, or SLP mode to a DVD-RW or DVD-R in Video mode.

• When dubbed to a DVD-RW (Video mode)/

DVD+RW/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode), the

“seams” that are left over from editing may remain on the disc. If you edit a title, use the

Original Dubbing or Rec Mode Conversion

Dubbing method. This will smooth out the

“seams.”

Original Dubbing

HDD

n

+

RW

/

/

-RWVR

/

-RW

Video

-RVR

/

-R

Video

/

+ R

Original Dubbing allows you to make smooth dubbings by de-emphasizing the “seams” that are left over from editing. In this case, the recording mode is set to the same recording mode that the source title was recorded in.

To set the “Dub Mode” to “Original,” you must make your selection from the “Dub

Selected Titles” display (page 89).

Note that you cannot select “Original” when using the Dubbing method explained in

“Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)”

(page 88).

b

Note

If the recording mode of the dubbing source title is unknown when dubbing from a DVD to the HDD,

“Dub Mode” is automatically set to “SP” in the

“Dub Selected Titles” display (page 89).

Dubbing (HDD

y DVD)

Before Dubbing

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

In this section, “dubbing” refers to “copying a recorded title on the internal hard disk drive

(HDD) to another disc, or vice versa.” You can select to dub one title at a time (Title

Dubbing – see “Dubbing a single title (Title

Dubbing)” on page 88), or multiple titles all at once (Multiple Title Dubbing – see

“Dubbing multiple titles (Dub Selected

Titles)” on page 89).

Before you start, read the following precautions, which are common to both dubbing methods.

If you want to record from a digital video camera connected to the DV IN jack, see

“DV Dubbing” on page 91. To record from equipment connected to the LINE IN jacks, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 65.

Before you start…

• You cannot record both the main and sub sound on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs (Video mode). For bilingual programmes, set

“Bilingual Recording” of “DVD Rec.

Settings” to either “Main” (default) or

“Sub” in the “Recording” setup (page 107).

• The chapter marks in the dubbing source are not retained in the dubbed title. When

“Auto Chapter” is set to “On” in the

“Recording” setup (page 107), chapter marks are automatically inserted at approximately 6 minute intervals.

z Hints

• When you dub a Playlist title, it is recorded as an

Original title.

• When dubbed from a DVD to the HDD, the picture size and the sound types originally recorded are retained.

b

Notes

• You cannot make a recording while dubbing.

• To play a dubbed disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 41).

• You cannot dub from DVD VIDEOs to the HDD.

• Thumbnails that you have set for the originally recorded title (page 36) will not be retained in the dubbed title.

• When dubbing to a DVD+R DL disc, the video may be momentarily interrupted at the point where the layers switch.

About “Dub Mode”

With this recorder, the recording mode for dubbing is displayed as “Dub Mode.” Three dubbing methods are available: High-speed

Dubbing, Original Dubbing, and Rec Mode

Conversion Dubbing. Read the following and select according to the required time, disc space, and picture quality.

Dubbing at high-speed (High-speed

Dubbing)

HDD

,

+ RW

/

-RWVR

/

-RW

Video

/

+ R

/

-RVR

/

-R

Video

Allows you to dub what you have stored in the HDD to a high-speed DVD (8x-speed

DVD+RWs/6x-speed DVD-RWs/16x-speed

DVD+Rs/16x-speed DVD-Rs, or slower versions of each disc type), without changing the recording mode.

Set “Dub Mode” to “Fast” in the steps of


(page 88) or “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub

Selected Titles)” (page 89).

When dubbing multiple titles, you can select

“Fast” if there are one or more titles that can be dubbed at high speed in the selected titles.

However, titles that cannot be dubbed at high speed are dubbed in the Original Dubbing mode.

The minimum required time is as follows

(approximate).

,continued

85

Rec Mode Conversion Dubbing

HDD

n

+ RW

/

-RWVR

/

-RW

Video

+ R

/

-RVR

/

-R

Video

/

Allows you to dub from the HDD to a DVD or vice versa, in a dubbing mode that differs from the original recordings. For example, when you dub an HQ title (data size is large) in SP mode, you can reduce the data size, saving more titles using less space.

Select a mode different from the original recording in “Dub Mode” in the steps of


(page 88) or “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub

Selected Titles)” (page 89). When dubbing multiple titles, all of the selected titles will be recorded in same recording mode.

z Hint

Dubbing in the recording mode of the source title smoothes out the “seams” that are left over from editing.

b

Notes

• For a title whose picture size (16:9 or 4:3) is mixed:

– When dubbed from the HDD to DVD-RWs/

DVD-Rs (Video mode), the picture size is determined by the setting in “DVD Rec. Picture

Size” (page 60).

– When dubbed from the HDD to DVD-RWs/

DVD-Rs (Video mode) in LP, EP or SLP mode, the picture size is always 4:3.

– When dubbed from HDD to DVD+RW or

DVD+R, the picture size is always 4:3.

• The picture quality will not improve even if a title is converted to a recording mode of better picture quality.

Dubbing restriction

You cannot dub movies and other DVD

VIDEOs to the HDD. Also, when dubbing from a DVD to the HDD, a grey, blank screen will be recorded for scenes that contain a copy protection signal.

Dubbing Copy protection signals

Copy-Free

(No copy protection signal)

HDD

Copy-Once

,,

+ RW

-RW

Video

-RVR

HDD

,

-RWVR

*

-RVR

*

-RWVR

+ R

-R

Video

* CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) only

CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable

Media) is a coding technology that protects copyrights for images.

Move

HDD

,

-RWVR

/

-RVR

Titles containing “Copy-Once” copy protection signals can be moved only from

HDD to DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode)*

(after the title is moved, the original title in the HDD is erased). The “Move” function is performed using the same procedure as dubbing (page 88). Titles containing “Copy-

Once” copy protection signals are indicated with .

b

Notes

• The following titles in the HDD cannot be moved.

– Protected titles

– Playlist titles

– Original titles referenced from the playlist

• When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no part of the title will be moved to the dubbing target. However, note that this will decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs.

• Even if you erase a scene that contains a copy protection signal, the recording restrictions on that title are retained.

* CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) only.

86 87

1-21

88

Dubbing

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

6

Select “Dub Mode.”

7

Select a dubbing mode using

M/m.

Fast*

Dubbing a single title (Title

Dubbing)

1

Insert the DVD that you are going to dub to or from.

2

Press HDD or DVD to select the source.

3


Press


4



5

Select “Dubbing,” and press ENTER.

The display for selecting the dubbing mode appears.

If a title with (page 87) is selected in the title list, a confirmation display is displayed.

To “Move,” select “OK.”

* From the HDD to a DVD only.

Appears when High-speed Dubbing is available for the title (page 85).

8

Select “Start,” and press ENTER.

The remaining time of dubbing appears in the front panel display.

To automatically adjust the dubbing mode

If there is not enough available space on the target disc, the recorder automatically selects a dubbing mode with lower picture quality according to the available space. If there is insufficient disc space in the selected dubbing mode, the following display appears after step 8.

A Size of the title (approximate)

This is displayed in red when the size exceeds the available space on the dubbing target media.

B Direction of dubbing

C Available space on the disc to be dubbed (approximate)

D Information about the title to be dubbed

E Dubbing mode and the space that remains after dubbing

(approximate)

Select “OK” and go to step 8.

To manually select another dubbing mode, select “Cancel,” and go to step 7.

To stop dubbing

Press OPTIONS to select “Stop Dubbing,” and press ENTER. When asked for confirmation, select “OK,” and press

ENTER.

When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no part of the title will be moved to the dubbing target. However, note that this will decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/

DVD-Rs.

z Hint

You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The recorder completes dubbing even after being turned off.

To stop dubbing

Press OPTIONS to select “Stop Dubbing,” and press ENTER. When asked for confirmation, select “OK,” and press

ENTER.

When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no part of the title will be moved to the dubbing target. However, note that this will decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/

DVD-Rs.

z Hint


90

Dubbing multiple titles (Dub

Selected Titles)

A maximum of 30 selected titles can be dubbed at once.

1

Insert the DVD that you are going to dub to or from.

2

Press HDD or DVD to select the source.

3


Press


4

Press OPTIONS to select “Dub

Selected Titles,” and press ENTER.

5

Select titles in the order you want to dub, and press ENTER.

The titles are numbered in the selected order.

• To cancel the selection, press ENTER again.

• To cancel all of the selections, select

“Reset.”

E

: Indicates titles containing

“Copy-Once” copy protection signals (page 87). When you select a title with , the display asks for confirmation. To “Move,” select “OK.”

F Order of dubbing

6

Repeat step 5 to select all of the titles you want to dub.

7


The display for selecting the dubbing mode appears.

8

Select a dubbing mode using

M/m.

Fast* Original

* From the HDD to a DVD only.

Appears when available for the title

(page 85).

9


The remaining time of dubbing appears in the front panel display.

A Total size of the selected titles


B Direction of dubbing

C Available space on the disc to be dubbed (approximate)

D “PL”: Indicates a Playlist title.


If there is not enough available space on the target disc, the recorder automatically selects a dubbing mode with lower picture quality according to the available space. The same dubbing mode is set for all of the titles. If disc space is insufficient for the selected dubbing mode, the following display appears after step 9 of “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub

Selected Titles)” on page 89.


To manually select another dubbing mode, select “Cancel,” and go to step 8.

,continued

89

DV Dubbing

Before DV Dubbing

This section explains dubbing with a digital video camera via the DV IN jack on the front panel. If you want to dub by way of the LINE

IN jacks, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 65.

The DV IN jack on this recorder conforms to the i.LINK standard.

Follow the instructions in “Preparing for DV dubbing,” and then move on to the section on dubbing. For more information about i.LINK, see “About i.LINK” on page 123.

Preparing for DV dubbing

You can connect a digital video camera to the

DV IN jack on the recorder to record or edit from a DV/Digital8 format tape. Operation is straightforward because the recorder will fast forward and rewind the tape for you – you do not need to operate your digital video camera.

Do the following to start using the “DV Edit” functions of this recorder.

See the instruction manual supplied with the digital video camera as well before connecting.

z Hint

If you plan to do additional editing on a disc after the initial dub, use the DV IN jack and record on a

DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) or HDD.

b

Notes

• You cannot make a recording while DV dubbing.

• The DV IN jack is for input only. It will not output signals.

• You cannot use the DV IN jack when:

– signal input to the DV IN jack on the front panel or recorder operation cannot be performed correctly when using a digital video camera

(see “About i.LINK” on page 123). Connect the camera to the LINE IN jack and follow the instructions of “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 65.

– the input signal is not in DVC-SD format. Do not connect a MICRO MV format digital video camera even if it has an i.LINK jack.

– the images on the tape contain copy protection signals, which limit recording.

• If you want to play the disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 41).

Hookups

DVD recorder to DV IN i.LINK cable (not supplied)

DV output

Digital video camera

: Signal flow

1

Press HDD or DVD to select the recording destination.

If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1.


2

Insert the source DV/Digital8 format tape into your digital video camera.

For the recorder to record or edit, your digital video camera must be set to video playback mode.

,continued

91

1-22

3

Press INPUT SELECT on the remote repeatedly to select “DV.”

The front panel display changes as follows: programme position

4

Press REC MODE on the remote repeatedly to select the recording mode.

The recording mode changes as follows:


5

Press OPTIONS on the remote to select “DV Audio Input,” and press

ENTER. Then, select the setting for the audio input.

“Stereo1” (default): Records original sound only. Normally select this when dubbing a DV format tape.

“Mix”: Records both stereo 1 and 2.

“Stereo2”: Records additional audio only.

Select “Mix” or “Stereo2” only if you have added a second audio channel when recording with your digital video camera.

You are ready to start dubbing. Select one of the dubbing methods on the following pages.

6

Adjust the dubbing picture quality and size.

Before dubbing starts, press OPTIONS to select “Rec. Settings,” and adjust the recording settings (page 60).

b

Notes

• You cannot connect more than one piece of digital video equipment to the recorder.

• You cannot control the recorder using another device or another recorder of the same model.

• You cannot record date, time, or the contents of the cassette memory onto the disc.

• If you record from a DV/Digital8 format tape that is recorded in multiple sound tracks, such as a tape with multiple sampling frequencies (48 kHz,

44.1 kHz, or 32 kHz), no sound or an unnatural sound will be output when playing back the sampling frequency switch point on the disc.

• In order to use this recorder’s “Auto Chapter” setting (page 93, 94), be sure to correctly set the clock on your digital video camera before shooting.

• The recorded picture may be momentarily affected or the start and end points of a title may be different from what you have set if the source

DV/Digital8 format tape is in any of the following conditions. In this case, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” (page 65).

– There is a blank space in the recorded portion of the tape.

– The tape’s time code is not sequential.

– If the picture size or the recording mode on the tape being dubbed changes.

z Hint


Recording an Entire DV

Format Tape (One Touch

Dubbing)

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

You can record the entire contents of a DV/

Digital8 format tape onto a disc with a single press of the ONE-TOUCH DUB button on the recorder. The recorder controls the digital video camera for the whole process, and completes the recording.

z Hints

• If you set “Finalise Disc” of “One Touch

Dubbing” to “Auto” in the “DVD” setup

(page 109), the recorded disc (except DVD-RW

(VR mode)) will automatically be finalised after recording is finished.

• You can play back a previously recorded title on the HDD while One Touch Dubbing is in progress.

b

Notes

• When a blank space between the recordings on the tape continues for more than five minutes,

One Touch Dubbing ends automatically.

• The recorder records a blank for five minutes before it stops dubbing. To stop the blank recording, press x REC STOP.

How chapters are created

The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD become a single title. When “Auto Chapter” is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup, this title is divided into chapters. When dubbing to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode), each shooting session on the tape becomes a chapter on the disc. For other discs, the recorder divides the title into chapters at approximately 6 minute intervals.

Follow steps 1 to 6 of “Preparing for DV dubbing” on page 91, and press ONE-

TOUCH DUB on the recorder.

The recorder rewinds the tape and then starts recording the tape contents.

When the recording is finished, the recorder rewinds the tape in the digital video camera.

To stop during recording

Press x REC STOP.


92

94

Program Edit

2

Select “DV EDIT,” and press ENTER.

The display asks if you want to start selecting scenes.

HDD

-RVR

+ RW

-R

Video

-RWVR -RW

Video

+ R

You can select scenes from a DV/Digital8 format tape, and then automatically record selected scenes to the HDD or a DVD.

To use this function, do the following:

Connect your digital video camera and prepare for recording

m

Select and edit the scenes you want to dub

Using the recorder’s remote control, fast forward or rewind the tape to select the scenes. At this point, the selected scenes are not copied to the disc. The recorder only remembers the IN and OUT points of the scenes that you selected for dubbing. You can also erase or change the order of the scenes.

m

Dub the selected scenes

After you have selected the scenes, the recorder will fast forward and rewind the tape automatically and record the scenes to the

HDD or a DVD.

• If you have previously saved a program, the display asks if you want to edit an existing program or to create a new program. To resume editing the existing program, select “Saved Data,” and go to step 9.

3


The display for setting the IN point (start of the scene) appears.

The scene starts to play.

How chapters are created

The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD become a single title. When “Auto Chapter” is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup, this title is divided into chapters. When dubbing to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode), each shooting session on the tape and each selected scene becomes a chapter on the disc. For other discs, the recorder divides the title into chapters at approximately 6 minute intervals.

1

Follow steps 1 to 6 of “Preparing for

DV dubbing” on page 91, and press

SYSTEM MENU.

4

Select the IN point using

m/M,


Playback pauses.

5

Press ENTER if the IN point is correct.

If the IN point is incorrect, select the IN point using c/C, and press ENTER.

The display for setting the OUT point

(end of the scene) appears.

6

Select the OUT point using

m/M,


Playback pauses.

7

Press ENTER if the OUT point is correct.

If the OUT point is incorrect, select the

OUT point using c/C, and press

ENTER.

The selected scene is added to the scene information block.

• To add more scenes, go to step 4.

8

When you finish adding scenes, press

m.

The scene list is displayed.

Data capacity required for the dubbing.


93

A Total duration of the scene

B Total number of scenes

C Scene information block

9

Select the scene information block you want to edit using

</,, and

press ENTER.


“Move”: Changes the scene order using

</, and ENTER.

“Erase”: Erases the scene. When asked for confirmation, select “OK.”

“Preview”: Plays the selected scene.

• To add more scenes, press

M and go to step 4.

10

When you finish editing the scene list, select “OK,” and press ENTER.

The display for entering the title name appears. To enter a new name, select

“Enter,” and follow the explanations on page 39.

12


The recorder starts recording the tape contents as programmed.

To stop during recording

Press x REC STOP.



If there is not enough available space on the target disc, the recorder automatically selects a dubbing mode with lower picture quality according to the available space. The same dubbing mode is set for all of the titles. If disc space is insufficient for the selected dubbing mode, the following display appears after step 12.

11


The title name is fixed, and the display asks if you want to start recording.

To change the disc media, select “Media” and press

M/m. To change the dubbing mode, select “Dub Mode” and press

M/ m.


If you do not want to change the dubbing mode, select “Cancel.” However, note that dubbing will end before the title is finished.

b

Notes

• If you set the beginning of the tape as the IN point and the end point as the OUT point, the IN and

OUT points may move slightly during dubbing.

• You cannot set a scene to be shorter than one second.

95

1-23

Settings and Adjustments

Aerial Reception and

Language Settings

(Basic)

The “Basic” setup helps you to make tuner, clock, and programme position settings for the recorder.

1

Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode.

2


3

Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.

The “Basic” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.

To turn off the display, press SYSTEM

MENU repeatedly.

1

Select “Programme Setting” in “Basic,” and press ENTER.

2

Press

M/m to select the programme position, and press ENTER.

3

Select the item you want to change using

</,, and change the settings using M/ m and press ENTER.

Programme Setting

Presets programme positions manually.

If some programme positions could not be set using the “Easy Setup” function, you can set them manually.

If there is no sound or if the picture is distorted, the wrong tuner system may have been preset during “Easy Setup.” Set the correct tuner system manually in the steps below.

4

To preset another programme position, repeat from step 2.

System

Select an available TV system (page 97).

BG Select this when in West

European countries, except those listed in “Receivable channels” on page 97.

DK

I

L

Select this when in East

European countries.

Select this when in Great

Britain/Ireland.

Select this when in France.

Channel

Press

M/m repeatedly until the programme position you want is displayed.

The programme positions are scanned in the order shown in the table below.

• If you know the number of the programme position you want, press the number buttons. For example, for programme position 5, first press “0” and then press

“5.”

• To disable a programme position, enter

“00.” The disabled programme positions will be skipped when you press PROG +/–.

• To select a cable or satellite programme position, press

M/m until the programme position you want is displayed.

Name

Changes or enters a new station name (up to

5 characters). The recorder must receive programme position information (for instance, SMARTLINK information) for station names to appear automatically.

To enter characters, see page 39.

PAY-TV/CANAL+

Sets the PAY-TV/Canal Plus channels.

For details, see page 31.

Audio

Select “NICAM” or “Standard.”

NICAM Normally, select this.

Standard Select this if the sound from

NICAM broadcasts is not clear.

AFT

Select “On” to turn on AFT.

On

Turns on the Auto Fine

Tuning function.

Normally, select this.

Off Allows you to adjust the pictures manually.

• If the Auto Fine Tuning function does not work effectively, select “Off” and press

,.

Press

M/m to obtain a clearer picture, and press

<.

Receivable channels

TV system

BG (West European

Countries, except those listed below)

Channel coverage

E2 – E12 VHF

Italia A – H VHF

E21 – E69 UHF

DK (East European

Countries)

S1 – S20 CATV

S21 – S41 HYPER

S01 – S05 CATV

R1 – R12 VHF

R21 – R69 UHF

S1 – S20 CATV

I (Great Britain/

Ireland)

S21 – S41 HYPER

S01 – S05 CATV

Ireland A – J VHF

South Africa 4 – 13

VHF

B21 – B69 UHF

S1 – S20 CATV

S21 – S41 HYPER

S01 – S05 CATV

L* (France) F2 – F10 VHF

F21 – F69 UHF

B – Q CATV

S21 – S41 HYPER

* To receive broadcasts in France, select “L.”

96

98

Q

S21

S22

P

P

N

O

S23

S24

L

M

K

L

N

I

J

J

G

H

F

F

H

D

D

E

Tuning the French CATV channels

This recorder can scan the CATV channels B to Q and the HYPER frequency channels S21 to S41. On the Channel Set menu, the channels are indicated as S1 to S44. For example, channel B is indicated by Channel

Set number S1, and channel Q is indicated by

Channel Set number S23 (see the table below). If the CATV channel you want to preset is indicated by its frequency (for example, 152.75 MHz), refer to the table below to find the corresponding channel number.

Corresponding channel

B

C

Channel

Set number

S1

S2

Receivable

Frequency range (MHz)

116.75–124.75

124.75–132.75

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

S9

S10

132.75–140.75

140.75–148.75

148.75–156.75

156.75–164.75

164.75–172.75

172.75–180.75

180.75–188.75

188.75–196.75

S11

S12

S13

S14

S15

S16

S17

S18

S19

S20

S21

S22

S23

S24

S25

S26

S27

196.75–204.75

204.75–212.75

212.75–220.75

220.75–228.75

228.75–236.75

236.75–244.75

244.75–252.75

252.75–260.75

260.75–268.75

268.75–276.75

276.75–284.75

284.75–292.75

292.75–300.75

299.25–307.25

307.25–315.25

315.25–323.25

323.25–331.25

S31

S32

S33

S34

S35

S36

S37

Corresponding channel

S25

S26

S27

S28

S29

S30

S38

S39

S40

S41

S34

S35

S36

S37

S38

S39

S40

Channel

Set number

S28

S29

S30

S31

S32

S33

S41

S42

S43

S44

Receivable

Frequency range (MHz)

331.25–339.25

339.25–347.25

347.25–355.25

355.25–363.25

363.25–371.25

371.25–379.25

379.25–387.25

387.25–395.25

395.25–403.25

403.25–411.25

411.25–419.25

419.25–427.25

427.25–435.25

435.25–443.25

443.25–451.25

451.25–459.25

459.25–467.25

Programme Sort

After the programme positions have been set, you can change the order of each programme position in the display list.

1

Select “Programme Sort” in “Basic,” and press ENTER.

2

Press

M/m to select the row containing the programme position you want to move, and press ENTER.

• To display other pages for programme positions 4 to 99, press

M/m repeatedly.

,continued

97

3

Press

M/m until the selected programme position row moves to the desired programme position.

The selected programme position is inserted at the new programme position.

2

Select the programme position for which you want to set or change the TV guide page using PROG +/– or number buttons.

• The TV guide page numbers (Example:

P301) appear automatically when the recorder detects them.

4

Press ENTER to confirm the setting.

5

To change the programme position of another station, repeat from step 2.

• If no page numbers are detected (P000), you have to set the appropriate TV guide page number manually.

Auto Programme Title Labelling

(TV Guide Page)

Some broadcast systems provide a Teletext service* in which complete programmes and their data (title, date, programme position, recording start time, etc.) are stored day by day. A TV guide page corresponds to each day of the week. When recording a programme, the recorder automatically takes the programme name from the Teletext pages and stores it as the title name. The TV guide page numbers depend entirely on the broadcast itself and may be subject to change.

If so, you may have to set those TV guide page numbers manually in the TV Guide

Page menu.

* Not available in some areas.

1

Select “TV Guide Page” in “Basic,” and press ENTER.

The TV Guide Page menu appears.

3

Select the TV guide page number you want to modify, and press ENTER.

4

Press the number buttons or

</M/m/, to enter the TV guide page number, and press ENTER to confirm the setting.

• If you make a mistake, re-enter the correct number.

• To return to the original settings, press

O RETURN.

5

To set or change another TV guide page number, repeat steps 3 and 4 above.

z Hint

To view Teletext information on your TV screen during a broadcast, switch to your TV’s tuner by pressing TV/DVD.

,continued

99

1-24

b

Notes

• In step 4 above, enter “000” if you do not want to use the TV guide page number for automatic labelling. The recorder will instead store a default title name (programme position, start time - stop time).

• Refer to the Teletext information on your TV screen to obtain the TV guide page number with programme titles and their start times.

• If the Teletext TV guide has a page which always shows the programmes for the current day, this page should be input for all days.

• If you start recording more than three minutes before the programme is scheduled to start, the correct label information may not be transferred.

• Note that this function may not work correctly with programmes broadcast from some stations.

• If the broadcast system updates the Teletext information at the moment recording starts, the title label may not correspond to the recorded programme. In this case, you may have to manually enter the correct title (page 39).

z Hint

If you set “Auto Adjust” to “On,” the Auto Clock

Set function is activated whenever the recorder is turned off.

b

Note

The Auto Clock Set function does not work while the recorder is standing by for Synchro-Recording.

To set the clock manually

If the Auto Clock Set function did not set the clock correctly for your local area, try another station for the Auto Clock Set function or set the clock manually.

1

Select “Clock” in “Basic,” and press

ENTER.

2

Select “Auto Adjust,” and press ENTER.

Clock

Auto Adjust (Auto Clock Set)

Turns on the Auto Clock Set function when a programme position in your local area broadcasts a time signal.

1

Select “Clock” in “Basic,” and press

ENTER.

2

Select “Auto Adjust,” and press ENTER.

3

Select “Off,” and press ENTER.

4

Select “Present Time,” and press

ENTER.

3

Select “On,” and press

,.

4

Press

M/m repeatedly until the programme position of the station that carries a time signal appears, and press

ENTER.

5

Press

M/m to set the day, and press ,.

Set the month, year, hour, and minutes in sequence. Press

</, to select the item to be set, then press

M/m to set the numbers. The day of the week is set automatically.

To change the numbers, press

< to return to the item to be changed, and press

M/m.

6

Press ENTER to start the clock.

• If the recorder does not receive a time signal from any station, “Auto Adjust” returns to “Off” automatically and the menu for setting the clock manually appears on the screen.

OSD (On-Screen Display)

Switches the display language on the screen.

100

102

4:3 Output

This setting is effective only when you set

“TV Type” of “Video Output” to “16 : 9” in the “Video” setup.

Adjust this setting to watch 4:3 aspect ratio signals. If you can change the aspect ratio on your TV, change the setting on your TV, not this recorder.

Note that this setting is effective only for

HDMI connection.

Full Select this when you can change the aspect ratio on your TV.

Normal

Select this when you cannot change the aspect ratio on your TV. Shows a 4:3 size video with the aspect ratio as it is.

16:9 aspect ratio TV

Component Out

Selects whether or not to output video signals from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks.

On Outputs the component video signals. Select this when you want to view progressive signals.

Off

Outputs no signals.

b

Notes

• When you set “Line1 Output” of “Scart Setting” to “RGB,” you cannot set “Component Out” to

“On.”

• When you connect the recorder to a monitor or projector via only the COMPONENT VIDEO

OUT jacks, do not select “Off.” If you select

“Off” in this case, the picture may not appear.

Progressive Output

If your TV accepts progressive (525p/625p) format signals, set “Progressive Output” to

“On.” You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images.

1

Select “Progressive Output,” and press

ENTER.

2

Select “On,” and press ENTER.


3

Select “Start,” and press ENTER.

The video switches to a progressive signal for 5 seconds.

4

If video signal appears OK, select “Yes,” and press ENTER.

If picture is distorted, select “No,” and press ENTER.

Progressive Mode

DVD software can be divided into two types: film based software and video based software. Video based software is derived from TV and displays images at 25 frames/50 fields (30 frames/60 fields) per second. Film based software is derived from film and displays images at 24 frames per second.

Some DVD software contains both Video and Film.

In order for these images to appear natural on your screen when output in progressive mode

(50 or 60 frames per second), the progressive video signal needs to be converted to match the type of DVD software that you are watching.

You can fine-tune the progressive 525p/625p video signal that is output when you set

“Progressive Output” to “On.”

Note that you must connect to a progressive format TV using the COMPONENT VIDEO

OUT jacks (page 17).

Auto Automatically detects the software type (Film-based or

Video-based) and selects the appropriate conversion mode.

Normally select this position.

Video Fixes the conversion mode to the mode for Video-based software.

b

Note

When picture noise appears after you set the recorder to progressive format, hold down x, and press PROGRAM – (minus) on the unit.

16 : 9

Video Settings (Video)

Video settings will adjust items related to the image, such as size and colour.

Choose the settings according to the type of

TV, tuner, or decoder connected to the DVD recorder.

4:3 Letter Box

4:3 Pan Scan

1


2


3

Select “Video,” and press ENTER.

The “Video” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.

Video Output

TV Type

Sets the picture size when playing back a title recorded from 16:9 size video (page 60) or a

16:9 size commercial DVD video.

Select the playback picture size according to the type of connected TV (wide-screen/wide mode TV or conventional 4:3 screen TV).

16 : 9 Select this when connecting to a wide-screen TV or TV with a wide mode function.

4:3 Letter

Box

4:3 Pan

Scan

Select this when connecting to a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen.

Select this when connecting to a 4:3 screen TV.

Automatically displays a wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit.

b

Note

Depending on the disc, “4:3 Letter Box” may be selected automatically instead of “4:3 Pan Scan” or vice versa.

HDMI Resolution

Selects the type of video signals output from the HDMI OUT jack. When you select

“Auto” (default), the recorder outputs video signals of the highest resolution acceptable for your TV. If the picture is not clear, natural or to your satisfaction, try another option that suits the disc and your TV/projector, etc. For details, refer also to the instruction manual supplied with the TV/projector, etc.

Auto Normally, select this.

1920×1080i

Sends 1920×1080i video signals.

1280×720p Sends 1280×720p video signals.

720×480/

576p

Sends 720×480/576p video signals.

b

Note

Even when a setting other than “Auto” is selected and the connected TV cannot accept the resolution, the recorder automatically adjusts the video signals that are suitable for the TV.

,continued

101

Scart Setting

Sets the method of inputting/outputting signals from the SCART jacks on the rear panel of the recorder. Select an option for each of the items below according to the combination of jacks and methods that you are going to use.

Line1 Output

Selects a method of outputting video signals for the LINE 1 – TV jack.

Outputs RGB signals.

RGB

Video

S Video

Outputs video signals.

Outputs S-video signals.

b

Notes

• If your TV does not accept S-video or RGB signals, the image will not be displayed in the selected method on the TV screen even if you select “S Video” or “RGB.” See the instructions supplied with your TV.

• You cannot select “RGB” when “Component

Out” above is set to “On.”

• SMARTLINK is available only when “Video” is selected.

Line3 Input

Selects a method of inputting video signals for the LINE 3/DECODER jack. The picture will not be clear if this setting does not match the type of video input signal.

Video/

RGB

Decoder

Inputs video signals or RGB signals.

Select this when connecting to a PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder. If you connect to a cable box/ satellite receiver such as

CanalSat, do not select this option.

S Video Inputs S-video signals.

Pause Mode (HDD/DVDs only)

Selects the picture quality in pause mode.

Auto The picture, including subjects that move dynamically, is output with no jitter. Normally select this position.

Frame

The picture, including subjects that do not move dynamically, is output in high resolution.

Colour System

Selects the colour system when playing

VIDEO CDs (including Super VIDEO CDs)/

DivX video files.

PAL Plays a disc in PAL colour system.

NTSC Plays a disc in NTSC colour system.

Auto Display

On Automatically displays information on the screen when the recorder is turned on, etc.

Off Displays information only when DISPLAY is pressed.

Screen Saver

The screen saver image appears when you do not use the recorder for more than 10 minutes while an on-screen display, such as the

System Menu, is displayed on your TV screen. The screen saver image helps prevent your display device from becoming damaged

(ghosting).

On Turns on the screen saver function.

Off Turns off the function.

Line3 Output

Selects a method of outputting video signals for the LINE 3/DECODER jack.

Outputs video signals.

Video

S Video Outputs S-video signals.

103

1-25

Audio Settings (Audio)

The “Audio” setup allows you to adjust the sound according to the playback and connection conditions.

1


2


3

Select “Audio,” and press ENTER.

The “Audio” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.

Audio Connection

The following setup items switch the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack.

For connection details, see “Step 3:

Connecting the Audio Cords” on page 20.

Select “Dolby Digital,” “MPEG,” “DTS,”

“48kHz/96kHz PCM,” and “Audio(HDMI)” after setting “Digital Out” to “On.”

If you connect a component that does not accept the selected audio signal, a loud noise

(or no sound) will come out from the speakers, and may affect your ears or cause speaker damage.

1

Select “Audio Connection” in “Audio,” and press ENTER.

104

Audio ATT (attenuation)

If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to “On.” The recorder reduces the audio output level.

This function affects the output of the following jacks:

– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks

– LINE 1 – TV jack

– LINE 3/DECODER jack

On Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted.

Off Normally select this position.

2

Select “Digital Out,” and press ENTER.

On Normally select this position.

Off

The influence of the digital circuit upon the analogue circuit is minimal.

3

Select “On,” and press ENTER.

4

Set the digital output signal.

• Dolby Digital (HDD/DVDs only)

Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal.

D-PCM

Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component lacking a built-in

Dolby Digital decoder. The surround effects of output signals are determined by the

“Downmix” setting item in the “Audio” setup.

Dolby

Digital

Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in

Dolby Digital decoder.

Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control)

(DVDs only)

Selects the dynamic range (difference between soft and loud sounds) setting when playing a DVD that conforms to “Audio

DRC.” This affects the output from the following jacks:




– DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or

OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jack only when

“Dolby Digital” is set to “D-PCM”

(page 104).


Standard

TV Mode Makes low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down.

Wide

Range

Gives you the feeling of being at a live performance.

Recording Settings

(Recording)

The “Recording” setup allows you to adjust recording settings.

1


2


3

Select “Recording,” and press

ENTER.

The “Recording” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.

Downmix (DVDs only)

Switches the method for mixing down to two channels when you play a DVD which has rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded in Dolby Digital format. For details on the rear signal components, see “4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information” on page 37. This function affects the output of the following jacks:




– DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or

OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jack when “Dolby

Digital” is set to “D-PCM” (page 104).

Dolby

Surround


Multi-channel audio signals are output to two channels for enjoying surround sounds.

Normal Multi-channel audio signals are downmixed to two channels for use with your stereo.

HDD Rec. Settings

Bilingual Recording

Selects the sound to be recorded on the HDD.

Main Records the main sound for the bilingual programme.

Sub Records the sub sound for the bilingual programme.

Main+Sub

Records the main and sub sounds for the bilingual programme.

b

Note

If you change the recording mode while dubbing from a DVD to the HDD, the sound recorded in the source (DVD) is applied regardless of this setting.

b

Note

If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL signals, the

“D-PCM” signals will be automatically output even when you select “Dolby Digital.”

• MPEG (DVD VIDEOs only)

Selects the type of MPEG audio signal.

PCM Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component without a built-in

MPEG decoder. If you play

MPEG audio sound tracks, the recorder outputs stereo signals via the DIGITAL

OUT (COAXIAL or

OPTICAL) jack.

MPEG Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in

MPEG decoder.

b

Note

If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with MPEG audio signals, the

“PCM” signals will be automatically output even when you select “MPEG.”

• DTS (DVD VIDEOs only)

Selects whether or not to output DTS signals.

On

Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in

DTS decoder.

Off Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component without a built-in

DTS decoder.

b

Note

When HDMI output is performed to equipment not compatible with DTS signals, the signals will not be output regardless of the “DTS” setting.

• 48kHz/96kHz PCM (DVD VIDEOs only)

Selects the sampling frequency of the audio signal.

48kHz/

16bit

The audio signals of DVD

VIDEOs are converted to

48 kHz/16 bit and output.

96kHz/

24bit

All signals containing

96 kHz/24 bit are output without conversion.

However, the signals are output at 48 kHz/16 bit if copyright-protected signals are contained.

b

Notes

• “48kHz/96kHz PCM” setting has no effect when audio signals are output from the LINE 2 OUT

(R-AUDIO-L) jacks or LINE 1 – TV/LINE 3/

DECODER jack. If the sampling frequency is

96 kHz, signals are simply converted to analogue signals and output.

• If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with 96 kHz signals, 48 kHz PCM will be automatically output even when you select

“96kHz/24bit.”

• Audio(HDMI)

Selects the type of audio signal output from the HDMI OUT jack.

Auto Normally, select this position. Outputs the optimum audio signal that can be received by the TV based on the “Digital Out” setting (page 104).

PCM Converts Dolby Digital or

96 kHz PCM signals to

48 kHz/16 bit PCM.

b

Notes

• A loud noise (or no sound) will be output if you connect the recorder to a TV that is not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL/DTS signals and “Auto” is selected. In this case, select

“PCM.”

• Set “Digital Out” to “On” when outputting compressed audio signals to an HDMI compatible TV.

,continued

105

HQ Setting

Selects the HQ mode used for recording on the HDD (page 54).

HQ+ Records in higher quality

(approximate 15 Mbps).

HQ Records in the standard HQ mode.

DVD Rec. Settings

Bilingual Recording (for all recordable discs except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode)

Selects the sound to be recorded on the recordable disc. This setting is not necessary when recording on DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) that record both the main and sub sounds.

Main Records the main sound for the bilingual programme.

Sub Records the sub sound for the bilingual programme.

Timer Settings


On Automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded (page 57).

Off

Turns off the function.


On Automatically erases old titles recorded on the HDD

(page 57).

Off Turns off the function.

TV Direct Rec. (HDD/DVD+RW/DVD-RW/

DVD+R/DVD-R only)

Selects whether to directly start recording using the SMARTLINK feature (page 34).

This setting is effective only when you connect the recorder to your TV via the

SCART jacks.

On Allows you to easily record what you are watching on the

TV.

Off Turns off the TV Direct Rec function.

Synchro Rec.

Selects the recording destination used for

Synchro-Recording (page 63).

Record to

HDD

Record to

DVD

Records to the HDD.

Records to DVDs.

Auto Chapter

Selects whether to automatically divide a recording (a title) into chapters during recording or dubbing.

On

Inserts chapter marks at approximately 6 minute intervals.

Off No chapter mark is inserted.

b

Notes

• The actual chapter mark interval may vary depending on the amount of information contained in the video to be recorded.

• Chapter marks are automatically inserted where the recordings start on the tape when “Auto

Chapter” is set to “On” during DV dubbing to the

HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode).

106 107

1-26

108

Disc Settings (DVD)

The “DVD” setup allows you to adjust parental control, language and other DVD related settings.

1


2


3

Select “DVD,” and press ENTER.

The “DVD” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.

• When you have already registered a password, the display for entering the password appears.

2

Enter your four-digit password using the number buttons, then select “OK” and press ENTER.

3

Select “Standard,” and press ENTER.

The selection items for “Standard” are displayed.

Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only)

Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level, such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes.

1

Select “Parental Control” in “DVD,” and press ENTER.

• If you have not entered a password, the display for registering a new password appears.

4

Select a geographic area as the playback limitation level, and press ENTER.

The area is selected.

• When you select “Others,” press the number buttons to select and enter an area code in the table (page 127). Then select “OK” and press ENTER.

Remote Control Settings/

Factory Settings (Others)

The “Others” setup allows you to set up other operational settings.

1


2


3

Select “Others,” and press ENTER.

The “Others” setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.

Dimmer

Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display.

Bright lighting.

Normal

Save

Power

Low lighting. Turns off the lighting when the power is off.

Command Mode

Changes the Command Mode of the recorder if other DVD equipment is assigned the same

Command Mode. For details, see “If you have a Sony DVD player or more than one

Sony DVD recorder” on page 23.

Registration Code

Displays the registration code of DivX video files for this recorder.

For more information, go to http:// www.divx.com/vod on the Internet.

Factory Setup

Allows you to select the setup settings by group, and return them to their default settings. Note that all of your previous settings will be lost.

1

Select “Factory Setup” in “Others,” and press

, or ENTER.

The display for selecting a group of settings appears.

2

Select the group of settings you want to return to default from “Basic,” “Video,”

“Audio,” “Recording,” “DVD,”

“Others,” “Parental Control,” and “All,” and press

, or ENTER.

3

Select “Start,” and press ENTER.

The selected settings return to their default settings.

4

Press ENTER when “Finish” appears.

Format

You can erase all titles recorded on the HDD.

5

Select “Level,” and press ENTER.

The selection items for “Level” are displayed.

The lower the value, the stricter the limitation.

Discs rated higher than the selected level will be restricted.

6

Select the level, and press ENTER.

The Parental Control setting is complete.

To cancel the Parental Control setting for the disc, set “Level” to “Off” in step 6.

To change the password, select

“Password” in step 3, and press ENTER.

When the display for registering a password appears, enter a new four-digit password using the number buttons, then select “OK” and press ENTER.

b

Notes

• If you forget your password, you will have to reset it by selecting “Parental Control” of

“Factory Setup” in the “Others” setup (page 110).

• When you play discs which do not have the

Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this recorder.

• Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the Parental Control level while playing the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level.

Language (DVD VIDEO only)

DVD Menu

Switches the language for the DVD menu.

Audio

Switches the language of the sound track.

When you select “Original,” the language given priority in the disc is selected.

Subtitle

Switches the language of the subtitles recorded on the disc.

When you select “Audio Follow,” the subtitle language changes according to the language you selected for the sound track.

z Hint

If you select “Others” in “DVD Menu,” “Subtitle,” or “Audio,” select and enter a language code from

“Language Code List” on page 127 using the number buttons.

b

Note

If you select a language in “DVD Menu,”

“Subtitle,” or “Audio” that is not recorded on the

DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected.

Format DVD-RW (DVD-RW only)

The recorder automatically starts formatting in VR mode or Video mode, whichever is selected below, when a new, unformatted

DVD-RW is inserted.

VR Automatically formats the disc in VR mode.

Video

Automatically formats the disc in Video mode.

One Touch Dubbing

Displays the following options for the One

Touch Dub function.

Finalise Disc (for all recordable discs except DVD-RW in VR mode)

Selects whether or not to finalise the disc automatically following One Touch Dubbing

(page 93).

Auto Automatically finalises the disc following One Touch

Dubbing.

Manual

Allows you to finalise the disc manually.

109

Easy Setup

(Resetting the Recorder)

Select this to run the “Easy Setup” programme.

1


2


3

Select “Easy Setup,” and press

ENTER.

4

Select “Start.”

5

Follow the instructions for “Easy

Setup” (page 25) from step 2.

110 111

1-27

Additional Information

Troubleshooting

If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the recorder, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest

Sony dealer.

Power

The power does not turn on.

, Check that the mains lead is connected securely.

Picture

There is no picture.

, Re-connect all connecting cords securely.

, The connecting cords are damaged.

, Check the connection to your TV (page 13).

, Switch the input selector on your TV (such as to “VCR”) so that the signal from the recorder appears on the TV screen.

, Check that “Scart Setting” in the “Video” setup is set to the appropriate item that conforms to your system (page 103).

, If you connect the recorder to your TV via only the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set “Component Out” of “Video

Output” in the “Video” setup to “On”

(page 102).

, This recorder cannot record NTSC signals.

, When playing a double-layer DVD, the video and audio may be momentarily interrupted at the point where the layers switch.

Picture noise appears.

, If the picture output signal from your recorder passes through your VCR to get to your TV, or if you are connected to a combination TV/VIDEO player, the copyprotection signal applied to some DVD programmes could affect picture quality. If you still experience this problem even when you connect your recorder directly to your

TV, try connecting your recorder to your

TV’s S VIDEO input.

, You have set the recorder to progressive format even though your TV cannot accept the progressive signal. In this case, hold down x, and press PROGRAM – (minus) on the unit.

, Even if your TV is compatible with progressive format (525p/625p) signals, the image may be affected when you set the recorder to progressive format. In this case, hold down x, and press PROGRAM –

(minus) on the unit and the recorder is set to normal (interlace) format.

, You are playing a DVD recorded in a colour system that is different from your TV.

, Noise may appear in the pictures recorded on the HDD, which is due to the characteristics of HDD, and is not a malfunction.

, When playing a double-layer DVD, the video and audio may be momentarily interrupted at the point where the layers switch.

There is no picture or the picture noise appears when connected to the DV IN jack.

, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off and on again.

2Turn the connected equipment off and on again.

3Disconnect and then connect the i.LINK cable again.

112

114

The picture does not fill the screen, even though the picture size is set in “TV Type” of the “Video Output” in the “Video” setup.

, The picture size of the title is fixed.

The picture is black and white.

, Check that “Line1 Output” of the “Scart

Setting” in the “Video” setup is set to the appropriate item that conforms to your system (page 103).

, If you are using a SCART cord, be sure to use one that is fully wired (21 pins).

GUIDE Plus+ system

GUIDE Plus+ system does not appear.

, 1Even if you complete “Easy Setup,” TV programme listings do not appear until the recorder receives the GUIDE Plus+ data.

2Turn off the recorder, but do not unplug it.

3Wait for 24 hours. It may take several days for the recorder to receive the GUIDE

Plus+ data for all programme positions. If the recorder does not receive the GUIDE

Plus+ data after 24 hours, set the host channel manually (page 52).

, The country/region or postal code is incorrect. Correctly set your country/region and postal code (page 50).

, The host channel setup for your set top box receiver is incorrect.

Set the host channel manually (page 52).

, When the recorder is connected to a set top box receiver, the set top box receiver must be turned on to download the GUIDE Plus+ data.

, Area numbers that cannot be received using

GUIDE Plus+ are set. Select “Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the System Menu, and follow the on-screen instructions to make the settings again (page 25).

, The “Time Lock” function on your cable box is activated. Set this function to off.

, If the host channel has changed or moved, the programme guide data cannot be received. In this case, follow the steps in

“Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel” (page 51) to update the host channel setting. If the problem still persists after waiting for a day, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually (page 52).

www.europe.guideplus.com

The programme position number in the programme listing does not match the broadcast station.

, There may be more than one channel lineup for your area. To change the channel lineup, select “Editor” in the Menu Bar of the

GUIDE Plus+ system (page 52).

Programme listings for some programme positions are missing.

, The programme guide data may not be updated. Turn off the recorder and let the recorder receive the programme guide data.

, Some broadcast stations support only two days of data. For details, see the following website: www.europe.guideplus.com

, All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be received because the reception is poor.

The programme listing is not up to date.

, The recorder was in use during the time that the GUIDE Plus+ data was scheduled to be downloaded.

, All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be received because the reception is poor.

Sound

There is no sound.

, Re-connect all connections securely.

, The connecting cord is damaged.

, The input source setting on the amplifier or the connection to the amplifier is incorrect.

, The recorder is in reverse play, fastforward, slow motion, or pause mode.

, If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or

OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jacks, check the

“Audio Connection” settings in the

“Audio” setup (page 104).

, The recorder supports only MP3 audio and

MPEG audio for DivX video files. Press

AUDIO and select MP3 audio or MPEG audio.

There is no picture or the picture noise appears when connected to the HDMI OUT jack.

, Try the following:

1

Turn the recorder off and on again.

2

Turn the connected equipment off and on again.

3

Disconnect and then connect the HDMI cord again.

, If the HDMI OUT jack is used for video output, changing the “HDMI Resolution” setting of “Video Output” in the “Video” setup may solve the problem (page 101).

Connect the TV and the recorder using a video jack other than the HDMI OUT, and switch the TV’s input to the connected video input so that you can see the onscreen displays. Change the “HDMI

Resolution” setting of “Video Output” in the “Video” setup, and switch the TV’s input back to HDMI. If the picture still does not appear, repeat the steps and try other options.

, The recorder is connected to an input device that is not HDCP compliant (page 17).

, Depending on the setting combination for

“TV Type” and “4:3 Output,” the edge of the screen may be hidden or displayed with black bands, or the left and right sides of the image may flicker. In this case, change the settings on your TV, not on this recorder.

Depending on the connected equipment, the video signals of the selected HDMI resolution may not be output.

, When connecting the DVI equipment,

720×480/576p video signals are output even when an option other than 720×480/

576p is selected.

, When connecting the DVI equipment and a

PC monitor that is HDCP compliant, only

720×480/576p video signals may be output.

TV programme reception does not fill the screen.

, Set the channel manually in “Programme

Setting” in the “Basic” setup (page 96).

, Select the correct source using the INPUT

SELECT button, or select a channel of any

TV programme using the PROG +/– buttons.

TV programme pictures are distorted.

, Reorient the TV aerial.

, Adjust the picture (see the TV’s instruction manual).

, Place the recorder and TV farther apart.

, Place the TV and any bunched aerial cables farther apart.

, The aerial cable is connected to the

AERIAL OUT jack on the recorder.

Connect the cable to the AERIAL IN jack.

TV channels cannot be changed.

, The channel is disabled (page 97).

, A timer recording started, which changed the channels.

The picture from equipment connected to the recorder’s input jack does not appear on the screen.

, If the equipment is connected to the LINE 1

– TV jack, select “L1” in the front panel display by pressing PROG +/– or INPUT

SELECT.

If the equipment is connected to the LINE 2

IN jacks, select “L2” in the front panel display by pressing PROG +/– or INPUT

SELECT.

If the equipment is connected to the LINE

3/DECODER jack, select “L3” in the front panel display by pressing PROG +/– or

INPUT SELECT.

If the equipment is connected to the DV IN jack, (this is usually for a digital video camera connection), select “DV” in the front panel display by pressing INPUT

SELECT.

The playback picture or TV programme from the equipment connected through the recorder is distorted.

, If the playback picture output from a DVD player, VCR, or tuner goes through your recorder before reaching your TV, the copyprotection signal applied to some programmes could affect picture quality.

Disconnect the playback equipment in question and connect it directly to your TV.

The picture does not fill the screen.

, Set “TV Type” of the “Video Output” in the

“Video” setup in accordance with the screen size of your TV (page 101).

,continued

113

No sound is output from the HDMI OUT jack.

, Try the following:

1

Turn the recorder off and on again.

2

Turn the connected equipment off and on again.

3

Disconnect and then connect the HDMI cord again.

, The HDMI OUT jack is connected to a DVI device (DVI jacks do not accept audio signals).

, The equipment connected to the HDMI

OUT jack does not conform to the audio signal format, in this case set

“Audio(HDMI)” of “Audio Connection” to

“PCM” in the “Audio” setup (page 105).

, Any discs other than the HDD or DVD-

RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) cannot be used for recording both main and sub sounds. To record on the HDD, set “Bilingual

Recording” of the “HDD Rec. Settings” in the “Recording” setup to “Main+Sub”

(page 106).

, If you have connected an AV amplifier to the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or

OPTICAL) jack and want to change the audio track for HDD/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs

(VR mode) during playback, set “Dolby

Digital” of the “Audio Connection” in the

“Audio” setup to “D-PCM” (page 104).

Sound distortion occurs.

, Set “Audio ATT” in the “Audio” setup to

“On” (page 104).

Sound is noisy.

, When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks, noise will come from the LINE 2 OUT R-

AUDIO-L jacks, LINE 1 – TV jack, or

LINE 3/DECODER jack (page 69).

Playback

The recorder does not play any type of disc

(except HDD).

, The disc is upside down. Insert the disc with the labelled side facing up.

, The disc is not correctly inserted.

, Moisture has condensed inside the recorder.

In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on

(if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour until the moisture evaporates.

, If the disc was recorded on another recorder and was not finalised (page 41), the recorder cannot play the disc.

The sound volume is low.

, The sound volume is low on some DVDs.

The sound volume may improve if you set

“Audio DRC” in the “Audio” setup to “TV

Mode” (page 106).

, Set “Audio ATT” in the “Audio” setup to

“Off” (page 104).

The recorder does not start playback from the beginning.

, Resume play was activated (page 67).

, You have inserted a DVD whose Title menu or DVD menu automatically appears on the

TV screen when it is first inserted. Use the menu to start playback.

An alternate audio track cannot be recorded or played.

, When recording from connected equipment, set “Line Audio Input” in

OPTIONS menu to “Bilingual” (page 65).

, Multilingual tracks (main and sub) cannot be recorded on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs

(Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs

(Video mode). To record the language, set

“Bilingual Recording” of the “DVD Rec.

Settings” in the “Recording” setup to

“Main” or “Sub” before recording

(page 107). To record both the main and sub sounds, record on DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs

(VR mode).

The recorder starts playing automatically.

, The DVD VIDEO features an auto playback function.

Playback stops automatically.

, If the DVD has an auto pause signal, the recorder stops playback at the auto pause signal.

,continued

115

1-28

116

Some functions such as Stop, Search, or

Slow-motion Play cannot be performed.

, Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. See the instruction manual supplied with the disc.

The language for the sound track cannot be changed.

, Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the

DVD being played.

, The DVD VIDEO prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track.

, Try changing the language using the DVD

VIDEO’s menu.

The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off.

, Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD VIDEO.

, The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing of the subtitles.

, Try changing the subtitle using the DVD

VIDEO’s menu.

, The subtitles cannot be changed for the titles recorded on this recorder.

, The DivX video file is larger than 720

(width) × 576 (height).

The MP3 audio tracks do not play.

, The MP3 audio tracks are not recorded in a format that the recorder can play (page 73).

The JPEG image files do not play.

, The JPEG image files are not recorded in a format that the recorder can play (page 73).

, Progressive JPEG images cannot be played.

TV Pause does not work.

, You are recording to the HDD or the HDD is full.

Recording/Timer recording/

Editing

The programme position cannot be changed from the programme position you are recording.

, Set the TV’s input source to “TV.”

Recording does not start immediately after you press

z REC.

, Operate the recorder only after “LOAD,”

“FORMAT,” or “INFOWRITE” disappears from the front panel display.

The angles cannot be changed.

, Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD

VIDEO being played.

, You are trying to change the angles when

“ ” does not appear in the front panel display (page 66).

, The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing angles.

, Try changing the angle using the DVD

VIDEO’s menu.

, The angles cannot be changed for the titles recorded on this recorder.

, The angles cannot be changed during slow motion playback or when playback is paused.

The DivX video files do not play.

, The file is not created in DivX format.

, The file has an extension other than “.avi” or “.divx.”

, The DATA CD (DivX video)/DATA DVD

(DivX video) is not created in a DivX format that conforms to ISO9660 Level 1/

Level 2 or Joliet.

Nothing was recorded even though you set the timer setting correctly.

, There was a power failure during recording.

, The recorder’s internal clock stopped due to a power failure that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the clock (page 100).

, The channel was disabled after the timer recording was set. See “Programme

Setting” on page 96.

, The programme position was hidden after the timer recording was set. (See “Making changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System” on page 50.)

, Disconnect the mains lead from the mains, and connect it again.

, “PDC/VPS Scan Off” was selected in the

OPTIONS menu (page 62).

, The programme contains copy protection signals that restrict copying.

, Other timer setting overlapped the timer setting (page 63).

118

The recorder automatically starts recording when the satellite receiver is turned on.

, The Synchro-Rec function was activated.

Turn off the satellite receiver and cancel the

Synchro-Rec function (page 63).

The clock does not appear in the front panel display when the recorder is turned off.

, “Dimmer” in the “Others” setup is set to

“Save Power” (page 110).

Dubbing

You dubbed a title, but the title did not appear in the HDD Title List.

, The title contained a copy protection signal, so it was moved (page 87).

High-speed dubbing is not possible.

, The title cannot be dubbed at high-speed

(page 86). Even if A-B erasure is performed so that a title does not contain mixed picture sizes, it is still treated as a title with mixed picture sizes.

Remote control

The remote does not function.

, Batteries are weak.

, The remote is too far from the recorder.

, The remote’s manufacturer code returned to the default setting when you replaced the batteries. Reset the code (page 22).

, The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the recorder.

, Different command modes are set for the recorder and remote. Set the same command mode (page 23). The default command mode setting for this recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3.

, Press x (stop) on the unit while the recorder is turned off to check the current command mode.

Display

The clock has stopped.

, Set the clock again (page 100).

, The clock stopped due to a power failure that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the clock (page 100).

The TIMER REC indicator is flashing.

, The disc does not have enough space.

, Insert a recordable disc inside the recorder.

, The inserted DVD is protected (page 41).

The recording mode indication is incorrect.

, When the recording or dubbing is less than ten minutes, or if a picture with little movement is displayed for more than ten minutes, the recording mode indication may be displayed incorrectly. Note that the actual recording or dubbing itself was correctly made in the selected recording mode.

, After playing titles recorded in EP and SLP mode, the recording mode indication may change depending on the recorded programme.

Others

The recorder does not operate properly.

, Restart the recorder. Press down [/1 on the recorder for more than ten seconds until

“WELCOME” appears in the front panel display.

, When static electricity, etc., causes the recorder to operate abnormally, turn off the recorder and wait until the clock appears in the front panel display. Then, unplug the recorder and after leaving it off for a while, plug it in again.

Five numbers or letters are displayed in the front panel display.

, The self-diagnosis function was activated

(see the table on page 120).

The disc tray does not open after you press

Z (open/close).

, It may take a few seconds for the disc tray to open after you have recorded or edited a

DVD. This is because the recorder is adding disc data to the disc.

, There is no DVD inside the recorder.

, There is not enough disc space for the recording.

, The set top box was turned off.

, The set top box controller was incorrectly connected (page 13).

, The settings in “Setup” in the Menu bar have been changed (page 50).

, The recorder was in the process of dubbing

(HDD yDVD).

, The recorder was in the process of DV

Dubbing.

Recording does not stop immediately after you press

x REC STOP.

, It will take a few seconds for the recorder to input disc data before recording can stop.

The PDC/VPS function does not operate.

, Check that the clock and date are set correctly.

, Check that the PDC/VPS time you set is the correct one (there might be a mistake in the

TV programme guide). If the broadcast you wanted to record did not send the good

PDC/VPS information, the recorder will not start recording.

, If the reception is poor, the PDC/VPS signal might be altered and the recorder might not start recording.

, “PDC/VPS Scan Off” is selected (page 62).

, The PDC/VPS function may not work if the

GUIDE Plus+ host channel setup is not complete.

, The PDC/VPS function does not work when the GUIDE Plus+ data is being downloaded.

Recording does not stop after you press

x.

, Press x REC STOP.

Timer recording is not complete or did not start from the beginning.

, There was a power failure during recording.

If the power recovers when there is a timer recording, the recorder resumes recording.

Should the power failure continue for more than 1 hour, reset the clock (page 100).

, Other timer setting overlapped the timer setting (page 63).

, Disc space was not enough.

, The PDC/VPS function is working.

Contents previously recorded were erased.

, Data that is not playable on this recorder but was recorded on a DVD with a PC will be erased from the disc when the disc is inserted.

, “Auto Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings” in the “Recording” setup is set to “On”

(page 107).

Recording from the equipment with a timer

Nothing was recorded even though you set the Synchro-Rec setting correctly.

, You forgot to turn off the connected equipment. Turn off the connected equipment and set the recorder to Synchro-

Rec standby mode (page 63).

, The recorder was not set to the Synchro-

Recording standby mode. Press c z SYNCHRO REC to have the recorder stand by for recording. Make sure the

SYNCHRO REC indicator lights up on the front panel (page 63).

, The equipment is not connected to the LINE

3/DECODER jack of the recorder.

, The recorder is connected to the TV output jack of the connected equipment.

Synchro-Recording does not complete.

, The timer setting for the connected equipment overlapped the recorder’s timer setting (page 64).

, There was a power failure during the recording.

,continued

117

The disc tray does not open and

“LOCKED” appears in the front panel display.

, The disc tray is locked. Cancel the Child

Lock (page 67).

“FAN ERROR” appears in the front panel display.

, Check that the vent on the rear of the recorder is not blocked. Then, immediately disconnect the mains lead. Leave the recorder off for a while, then re-connect the mains lead, and press

[/1 on the recorder.

The disc tray does not open and “TRAY

LOCKED” appears in the front panel display.

, Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility.

The disc tray does not open and you cannot remove the disc after you press

Z

(open/close).

, Turn off the recorder. Once the clock appears in the front panel display, disconnect the mains lead. (If the recorder does not turn off or if the clock does not appear in the front panel display, disconnect the mains lead anyway.) Connect the mains lead again while pressing down

A on the recorder, and release the button when the disc tray opens. Then, keep

[/1 on the recorder pressed for about ten seconds until

“WELCOME” appears in the front panel display.

Mechanical sound is heard when the recorder is off.

, While the recorder is adjusting the clock for the Auto Clock Set function, scanning the programme positions for the PDC/VPS function or updating the EPG information, operational noises (such as the internal fan) may be heard, even when the power is off.

This is not a malfunction.

“RECOVERY” appears in the front panel display.

, The recorder’s recovery function was activated when the recorder was turned on because the power was turned off or failed during recording. Leave the recorder on until “RECOVERY” disappears from the front panel display.

“HDD ERROR” appears in the front panel display.

, The hard disk error occurred. Press down

[/1 on the recorder for ten seconds until

“WELCOME” appears in the front panel display. If this does not resolve the problem, format the recorder’s HDD by pressing down the HDD button on the recorder for more than ten seconds until “FORMAT” appears in the front panel display. Note that all the contents recorded on the HDD will be erased. If this does not fix the problem, contact your nearest Sony dealer.

119

1-29

Self-diagnosis Function

(When letters/numbers appear in the display)

Notes About This

Recorder

When the self-diagnosis function is activated to prevent the recorder from malfunctioning, a five-character service number (e.g., C 13

00) with a combination of a letter and four numbers appears in the front panel display. In this case, check the following table.

First three characters of the service number

Cause and/or corrective action

C 13 There is a problem in the

HDD.

, Contact your nearest

Sony dealer or local authorized service facility.

The DVD is dirty.

, Clean the disc with a soft cloth.

C 31

The DVD/CD is not inserted correctly.

, Re-insert the disc correctly.

E XX

(xx is a number)

To prevent a malfunction, the recorder has performed the self-diagnosis function.

, Contact your nearest

Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility and give the fivecharacter service number.

Example: E 61 10

On operation

• If the recorder is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the recorder. Should this occur, the recorder may not operate properly. In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on (if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour until the moisture evaporates.

• When you move the recorder, take out any discs and do not apply shock or vibration to the hard disk drive. If you don’t, the disc or hard disk drive may be damaged (page 3).

On adjusting volume

Do not turn up the volume while listening to a section with very low level inputs or no audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be damaged when a peak level section is played.

On cleaning

Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent such as alcohol or benzine.

On cleaning discs, disc/lens cleaners

Do not use cleaning discs or disc/lens cleaners (including wet or spray types).

These may cause the recorder to malfunction.

Notes about the discs

• To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. Dust, fingerprints, or scratches on the disc may cause it to malfunction.

• Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car.

• After playing, store the disc in its case.

• Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre out.

• Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs.

• Do not use the following discs.

– A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart).

– A disc with a label or sticker on it.

– A disc that has cellophane tape or sticker adhesive on it.

On replacement of parts

In the event that this unit is repaired, repaired parts may be collected for reuse or recycling purposes.

Specifications

System

Laser: Semiconductor laser

Channel coverage:

PAL/SECAM (B/G, D/K, I, L)

VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10,

Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South

Africa 4 to 13

UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to

B69, F21 to F69

CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France

B to Q

HYPER: S21 to S41

The above channel coverage merely ensures the channel reception within these ranges. It does not guarantee the ability to receive signals in all circumstances. For details, see

“Receivable channels” (page 97).

Video reception: Frequency synthesizer system

Audio reception: Split carrier system

Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial socket

Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/

Power back-up duration: 1 hour

Video recording format: MPEG-2,

MPEG-1

Audio recording format/applicable

bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch

256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP and SLP mode)

120

Inputs and outputs

LINE 2 OUT

(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms

(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p

(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,

C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)

LINE 2 IN

(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than

22 kilohms

(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p

(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,

C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)

LINE 1 – TV: 21-pin

CVBS IN/OUT

S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream)

LINE 3/DECODER: 21-pin

CVBS IN/OUT

S-Video/RGB IN

S-Video OUT (downstream)

Decoder

DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100

DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL):

Optical output jack/–18 dBm

(wave length: 660 nm)

DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/

0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT

(Y, P

B

/C

B

, P

R

/C

R

):

Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,

P

B

/C

B

: 0.7 Vp-p, P

R

/C

R

: 0.7 Vp-p

G-LINK: mini jack

HDMI OUT: HDMI 19pin-Standard

Connector

General

Power requirements: 220-240 V AC,

50/60 Hz

Power consumption: 46 W

Dimensions (approx.):

430

×

73

×

328 mm (width/height/ depth) incl. projecting parts

Hard disk drive capacity: 160 GB

Mass (approx.): 4.7 kg

Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC

Operating humidity: 25% to 80%

Supplied accessories:

Mains lead (1)

Aerial cable (1)

Remote commander (remote) (1)

Set top box controller (1)

R6 (size AA) batteries (2)

Specifications and design are subject to change without notice.

Compatible colour systems

This recorder is designed to record using the

PAL colour system and play back using the

PAL or NTSC colour systems.

The signals of the SECAM colour system can be received or recorded but played back in the

PAL colour system only. Recording of video sources based on other colour systems cannot be guaranteed.

122

,continued

121

About i.LINK

The

DV IN

jack on this recorder is i.LINKcompliant for digital video cameras. This section describes the i.LINK standard and its features.

What is i.LINK?

i.LINK is a digital serial interface for handling digital video, digital audio and other data in two directions between equipment having the i.LINK jack, and for controlling other equipment.

i.LINK-compatible equipment can be connected by a single i.LINK cable. Possible applications are operations and data transactions with various digital AV equipment. When two or more i.LINKcompatible equipment are connected to this recorder in a daisy chain, operations and data transactions are possible with not only the equipment that this recorder is connected to but also with other devices via the directly connected equipment.

Note, however, that the method of operation sometimes varies according to the characteristics and specifications of the equipment to be connected, and that operations and data transactions are sometimes not possible on some connected equipment.

b

Note

Normally, only one piece of equipment can be connected to this recorder by the i.LINK cable (DV connecting cable). When connecting this recorder to i.LINK-compatible equipment having two or more i.LINK jacks (DV jacks), see the instruction manual of the equipment to be connected.

About the name “i.LINK”

i.LINK is a more familiar term for IEEE 1394 data transport bus proposed by SONY, and is a trademark approved by many corporations.

IEEE 1394 is an international standard standardized by the Institute of Electrical and

Electronics Engineers.

i.LINK baud rate

i.LINK’s maximum baud rate varies according to the equipment. Three maximum baud rates are defined:

S100 (approx. 100 Mbps*)

S200 (approx. 200 Mbps)

S400 (approx. 400 Mbps)

The baud rate is listed under “Specifications” in the instruction manual of each equipment.

It is also indicated near the i.LINK jack on some equipment.

The maximum baud rate of equipment on which it is not indicated such as this unit is

“S100.”

When units are connected to equipment having a different maximum baud rate, the baud rate sometimes differs from the indicated baud rate.

* What is Mbps?

Mbps stands for megabits per second, or the amount of data that can be sent or received in one second. For example, a baud rate of 100 Mbps means that 100 megabits of data can be sent in one second.

i.LINK functions on this recorder

For details on how to dub when this recorder is connected to other video equipment having

DV jacks, see page 91.

The DV jack on this recorder can only input

DVC-SD signals. It cannot output signals.

The DV jack will not accept MICRO MV signals from equipment such as a MICRO

MV digital video camera with an i.LINK jack.

For further precautions, see the notes on page 91.

For details on precautions when connecting this recorder, also see the instruction manuals for the equipment to be connected.

Required i.LINK cable

Use the Sony i.LINK 4-pin-to-4-pin cable

(during DV dubbing).

i.LINK and are trademarks.

123

1-30

Guide to Parts and Controls

124

For more information, see the pages in parentheses.

Remote

1

4

7

2

5

8

0

3

6

9

A HDD button (33)

DVD button (33)

B [/1 (on/standby) button (25)

C Z (open/close) button (33)

D PROG (programme) +/– buttons (33)

The + button has a tactile dot * .

E Number buttons (57, 72)

The number 5 button has a tactile dot * .

F INPUT SELECT button (65, 91)

G AUDIO button (68)

The AUDIO button has a tactile dot * .

H SUBTITLE button (68)

I MENU/Green button (66)

J TV/DVD button (22)

K TOP MENU/Red button (66)

L CHAPTER MARK/Yellow button

(81)

CHAPTER MARK ERASE/Blue button (81)

M SYSTEM MENU button (94, 96)

TITLE LIST button (35, 66, 78)

TV GUIDE button (45)

N INFO (information) button (45)

O SCHEDULE button (57)

P </M/m/,/ENTER button (25)

Q O RETURN button (78)

R OPTIONS button (43)

S PAGE

/ buttons (35, 73)

T ./> (previous/next)/DAY +/– buttons (68)

U mc

/

CM (search/slow/ freeze frame) buttons (68)

V H (play) button (66)

X (pause) button (68) x (stop) button (66)

The

H button has a tactile dot*.

W DISPLAY button

(37)

X z REC button (33) x REC STOP button (33) c z SYNCHRO REC button (63)

REC MODE button (33)

Y TV

2

(volume) +/– buttons (22)

Z TV [/1 (on/standby) button (22) wj TV PROG (programme) +/– buttons

(22)


wk TV t button (22)

* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the recorder.

Front panel display

HDD DVD

SMARTLINK

DVD

VCD

NICAM

TV

A HDD/DVD indicators

Displays the selected media and the playing/recording status.

B Dubbing direction indicator

C SMARTLINK indicator (18)

D Displays the following:

• Playing time

• Current title/chapter/track/index number

• Recording time/recording mode

* Displays DATA CDs as “CD.”

Rear panel

• Clock

• Programme position

• TV Direct Rec indication (33) :

“TV” appears in the right most two digits.

E NICAM indicator (55)

F TV indicator (33)

G Disc type*

H

(angle) indicator (66)

126

A AERIAL IN/OUT jacks (13)

B HDMI OUT (high-definition multimedia interface out) jack (17, 20)

C LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L/VIDEO) jacks (17, 20)

D LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) jack (17)

E COMPONENT VIDEO OUT

(Y, P

B

/C

B

, P

R

/C

R

) jacks (17)

F LINE 3/DECODER jack (15)

G AC IN terminal (21)

H LINE 1 – TV jack (17)

I DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL/

OPTICAL) jack (20)

J G-LINK jack (13)

Front panel

A [/1 (on/standby) button (25)

B Front panel display (126)

C Disc tray (33)

D A (open/close) button (33)

E TIMER REC indicator (56)

SYNCHRO REC indicator (63)

F H (play) button (66)

G x (stop) button (66)

H (remote sensor) (22)

I z REC button (33)

J x REC STOP button (33)

K HDD button/indicator (33)

DVD button/indicator (33)

L DV IN jack (91)

M ONE-TOUCH DUB button (93)

N PROGRAM +/– buttons (33)


O INPUT SELECT button (63, 91)

P REC MODE button (33)

Q LINE 2 IN (S VIDEO/VIDEO/

L(MONO) AUDIO R) jacks (29)

* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the recorder.

,continued

125

Language Code List


The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard.

Code Language

1027 Afar

1028 Abkhazian

1032 Afrikaans

1039 Amharic

1044 Arabic

1045 Assamese

1051 Aymara

1052 Azerbaijani

1053 Bashkir

1057 Byelorussian

1059 Bulgarian

1060 Bihari

1061 Bislama

1066 Bengali;

Bangla

1067 Tibetan

1070 Breton

1079 Catalan

1093 Corsican

1097 Czech

1103 Welsh

1105 Danish

1109 German

1130 Bhutani

1142 Greek

1144 English

1145 Esperanto

1149 Spanish

1150 Estonian

1151 Basque

1157 Persian

1165 Finnish

1166 Fiji

1171 Faroese

1174 French

1181 Frisian

Code Language

1183 Irish

1186 Scots Gaelic

1194 Galician

1196 Guarani

1203 Gujarati

1209 Hausa

1217 Hindi

1226 Croatian

1229 Hungarian

1233 Armenian

1235 Interlingua

1239 Interlingue

1245 Inupiak

1248 Indonesian

1253 Icelandic

1254 Italian

1257 Hebrew

1261 Japanese

1269 Yiddish

1283 Javanese

1287 Georgian

1297 Kazakh

1298 Greenlandic

1299 Cambodian

1300 Kannada

1301 Korean

1305 Kashmiri

1307 Kurdish

1311 Kirghiz

1313 Latin

1326 Lingala

1327 Laothian

1332 Lithuanian

1334 Latvian;

Lettish

1345 Malagasy

Code Language

1347 Maori

1349 Macedonian

1350 Malayalam

1352 Mongolian

1353 Moldavian

1356 Marathi

1357 Malay

1358 Maltese

1363 Burmese

1365 Nauru

1369 Nepali

1376 Dutch

1379 Norwegian

1393 Occitan

1403 (Afan)Oromo

1408 Oriya

1417 Punjabi

1428 Polish

1435 Pashto;

Pushto

1436 Portuguese

1463 Quechua

1481 Rhaeto-

Romance

1482 Kirundi

1483 Romanian

1489 Russian

1491 Kinyarwanda

1495 Sanskrit

1498 Sindhi

1501 Sangho

1502 Serbo-

Croatian

1503 Singhalese

1505 Slovak

1506 Slovenian

Code Language

1507 Samoan

1508 Shona

1509 Somali

1511 Albanian

1512 Serbian

1513 Siswati

1514 Sesotho

1515 Sundanese

1516 Swedish

1517 Swahili

1521 Tamil

1525 Telugu

1527 Tajik

1528 Thai

1529 Tigrinya

1531 Turkmen

1532 Tagalog

1534 Setswana

1535 Tonga

1538 Turkish

1539 Tsonga

1540 Tatar

1543 Twi

1557 Ukrainian

1564 Urdu

1572 Uzbek

1581 Vietnamese

1587 Volap k

1613 Wolof

1632 Xhosa

1665 Yoruba

1684 Chinese

1697 Zulu

1703

Not specified

Area Code


Code Area

2044 Argentina

2047 Australia

2046 Austria

2057 Belgium

2070 Brazil

2079 Canada

2090 Chile

2092 China

2115 Denmark

Code Area

2165 Finland

2174 France

2109 Germany

2248 India

2238 Indonesia

2254 Italy

2276 Japan

2304 Korea

2363 Malaysia

Code Area

2362 Mexico

2376 Netherlands

2390 New Zealand

2379 Norway

2427 Pakistan

2424 Philippines

2436 Portugal

2489 Russia

2501 Singapore

Code Area

2149 Spain

2499 Sweden

2086 Switzerland

2528 Thailand

2184 United

Kingdom

127

1-31

MEMO

1-32E

RDR-HX820/HX825

SECTION 2

DISASSEMBLY

NOTE:

The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.

Set

Case block assembly

(Page 2-2)

Tray assembly

(Page 2-3)

Front panel assembly

(Page 2-3)

DVD drive

(Page 2-6)

RD-064 board

(Page 2-2)

Hard disk section

(Page 2-4)

D. C. fan

(Page 2-5)

Hard disk

(Page 2-5)

Power block

(Page 2-6)

FL-166 board,

FR-257 board

(Page 2-4)

AV-106 board

(Page 2-7)

2-1

NOTE:

Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY

2

Two tapping screws

4

Case block assembly

3

Three special front point screws

1

Two tapping screws

2-2. RD-064 BOARD

4

Flexible flat cable

(FRD-011) (CN201)

5

Five tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8) q;

RD-064 board

3

Connector

(CN701)

9

Claw

2

Connector

(CN203)

1

Coating clip

6

Coating clip

8

Two Board to Board Connectors

(CN603, CN606)

7

Screw

(+B 3 x 6)

2-2

2-3. TRAY ASSEMBLY

3

Two claws

4

Tray assembly

2

Open the tray.

2-4. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY

1

The stiff wire

Hole

1

Seven claws

2-3

2

Front panel assembly

2-5. FL-166 BOARD, FR-257 BOARD

2

Connector

(CN3101)

5

FL-166 board

3

Three tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

4

FL cover

1

Flexible flat cable

(FLR-008)

(CN3102)

(CN3001)

8

Three tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

6

Flexible flat cable

(FAR-005) (CN3003)

7

Connector

(CN3005)

9

FR-257 board

2-6. HARD DISK SECTION

5

Four tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

A

6

Remove the Hard disk section

in the direction of the arrow A.

2

Connector

(CN1)

7

Connector

3

Tapping screw

(+BV 3 x 8)

4

Spring (FHC),

ground

1

Pin

2-4

2-7. HARD DISK

5

Hard disk section

2

Harness

(PH-077)

4

HDD bracket (5.5)

1

6

Remove the HDD shield plate

in the direction of the arrows A and B.

B

A

7

Hard disk

3

Four screws

2-8. D. C. FAN

2

Connector

(CN103)

4

Remove the D.C. fan

in the direction of the arrow.

3

Two tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 10)

1

Pin

2-5

2-9. DVD DRIVE

5

Remove the DVD section

in the direction of the arrow A.

4

Four tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

2

Connector

(CN2)

8

DVD drive

A

3

Flexible flat cable

(FRD-011) (CN201)

6

Two tapes

1

Pin

7

Flexible flat

cable (FRD-011)

2-10.POWER BLOCK

3

Four tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

2

Connector

(CN2)

1

Connector

(CN3)

5

Power block

4

Tapping screw

(+BV 3 x 10)

2-6

2-11.AV-106 BOARD

3

Four tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

5

Pin

1

Two large type clamps

4

RD bracket

7

Pin

2

Tapping screw

(+BV 3 x 10)

6

Pin

9

Connector

(CN701) q;

Flexible flat cable

(FAR-005) (CN602) qd

Connector

(CN3)

8

Connector

(CN103) qf

Five tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8) qg

AV-106 board qs

Seven tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 10) qa

Screw

(+B 3 x 6)

2-7

2-12.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

Power block

AV-106 board

FL-166 board

FR-257 board

RD-064 board

2-8E

TU401

AERIAL

IN

OUT

TUNER

J3101

LINE 2 IN

S VIDEO

VIDEO

AUDIO L

(MONO)

AUDIO R

Y C

FL-166

BOARD (1/2)

ND3101

FLUORESCENT

INDICATOR TUBE

S3101

POWER

IC3101

FLD DRIVE

FL-166 BOARD (2/2)

HX825 ONLY

G LINK

AV-106 BOARD

AUDIO

SIF

20

V1

CN805

LINE1-TV

1

L1,R1 OUT

V/Y OUT

AVLINK

L1,R1

LINE3/DECODE

41

22

V3

R.G.B

V/Y,C OUT

L3,R3

L3,R3 OUT

FR-257 BOARD (1/2)

IC3002

REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER

5V

FUNCTION

KEY

HDD,DVD

TIMER REC

SYNCHRO REC

IC3001

LED DRIVE

V2

L2

R2

Y2

C2

TU VIDEO

TUDV

IC1401

EURO MSP

TU SCL,TU SDA

X1401

18.432MHz

4

1

2

IC1103

IC1102

IR CONT

X101

16MHz

3-1

RDR-HX820/HX825

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM

SECTION 3

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

IC604

EEP ROM

AVLINK

BUFFER

TUL,TUR

DAL,DAR

IC802

AUDIO

SELECTOR

4

9

IC702

VIDEO AMP SELECTOR

Y,C,Y/G,CR/R,CB/B

IC803

VIDEO

SELECTOR

Y,R/C

2

IC603

IT CONTROL

X602

10MHz

6

V,C,Y

Y,CB,CR

RECVY,RECCCR

IC202,203

AMP

XPAMUTE

4

4

IC605

CLOCK

GEN

X603

32,76kHz

DAL,DAR

MUTING

IC302

C

Y

V

J702

LINE 2 OUT

S VIDEO VIDEO AUDIO L AUDIO R

RD-064 BOARD

Y C

IC304

J301

DIGITAL OUT

COAXIAL

DIGITAL OUT

OPTICAL

J703

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT

Y - CB - CR

RECVY,RECCCR

Y,C,Y/G,CR/R,CB/B

SPDIFO

SPDIFOH

AOUT L +/-,AOUT R +/-

AIN L +/-,AIN R +/-

IC803

AUDIO

ADC/DAC

AODATAI

ADATAO

2

6

768FSCHG

384FS48K

768FSCHG

IC103

RISM3

IC605

AND GATE

IC112

LOGIC

SCLK[0],RX[O]

RISMSTATUS2

XSYSRST

IC604

AND GATE

X801

27MHz

IC802

PLL

2

FSEL

3

VMCLK

A768 FS48K

A768 FS441K

TX[0]

3

XITRST5

IC601

P FAIL DET

UNSW6V

IC301

VIDEO

DECODER

X301

14.31818MHz

REC656I

CLOCK.SYNC

IC102

EEPROM

HDATA[0-15]

HADRS[6-31]

HCS[0]

PHYDO[0-7]

IC902

SCALER

3

B

C

Y

IC904

HDMI TX

3

TMDS DATA,CLOCK

IC901

AND GATE

S901

IC903

SUB CPU

X901

10MHz

IDE D0-D15

AT2 DATA[0-15]

ADE A0-A4

7

12

IC201

HDD DRIVE

X201

25MHz

DDATA[0-31]

DADRS[0-12]

10

6

IC105,106

256Mbit

DDR

HT +/-

HR +/-

DVD

UNIT

HDD

UNIT

CN902

HDMI

OUT

IC701

PHY

X701

24,576MHz

IC502

SUPER AND

MEMORY

(128Mbit)

UNSW12V

UNSW6V

UNSW-8V

REG

D101

REG

UNSW6V

SW3.4VC

SW5V

UNSW4V

UNSW3V

VDAC3.3V

SWITCHING REGULATOR

(SRV-2001EK)

D101

RECT

SW12V

UNSW4V

SW5V

UNSW12V

UNSW6V

UNSW-8V

POWER

REGULATOR

F101

AC IN

TPA+/-,TPB+/-

FR-257 BOARD (2/2)

DV IN

FAN

3-2

RDR-HX820/HX825

3-2. AV-106 BLOCK DIAGRAM

AV-106 BOARD

J3101

LINE 2 IN

S VIDEO Y C

VIDEO

AUDIO L

(MONO)

AUDIO R

TU401

AERIAL

IN

OUT

DET OUT 17

AUDIO OUT 6

SIF OUT 7

SCL

9

SDA 10

RF AGC 11

AFT OUT 16

Q405,407

AGC

CONT

TU G MAX

TU AUTOP

TU AFT

3

4

5

7

9

11

FL-166

BOARD

(1/2)

Q401,403

VIDEO

BUFFER

Q1401,1402

TU VIDEO

TU DV

IC1401

EURO MSP

(4/8)

43 MONO IN

2 ANA IN+

12 SCL

13 SDA

SC1 OUT L

31

SC1 OUT R 30

XTAL IN 5

XTAL OUT

6

CN3005

2

4

1

9

7

10

Y2 IN

C2 IN

S2 SW

6

8

10

5

3

1

V2 IN

L2 IN

R2 IN

CN701

CN805

LINE 1-TV

LINE 3/DECODE

20

41

1

22

8

7

6

3

2

1

15

11

10

20

19

16

V IN 1

V/Y OUT 1

BLANKING OUT

R/C OUT

G OUT

AV LINK

FUNCTION SW OUT

BO/CI

A(L) IN 1

A(L) OUT 1

A(R) IN 1

A(R) OUT 1

24

23

22

36

32

29

28

27

41

40

37

V IN 3

V/Y OUT 3

BLANKING IN

R IN

G IN

FUNCTION SW IN

BI/CO

A(L) IN 3

A(L) OUT 3

A(R) IN 3

A(R) OUT 3

BI

J1101

G LINK

HX825 only

Q1104

TU L

TU R

X1401

18.432MHz

(8/8)

IC1103

4

1

2

26 CLK2

24 TA2OUT

Y2 IN

C2 IN

V2 IN

C

Y

Y/G

CB/B

CR/R

IC702

VIDEO AMP

SELECTOR

(6/8)

Q707

Q708

Q709

Q710

Q711

45 CVBS1

59

Y3

38 C3

49

CVBS3

11 C IN

14 S-Y IN

16

C-Y IN

18 Cb IN

20

Cr IN

DY AD

57 Y2

L3RC

47

CVBS2

36

C2

IC1102

IR CONT

WIDE SELI 37

CVBS OUT 31

C OUT 29

S-Y OUT 27

C-Y OUT 25

Cb OUT 23

Cr OUT 21

SLICE OUT 80

Y/CVBS

2

RECVY

C/Cr 6

VSYNC OUT 65

RECCCR

VSYNC

VDET1 OUT 68

VDET2 OUT 75

HDET

SYNCRO DET

MUTE 19

SCLOCK

70

SDATA 71

XP VMUTE

TU SCL

TU SDA

Y

CB

CR

V

C

Y

Q702,705

SYNC SEP

SYNCIN

CVIN1

TU SCL

TU SDA

46 SCL

47

SDA

12

TU CVBS

VIN 1

24 L1 CVBS/Y

VIN 3

38 AUX CVBS/Y

RIN

40

AUX R/C

BI

44

AUX B

GIN

42 AUX G

BLANKING IN

51

FB

FUNCTION SW IN

31

FS2

CVBS/YOUT 14

R/C 18

ALL MUTE 41

G 20

B 22

INT 45

FSW 52

PARALLEL 7

L3RC

EURO INT

L3G

L3B

FSW

Q807,808

SWITCH

Y

C

2

ENC Y

4 ENC C

CR/R

Y/G

CB/B

(7/8)

IC803

VIDEO

SELECTOR

6 ENC R

8 ENC G

10

ENC B

11 13 15 17 21 23

L1 FB OUT

50

CVBS/YOUT

36

CVBS/YOUT 32

R/C OUT

28

G OUT

29

B OUT

30

C OUT AUX

34

BLANKING OUT

V/Y OUT3

V/Y OUT1

R/C OUT

G OUT

BO

CO

FS AUX 3

FS L1 5

XP AMUTE

UNSW12V

D301

D303

D304

(7/8)

IC802

AUDIO

SELECTOR

TU L

L2 IN

TU R

R2 IN

A(L) IN1

A(R) IN1

A(L) IN3

A(R) IN3

DA L

DA R

1 TU L IN

2

TU R IN

13

L2 L IN

14 L2 R IN

26 L1 L IN

25

L1 R IN

29 AUX L IN

28 AUX R IN

10 L4 L

5 DA L IN

6 DA R IN

11

L4 R

ASW1 3

ASW2

4

ASW3

7

ASW4

8

ASW5 15

ASW6 16

FS L1 IN 27

FS AUX IN

30

AD L OUT 18

EU AU OUT L

AD R OUT 17

EU AU OUT R

FS L1 OUT

19

FUNCTION SW OUT

L1 R OUT

22

A(R) OUT1

L1 L OUT

23

A(L) OUT1

AUX R OUT 31

A(R) OUT3

AUX L OUT 32

A(L) OUT3

2

3

6

5

(2/8)

IC202

AMP

7

1

2

3

6

5

AINL-

AINR-

7

AINL+

1

AINR+

(2/8)

IC203

AMP

(8/8)

XOUT 11

XIN

XRESET

INT5

X1101

16MHz

13

10

RESET 5V

33

IR INT

TA3IN

TXD1

21

IR BUSY

28

STB RXD

RXD2 27

STB TXD

DA-R

DA-L

Q309,310 MUTING

Q305,309,311

POWER MUTE

SWITCH

Q306,308,312

POWER MUTE

SWITCH

1

7

5

6

2

3

IC302

COMPARATOR

(3/8)

C

Y

V

L

R

Y

CB

CR

(3/8)

Q313

IC304

OPTICAL OUT

FSW

L3RC

L3G

L3B

22

39

35

31

23

27

30

26

42

38

34

FSW

RECR

RECG

RECB

RECVY

RECCCR

C

Y

CB/B

Y/G

CR/R

J301

Y

G G

C

J702

LINE 2 OUT

S VIDEO

VIDEO

AUDIO L

AUDIO R

J703

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT

CR - CB - Y

COAXIAL

DIGITAL OUT

OPTICAL

TO/FROM

RD-064 BOARD

CN603

(SEE PAGE 3-5)

1

9

7

SPDIFO

AOUTR-

AOUTR+

15

17

AOUTL+

AOUTL-

8

6

14

16

AINL-

AINL+

AINR+

AINR-

CN502(1/2)

ITSCK5

ITREQ5

ITSDI5

ITSDO5

XITRST5

NISE TX

NISE RX

DIAG

12

13

11

CN501

19

5

7

3

1

2

CN502(2/2)

2

4

6

8

XRMUTE

XLMUTE

ITSCK5

ITREQ5

ITSDI5

ITSDO5

RISM STATUS5-1

RISM STATUS5-2

RISM RTS 0

ITRST5

TX

RX

DIAG

TO/FROM

RD-064 BOARD

CN606

(SEE PAGE 3-5)

FROM

RD-064 BOARD

CN603

(SEE PAGE 3-5)

CN601

FOR CHECK

1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11

Q611-Q615

AVLINK

BUFFER

(5/8)

IC605

CLOCK GEN

SCL

4

SDA

5

CLKOUT

3

XVDCC 7

XINTR 10

12

X603

32,76kHz

13

VSYNC

EURO INT

FSW

TU AUTOP

53

XCE

8 CNVSS

28 SCL2

29 SDA2

9 XCIN

11

XRESET

17 XINT2

(5/8)

IC603

IT CONTROL

IT REQ

18

RISM STATUS2 23

IT SOUT

38

IT SW 39

IT SCLK

40

MONITOR 41

RISM STATUS1

45

OND0

1

TH601

EEP SDA 66

EEP SCL 67

XEEP WP 68

XOUT 12 109 SYNCIN

113

CVIN 1

80

SYNC V1

52 HDET 1

58

SYNCRO DET

61 XP VMUTE

82 XINT3

100

BS C/N DET

56

XP AMUTE

XIN 14

IT XRST

20

X602

10MHz

ITREQ5

ITSDI5

ITSDO5

ITSCK5

RISM RTS0

5 SDA

6 SCL

7 WP

27 AVLINK OUT

3 AVLINK IN

84

AUTO PRESET

104 TU G MAX

116 TU AFT1

IR INT

74 IR INT

IR BUSY

73 IR BUSY

STB RXD

43 RXD

STB TXD

92

S2SW

42 TXD

RESET 5V

77 IR RESET

P FAIL 51

LED STB 94

LED XRESET

93

SIRCSIN 2

FLD DATA 4

FLD CLK 6

DIMMER 21

FLD STB 95

KEY0

96

KEY1

97

KEY2 98

SIRCS

DATA

CLK

DIM

(5/8)

IC604

EEPR011

XITRST5

(5/8)

IC601

P FAIL DET

1 VOUT VDD 2

UNSW6V

DIM

CLK

DATA

CN602

10

8

12

13

11

9

6

4

14

15

LED STB

LED RST

SIRCS

LED DIM

LED CK

LED DT

FLD STB

KEY0

KEY1

KEY2

TO/FROM

FR-257 BOARD

(CN3003)

(SEE PAGE 3-6)

3-3 3-4

RDR-HX820/HX825

3-3. RD-064 (1/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM

TO/FROM

AV-106 BOARD

CN502

(SEE PAGE 3-4)

RECVY

RECCCR

23

27

CN603

C

30

Y

26

CB/B

42

Y/G

38

CR/R

34

RECB

RECG

RECR

FSW

31

35

39

22

RD-064 BOARD

RECCR V

RECVY V

Q601

Q602

Q604

Q603

Q605

Q606

Q607 RECVY

RECCR

COUT

YOUT

BOUT

GOUT

16 VI 3A

7

VI 2A

23

1 VI 1B

8

17

VI 2B

VI 3B

35

FSS

74

ROUT

(3/8)

IC301

VDEC

Y2

Y9

HS

VS

DATACLK

SCL

SDA

52-50

47-43

72

73

40

28

29

RESETB

34

75

X301

14.31818MHz

(1/8)

IC102

EEPROM

SPDIFO

XLMUTE

XRMUTE

1

2

19

AINL-

AINL+

AINR+

AINR-

AOUTR-

AOUTR+

AOUTL+

AOUTL-

9

7

15

17

8

6

14

16

25

24

AINL-

AINL+

AINR+

26

27 AINR-

IC803

AUDIO ADC/DAC

(7/8)

CDCD

8

ADCBC

ALCLR

6

5

16 AOUTR-

15

17

AOUTR+

AOUTL+

18 AOUTL-

768FSCHG

384FS48K

11 DACMC

7 ADCMC

DACD 12

DACLR

ZFLANL

9

4

CL

DI

2

1

CE 28

DACBCK 10

ZFLANR 3

AODATAI

AOBCKI

AOLRCKI

ADATAO

ALRCKO

RTS[1]

SCLK[1]

TX[1]

RX[1]

ABCKO

TO/FROM

AV-106 BOARD

CN501

(SEE PAGE 3-4)

IT-SOUT5

RISM STATUS1

IT-REQ5

RISM RTS0

8

3

4

5

7

IT-XRST5

IT-SIN5

IT-SCLK5

RISM STATUS2

6

2

1

TX[2]

RX[2]

DIAG

12

13

11

TX2

RX2

CTS2

CN606

1

RD-064 BOARD

(2/2)

(SEE PAGE 3-8)

SPDIFOH

ADATAOH

ALRCKOH

ABCKOH

11 4Y

8 3Y

3

1Y

6 2Y

2 1B

4

5

2A

2B

9

10

3A

3B

12 4A

13 4B

(5/8)

IC604

AND GATE

(5/8)

IC605

AND GATE

4A 12

4B 13

3A 9

3B

10

1A

1

1B 2

2A

2B

4

5

1Y 3

2Y 6

3Y 8

4Y 11

TX[0]

RISMSTATUS1

ITREQ

RTS[0]

XSYSRST

RX[0]

SCLK[0]

RISMSTATUS2

XWP 7

SCL 6

SDA 5

REC656I[0-7]

REC656H

REC656V

R656CLKI

SDCL[0]

SDA[0]

XEYSRST

4 2Y 2A 3

6 1Y 1A 1

(1/8)

IC112

LOGIC

AE3

AE5

YIN

CIN

AD10

COUT

AE9 YOUT

AD8 BOUT

AE7 GOUT

AD6 ROUT

K23 WP

AE14,AC14

AD15,AE16

AD16,AE17

AE18,AC17

AC13

AB13

REC656I0

REC656I7

REC656H

REC656V

AE15

L21

K25

R656CLKI

CDCL0

SDA0

R1 SPDIFO

(1/8)

IC103

RISM3

AT1DATA0

AT1DATA15

D4,B3,D3,B2

B1,C1,D1,E3

E4,D2,C2,A1

A2,C3,A3,C4

AT1 ADRO,ADR1

ADR2,CSO,CS1

C6,C7

D6,D7

B6

AT1RESET E2

AT1DMARQ B4

AT1DIOW A4

AT1DIOR D5

AT1IORDY

AT1DMACK

C5

B5

AT1INTRQ A5

AT2DATA[0]

AT2DATA[15]

H1,J3,J1,K3

K1,L3,L1,M3,

M4,L2,L4,K2

K4,J2,J4,H2

AT2RESET

AT2CS 1

AT2CS 0

AT2ADR 2

AT2ADR 1

AT2ADR 0

AT2TNTRQ

AT2DMACK

AT2IORDY

AT2DIOR

AT2DIOW

AT2DMARQ

F2

G4

G3

G2

G1

H4

H3

M1

E1

F4

F3

F1

AT2DATA[0-15]

AT2RESET

AT2CS[1]

AT2CS[0]

AT2ADR[2]

AT2ADR[1]

AT2ADR[0]

AT2TNTRQ

AT2DMACK

AT2IORDY

AT2DIOR

AT2DIOW

AT2DMARQ

51

53

54

55

58

59

60

16

47

48

49

50

1-3

5-7

10-15

61-64

H DD0

H DD15

H RESET N

H CS N1

H CS N0

H DA 2

H DA 1

H DA 0

H INTRQ

H DMACK

H IORDY

H DIOR N

H DIOW N

H DMARQ

IDE D0-D15

TX P 32

TX M 31

RX M 28

RX P 27

XO

22

XI 23

RSTN

17

(2/8)

IC201

HDD DRIVE

X201

25MHz

P3 AODATAI

P4

T1

AOBCKI

AOLRCKI

N4

ADATAO

P2

A23

LRCKO

RTS1

C19

B21

C24

ACLKI

TX1

RX1

R3 BCKO

D19 TXO

C8

HDACKO

C20 CTSO

A24 RTSO

PHYDIO 0

PHYDIO 7

V3,U4,W1,V2

U3,V1,U2,T4

PHYSCLK

PHYCTL 0

PHYCTL 1

PHYLPS

PHYLREQ

DDATAO

DDATA31

W3

Y1

V4

W2

U1

M22,23

N21-N25

P21-P25

R21,24,25

T23,V23,24

W21,22,25

AA22-AA25

AB24,25

AC25

DADRS0

DADRS12

DBA0,DBA1

DDQS0

AE20,AD19

AE19,AA18

AC18,AB18

AC19,AB20

AC21,AB21

AA19,AC22

B22

AE21,AD20

V25,U22

U25,T22

DDQS3

DDM0

DDM3

U24,U21

T21,U23

(6/8)

IC701

PHY

PHYDIO[0-7]

PHYSCLK

PHYCTL 0

PHYCTL 1

PHYLPS

PHYLREQ

8,9

11,12

14,15

17,18

D0

D7

2

SCLK

5 CTL0

6

59

CTL1

LPS

63 LREQ

TPA1P

46

TPA1N 45

TPB1P 44

TPB1N 43

XO

22

XI 23

RESET B 55

X701

27,576MHz

DDATA[0-31]

[ 16-31

DADRS[0-12]

LF701

CN201

3

ADE A0-A4

18

33

35

IDE RST

IDE DREQ

IDE W

IDE R

IDE IORDY

IDE DACK

IDE INT

23

25

27

29

31

38

1

21

HT+

HT-

HR-

HR+

CN203

2

3

4

5

DBA[0,1]

DDQS[0-3]

CN701

4

5

2

3

DDM[0-3]

2,4,5,7

8,10,11,13

DQ0

54,56,57,59

60,62,63,65 DQ15

28-32

35-42

A0

26,27

16,51

20,47

A12

BA0.1

LDQS,UDQS

LDM,UDM

XWE

XCAS

21

22

XRAS

CS

CK

XCK

23

24

45

46

R2 VCLKI

DCLKNO

DCLKO

DCS

DRAS

DCAS

DWE

AE24

AD24

AD22

AE23

AD23

AC23

AE13

RESET

D23 RXO

B20 SCLKO

C10 HCS5

HDATA0

HDATA15

H22-H24

C25

E22-E25

F22,24,25

G23-G25

D24,25

TPA+

TPA-

TPB+

TPB-

DVD

UNIT

HDD

UNIT

[ 0-15

TO/FROM

AV-106 BOARD

(CN602)

(SEE PAGE 3-4)

(1/8)

IC105,IC106

256Mbit DDR

2,4,5,7

8,10,11,13

54,56,57,59

60,62,63,65

DQ0

DQ15

28-32

35-42

A0

A12

26,27

16,51

20,47

BA0,1

LDSS,UDQ3

LDM,UDM

XWE

XCAS

21

22

XRAS

CS

CK

XCK

23

24

45

46

FR-257 BOARD

5V

2 VOUT VCC 1

SIRCS

FLD STB

LED DAT

LED CK

10

4

8

6

CN3003

LED STB

LED RST

5

7

IC3002

REMOTE COMMANDER

RECIEVER

8

9

DATA

CLK

10 XSTB

11 XCLR

IC3001

LED DRIVE

P3

P4

1

2

P1 12

P2 13

D3004

D3005

D3003

D3002

HDD

DVD

TIMER REC

SYNCHRD REC

LED DIM

KEY 0

KEY 1

KEY 2

12

3

2

1

S3012-S3014

DVD, HDD,

INPUT SELECT

S3006-S3009

OPEN/CLOSE, CH+

CH-, REC MODE

Q3001

Q3002

5V

S3001-S3005

PLAY, REC STOP,

REC, STOP, DUB

CN3001

1

3

4

2

6

5

7

FL-166 BOARD(2/2)

1

CN3102

IC3101

FLD DRIVE

9

7

8

STB

DIN

CLK

SG1

SG16

14

29

GR1

GR12

31

42

S3101

POWER

ND3101

FLD

4

5

2

3

CN3005

TPA+

TPA-

TPB-

TPB+

2

1

4

3

CN3004

DV IN

X801

27MHz

(7/8)

IC802

PLL

FSEL 6

3 X1 IN

4

X2 OUT

384FS48K

768FSCHG

9

13

768FS48K 7

768FS441K 11

REF27M3 16

2

RD-064 BOARD(2/2)

(SEE PAGE 3-8)

768FSOH

A768FS48K

A768FS441K

VMCLK

H25 FSEL

N2

AMCLK1

R4

AMCLK2

D22 VMCLK

A22

C22

D18

TX2

RX2

CTS2

HADRS6

HADRS30

A10-A17

B10-B16

C11-C16

D11-D15

HOE

HWSO

B8

A7

HCSO C9

HADRS[6-30]

HOE

HWS[0]

HCS[0]

3 5 - 4 2

4 4 - 5 1

DQ0-DQ15

5 4 , 5 6 , 3 1

1 - 1 2 , 1 5

1 8 - 2 6

A0-A24

34

13

XOE

XWE

14 XRESET

32 XCE

(4/8)

IC502

SUPER AND

MEMORY

(128Mbit)

1

XSYSRST

3-5 3-6

RDR-HX820/HX825

3-7

3-4. RD-064 (2/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM

RD-064 BOARD(2/2)

REC656O 1

REC656O 7

AD14,AB14

AC15,AB15

AC16,AD17

AD18,AB17

PXCLK AB16

(1/8)

IC103(2/2)

RISM3

23

DY2

30

34

DY9

DI2

39

42

43

117

DI9

DCLK

49

50

52

SDA

SCL

NRST

IC902

SCALER

QB2

62

QB9

QG2

69

QG9

74

75

77

80

82

83

QR2

86

90

93

QR9

QV

QH

QDE

QCLK

95

96

97

98

99

(8/8)

SCALB[0-7]

SCALY[0-7]

79

75

70

68

D0

D7

67

65

61

58

57

D8

D15

SCALC[0-7] 56

D16

49

D23

2

1

80

66

VSYNC

HSYNC

DE

IDCK

HPD

18

CSCL

CSDA

RESET#

43

44

42

ALRCKOH

ABCKOH

ADATAOH

5

11

12

7

SPDIF

WS

SCK

SD3

10

SD0

INT 17

MCLK 6

TX2+

TX2-

36

35

TX1+

TX1-

33

32

TX0+

TX0-

30

29

TXC+

TXC-

27

26

IC904

HDMI TH

(8/8)

TMDS DATA 2+

TMDS DATA 2-

TMDA DATA 1+

TMDS DATA 1-

TMDS DATA 0+

TMDS DATA 0-

7

9

4

6

1

3

TMDS CLOCK+

TMDS CLOCK-

10

12

HDMI

CONNECTOR

4 Y A 1 19

IC906

AND GATE

(8/8)

SDA

SCL

CN902

16

15

SCLK3

RTS2

RTS3

HCS2

RX3

A20

B22

C21

B9

D21

SPDIFOH

1

RD-064 BOARD

(1/2)

(SEE PAGE 3-5)

ADATAOH

ALRCKOH

ABCKOH

2

RD-064 BOARD

(1/2)

(SEE PAGE 3-5)

768FSOH

S901

NOM-DL

TX3

CST3

INT2

HDREQ1

SCLK2

D20

C18

L23

D8

D17

22

32

5

23

6

VSYNC

UCKO

INT11

PO1

INT10

13

31

MOD

UOO

50 SOT

AN10

AN09

AN08

TXRST

SDA

SCK

TXINT

SDA0

SCL0

53

54

55

59

62

63

24

41

40

SCL

SDA

NRST

51

30

34

37

25

21

SIN

UIO

PPG 0

TOO 0

INT 03

XRST

X0 14

X1 15

X901

10MHz

IC903

SUB CPU

(8/8)

XEXRST

TXD

RXD

DLON

CN901

7

4

3

6 Not Use

3-8

RDR-HX820/HX825

3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM

AC IN

SWITCHING REGULATOR

(SRV-2001EK)

CN101

L

N

F101

T3.15/250V

LPF

D101

MAIN RECT

IC101

OSC

AV-106 BOARD

UNSW12V

SW5V

UNSW6V

UNSW4V

UNSW-8V

PCONT

12

14

15

7

9

10

2

8

5

CN101

PCONT

PCONT

UNSW3V

SW5V

UNSW4V

UDEC3.3V

UNSW6V

SW3.4VC

38

31

34

15

18

27

30

9

23

26

19

22

35

D101

CN501

FAN

FAN OUT

FAN DET

GND

3

2

1

CN103

SW5V-S

IC102

VDEC3.3V REG

3 VO

IC109

SW3.4V REG

CLT

1

VCC 2

VA PCONT

L101,102 L103

3 SW VIN 4

EN

1

IC107

FAN REG

1 VO

ADJ

2

VI

CTL

4

3

Q101

FAN CONT

FAN HI

FAN DET

IC301

DIGITAL

OUT

OPTICAL

VCC

IC802

AUDIO

SELECTOR

IC803

VIDEO

SELECTOR

L803

Q801

-50

D801

REG

D107

L103

D106 L104

PC101

PHOTO COUPLER

T101

SWITCHING

TRANSFORMER

D301 L301

Q301

12V REG D304 P301 2A

D303

Q302

12V REG

IC301

PROTECT

Q303

SW

D501

D201

L501

1

IN

L201

P602 5A

VR501

6V ADJ

IC501

SHUNT REGULATOR

L601

D601

4

OUT

2

IC502

P502 3.15A

5V REG

L502

P201 3.15A

P601 2A

D502

CN1

1

2

3

4

SW12V

GND

SW5V

CN2

1

2

3

4

CN3

SW12V

GND

SW5V

2

8

5

7

9

10

UNSW12V

SW5V

UNSW6V

UNSW4V

12

14

15

UNSW-8V

PCONT

DVD

UNIT

HDD

UNIT

5V

F101

0.63A

L405

D1401

IC402

TU5V REG

4 VIN

CONT

3

VOUT 5

TU PCONT

TU401

5V

30V

L406

IC401

TU30V REG

L401

1 VIN

L403

2 OSC

VOUT 4

L404

IC1401

EURO MSP

UNSW12V-A

L1401

Q304

Q303

PS103

VA PCONT

UNSW-8V-A

Q301

Q302

SWA-8V

SWA12V

IC302

LINE OUT

IC202,203

AUDIO AMP

IC801

5V REG

4

VOUT VIN

6

UNSW-8V-V

D703

D704

L701

UNSW6V A

IC303

TU5V REG

5 VIN

CONT

1

VOUT 4

SWA5V

IC104

5V REG

2 VCC VO 4

UNSW5V-I

IC603

IT CONTROL

83 47 86 49 50 48 55

IC601

P FAIL

DETECT

96 90

UNSW6V-I

UNSW5V-V

Q715

Q716

INSEL PCONT

PS102

0.63A

VIDEO 5V

IC701

-3.3V REG

2

5

VEE

CONT

1

VOUT 6

Q707-711

BUFFER

IC702

VIDE0 AMP

SELECTOR

L702-L704

HX825

IC1102

IR CONTROL

IC1103

COMPARATOR

IC605

CLOCK

GEN

Q601

Q616

IC604

EEPROM

PS602

0.63A

SW 5V

19

CN606

UNSW 4V

22

35

UNSW 3V

38

23

VDEC 3.3V

26

31

PCONT

UNSW 6V

34

9

15

SW3.4VC

18

27

30

RD-064 BOARD

L602

4 VIN

IC601

1V REG

SW 3

IC602

3.4V REG

EN

1

4

VIN

CONT

3

VOUT 5

SW3.4V

L601

SW1V

FL501

IC701

DV PHY

FL702

IC502

FLASH

MEMORY

(128Mbit)

5 VIN

IC202

1.8V REG

VOUT

4

L202

L201

IC201

HDD DRIVE

IC604

BUFFER

IC802

PLL

IC803

AUDIO

ADC/DAC

IC605

SW/BUFFER

1 VIN

IC302

1.8V REG

VOUT

2

3

IC301

V DEC

IC112

LOGIC

L301 L303

IC101

3.3V REG

5 VIN

CONT

1

VOUT

4

IC108

2.5V REG

8 VIN

CONT

5

VOUT

1

VDD25

SW3.3V

SW3.4V

SW1V

IC103

RISM3

L101 L102

IC109

3.3V REG

5

VIN

CONT

1

VOUT 4

IC105

IC106

512Mbit x2

DDR SDRAM

IC102

EEPROM

UN5V

CN601

5

FOR CHECK

5

7

3

CN602

13

FR/SIRCS 5V

FL POW

SWA5V

VIDEO5V

CN502

21

25

IC908

3.3V REG

6

VIN

CONT

VOUT

1

4

IC907

1.8V REG

6 VIN

1 CONT

VOUT 4

IC904

HDMI TX

IC906

AND GATE

IC903

SUB CPU

IC902

SCALER

IC909

3.3V REG

5

VIN

CONT

VOUT

1

4

Q601-Q605

BUFFER

L604

VIDEO5V

25

21

SWA5V

CN603

FR-257 BOARD

11

9

13

3

CN3003

IC3002

REMOTE COMMANDER

RECEIVER

FL POW 6V

KEY 0

IC3001

LED DRIVE

FR 5V

6

CN3001

8

1

L603

Q606,607

BUFFER

FL-166 BOARD

1

8

3

CN3102

IC3101

FLD DRIVER

Q3101,3102

OSC

S3101

POWER

2

3

4

6

5

10

T3101

DC/DC CONVERTER

TRANSFORMER

1

7

8

9

D3108-D3111

IC901

2.5V REG

7 VIN VO 1

IC910

5V REG

5

VIN

CONT

VOUT

1

4

+5V POWER

ND3101

52 F2

FLUORESCENT

INDICATOR TUBE

1

F1

3-9 3-10

CN902

HDMI

CONNECTOR

RDR-HX820/HX825

MEMO

3-11 3-12E

RDR-HX820/HX825

I

SECTION 4

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

1

2 3 4

A

B

FAN

POWER

CN3 15P

GND

UNSW12V

GND

GND

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

SW5V

UNSW6V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

GND

UNSW-8V

PCONT

12

13

10

11

14

15

8

9

6

7

1

4

5

2

3

3

2

FAN_OUT

FAN_DET

1 GND

CN103 3P

1 GND

2 UNSW12V

3

4

GND

GND

5 UNSW6V

6

UNSW6V

7 UNSW6V

8 SW5V

9 UNSW6V

10

UNSW4V

11 UNSW4V

12 UNSW4V

13

14

GND

UNSW-8V

15 PCONT

CN101 15P

5 6 7 8 9

AV-106 BOARD

C

PD-138

HARNESS

D

E

F

G

H

HDD

UNIT

7P

GND

HT+

HT-

GND

HR-

HR+

GND

7

1

2

5

6

3

4

RH-056

HARNESS

FAR-005

FFC

40P

CSEL

IDE_DACK

GND

IDE_INT

IDE_HD16

IDE_A1

N.C

IDE_A0

IDE_A2

IDE_A4(CS0)

IDE_A3(CS1)

DASP

GND

IDE_D14

IDE_D0

IDE_D15

GND

N.C

IDE_DREQ

GND

IDE_W

GND

IDE_R

GND

IDE_IORDY

IDE_D10

IDE_D4

IDE_D11

IDE_D3

IDE_D12

IDE_D2

IDE_D13

IDE_D1

IDE_RST

GND

IDE_D7

IDE_D8

IDE_D6

IDE_D9

IDE_D5

29

30

27

28

25

26

23

24

21

22

19

20

17

18

15

16

37

38

35

36

39

40

33

34

31

32

13

14

11

12

9

10

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

CN201 40P

1

2

5

6

3

4

IDE_RST

GND

IDE_D7

IDE_D8

IDE_D6

IDE_D9

IDE_D5

9

10

7

8 IDE_D10

IDE_D4

IDE_D11

IDE_D3

13

14

11

12

17

18

15

16

39

40

37

38

35

36

IDE_D12

IDE_D2

IDE_D13

IDE_D1

IDE_D14

IDE_D0

IDE_D15

GND

21

22

19

20

25

26

23

24

33

34

31

32

N.C

IDE_DREQ

GND

IDE_W

GND

IDE_R

GND

IDE_IORDY

29

30

27

28 CSEL

IDE_DACK

GND

IDE_INT

IDE_HD16

IDE_A1

N.C

IDE_A0

IDE_A2

IDE_A4(CS0)

IDE_A3(CS1)

DASP

GND

SATA

5

6

3

4

1

2

7

GND

HT+

HT-

GND

HR-

HR+

GND

CN203 7P

10

BOARD TO BOARD

11

J

FA-118

HARNESS

K

12 13 14

BOARD TO BOARD

RD-064 BOARD

15 16

L

FL-166

BOARD

CN3102 8P

KEY0

LED_CK

FLD_STB

LED_DT

IT_GND

FR_5V

IT_GND

FL_POW_6V

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

FLR-008

FFC

CN3001 8P

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

KEY0

LED_CK

FLD_STB

LED_DT

IT_GND

FR_5V

IT_GND

FL_POW_6V

M

FR-257 BOARD

CN3005 6P

DGND 6

TPB-

TPB+

TPA-

TPA+

5

4

3

2

DGND 1

RF-119

HARNESS

4-1 4-2

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

RDR-HX820/HX825

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)

(For schematic diagrams)

• All capacitors are in

µ

F unless otherwise noted. pF :

µµ

F.

50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums.

• All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1 /10 W) un-less otherwise specified.

k

Ω

=1000

Ω

, M

Ω

=1000k

Ω

.

• Caution when replacing chip parts.

New parts must be attached after removal of chip.

Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, because it is damaged by the heat.

• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted.

•

2

: non flammable resistor

•

5

: fusible resistor

•

C

: panel designation

• f : internal component

• C : adjustment for repair

• G : IN/OUT direction of (+/–) B line

•

U

: B+ Line

•

V

: B– Line

• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.

• Voltages are dc between measurement point and ground.

• Readings are taken with a color-bar signals on DVD reference disc.

• Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MW).

• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances.

Note :

The components identified by mark

0

or dotted line with mark

0

are critical for safety.

Replace only with part number specified.

When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name.

WAVEFORMS

AV-106/RD-064

4-3

WAVEFORMS

AV-106

BOARD

1

X602

7

J703 COMPONENT P

R

2

X603

100 ns

4.2 Vp-p

1.1 Vp-p

H

8

J703 COMPONENT Y

H

30.5

µ s

3

J702 S-VIDEO C

1.2 Vp-p

9

CN805 r;

1.7 Vp-p

H

4

J702 S-VIDEO Y

1.2 Vp-p

H

0

X1401 (RDR-HX820)

2.0 Vp-p

5

J702 VIDEO

H

1.6 Vp-p

54.3ns

4.5Vp-p

H

6

J703 COMPONENT P

B

1.2 Vp-p

H

1.1 Vp-p

4-4

RD-064

BOARD

1

X201

2

X301

40 ns

1.7 Vp-p

3

X701

69.8 ns

2.1 Vp-p

4

X801

40.7 ns

3.8 Vp-p

5

X901

37 ns

1.5Vp-p

100 ns

4.0Vp-p

For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.

1

2

A

AV-106 BOARD(1/8)

POWER

-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-

B

C

D

E

F

G

TO

SWITCHING

REGULATOR

CN3

(SEE PAGE

4-42)

CN101 15P

GND

UNSW12V

GND

GND

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

SW5V

UNSW6V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

GND

UNSW-8V

PCONT

1

2

3

4

5

JL104

6

JL105

7

JL106

8

JL107

9

10

JL109

11

JL108

JL110

12

JL112

13

JL111

14

JL113

15

JL101

JL102

JL103

R111

10k

DC FAN

CN103 3P

FAN_OUT

FAN_DET

GND

1

2

3

JL116

JL121

TO(5/8)

11

SW5V-R

UNSW4V

UNSW3V

GND-R

VREC3.3V

UNSW6V-R

SW3.4VC

3

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

4

IC102

VDEC 3.3V REG

8 7 6 5

5 6 7 8

IC104

UNSW5V REG

IC104

TK73400AU3G0L-C

9

0

PS102

0.63A

B+

R135

0

R137

0

R140

0

0

PS103

0.63A

R142 0

10 11

B+

B+

B+

R154

0

C117

100p

3 2 1

IC107

FAN DRIVE

R160

0

B+

B+

B-

R144

0

R146 0

F101

0.63A

0

R148 0

R168 0

R169 0

R170 0

UNSW5V-V

GND-V

UNSW-8V-V

UNSW-8V-V

GND-V

UNSW6V-A

UNSW12V-A

1

TO(6/8)

2

TO(7/8)

UNSW12V-A

UNSW6V-A

UNSW-8V-A

GND-A

3

TO(3/8)

VA_PCONT

PCONT

FAN_DET

FAN_HI

FAN_CONT

UNSW6V-I

GND-V

GND

UNSW5V-I

UNSW6V-T

GND-T

4

TO(3/8,5/8)

5

TO(5/8)

6

TO(4/8)

GND-I

GND-T

SW5V-S

GND-V

7

8

TO(8/8)

TO(2/8)

R102 0

R175 0

B+

B+

R173 0

D101

EC21QS03L-TE12L

B+

R174 0

R162 0

R176 0

C124

470u

10V

1 2 3 4

C151

0.01u

16V

C105

1u

10V

C106

10u

6.3V

B+

B+

B+

JL114

C120

1u

B

25V

C119

1u

B

25V

4 5 6

R113

120k

±

0.5%

R114

15k

±

0.5%

0.5

0.1

C118

0.01u

B

R115

8200

±

0.5%

Q101

MUN2213T1

SWITCH

B+

C123

47u

25V

1 2 3 4 5

JL120

R120

0

R122

12k

±

0.5%

R121

39k

±

0.5%

B+

C114

1u

B

10V

FB1609

0uH

L103

4.7uH

IC109

3.4V REG

Note :


0


0



5 4

RDR-HX820/HX825

H

1 2 3

L102

4.7uH

FB1608

0uH

R108

4.7k

1/10W

C130

0.1

B

16V

C131

0.1

B

16V

C135

10

C

10V

C155

47u

16V

C107

10

C

10V

C108

10

C

10V

C125

10

C

10V

R118

10

L101

4.7uH

C128

470p

B

50V

R104

470k

0.5%

R107

100k

0.5%

C159

10

B

6.3V

C160

10

B

6.3V

C129

10

B

6.3V

C127

0.1

B

16V

4-5 4-6

POWER

AV-106 (1/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825



A

B

C

D

E

1

10

TO(3/8)

2

AV-106 BOARD(2/8)

AUDIO IN


EU-AU-OUT- R

9

TO(7/8)

EU-AU-OUT- L

B-

SWA-8V

AOUTR-

AOUTR-

AOUTR+

AOUTR+

AOUTL+

AOUTL+

AOUTL-

AOUTL-

SPDIFO

SPDIFO

XLMUTE

XRMUTE

XLMUTE

XRMUTE

SWA12V

SWA5V

B+

B+

3 4

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R218

±

22k

0.5%

R223

10k

±

0.5%

IC202

EQ

4 3 2 1

C217

47p

50V

IC203

AMP

R226

4700

±

0.5%

5

4 3 2 1

C213

10u

C

10V

R227

4700

±

0.5%

B-

C214

10u

C

10V

C209

0.1u

B

C211

0.1u

B

C210

0.1u

B

C212

0.1u

B

5 6 7

C218

47p

50V

8 5 6 7 8

R224

4700

±

0.5%

B+

C215

10u

C

10V

R219

±

22k

0.5%

R225

0.5%

R222

10k

±

0.5%

C216

10u

C

10V

SPD_GND

B+

6

F

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

PB

Y/CHROMA

AUDIO

SIGNAL

SPDIFO

XLMUTE

AOUTR+

AOUTR-

AOUTL+

AOUTL-

XRMUTE

7

RECVY

VIDEO5V

Y

RECCCR

17

TO(6/8)

C

L3B

CR/R

L3G

20

TO(5/8,7/8)

FSW

Y/G

L3RC

CB/B

8 9

JL539

JL540

JL538

JL548

JL543

JL547

JL544

JL545

JL542

JL546

JL541

JL549

JL550

JL551

JL560

JL553

JL559

JL562

JL561

JL558

JL552

JL556

JL555

JL554

JL557

23 RECVY

24 GND_V

25 VIDEO5V

26 Y

27 RECCCR

28 GND_V

29 GND_V

30 C

31 RECB

32 GND_V

33 GND_V

34 CR/R

35 RECG

36 GND_V

37 GND_V

38 Y/G

39 RECR

40 GND_V

41 GND_V

42 CB/B

CN502

1

2

SPDIFO

3

4

XLMUTE

SPD_GND

5

6

AUGND

AUGND

7

8

AINL+

AOUTR+

9

AINL-

AOUTR-

10 AUGND

11 AUGND

12 AUGND

13 AUGND

14 AINR-

15 AOUTL+

16 AINR-

17 AOUTL-

18 AUGND

19 XRMUTE

20 GND_V

21 SWA5V

22 FSW

42P

10

TO

RD-064

BOARD

(5/8)

CN603

(SEE PAGE

4-XX)

GND_V

8

TO(1/8)

AUGND 12

TO(3/8, 6/8, 7/8)

AUDIO IN

AV-106 (2/8)

4-7 4-8

RDR-HX820/HX825

I



1

2

A

AV-106 BOARD(3/8)

AUDIO OUT


AOUTR-

3

B

C

D

10

TO(2/8)

AOUTR+

XLMUTE

XRMUTE

SWA12V

SWA-8V

SPD_GND

SPDIFO

AOUTL+

AOUTL-

B+

B-

4

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

5

E

F

G

H

B+

4

B-

3

TO(1/8)

TO(1/8,5/8)

SWA5V

UNSW6V-A

B+

B+

UNSW12V-A

GND-A

UNSW-8V-A

VA_PCONT

B-

B+

5.0

11.9

11.9

R304

220k

-6.6

R307

10k

R309

5600

-7.1

11.3

Q304

2SB1561T100Q

12V SWITCH

Q303

MSD601-RST1

SWITCH

-7.3

C301

47u

25V R305

10k

Q301

MUN2111T1

SWITCH

5.0

R306

10k

-7.3

R308

47k

-7.3

-6.6

Q302

2SD1781K-T146-QR

-8V SWITCH

C306

22u

25V

C304

100u

16V

B-

XLMUTE

18

TO(5/8)

XP_AMUTE

XRMUTE

6 7 8

R366

1k

B+

B+

D301

BAS16-03W

Q305,Q307,Q311

MUTE CONTROL

9.5

Q311

MSB709-RT1

C321

1u

B

R334

10k

9.5

-7.2

R332

10k 9.4

R338

10k

0.1

D303

BAS16-03W

2.8

Q305

MUN2213T1

R335

47k

D303

BAS16-03W

C318

220u

16V

Q305,Q307,Q311

MUTE CONTROL

9.5

Q312

BC857CE6327

-7.2

C322

1u

B

R336

10k

9.5

R333

10k

0.1

R339

10k

9.4

Q306

BCR148-E3627

2.8

R337

47k

9

R312

5100

±

0.5%

R313

5100

0.5%

XLMUTE

XRMUTE

R310

5100

±

0.5%

R311

5100

±

0.5%

C313

560p

R314

5600

±

0.5%

C310

150p

R317

2200

R320

2200

C314

180p

R323

5600

±

0.5%

C316

47u

25V

R326

470

IC302

LINE OUT

B-

4 3 2 1

C319

0.1u

B

R330

47k

Q310

2SD2704K-T146

MUTE

0

-7.2

R342

4700

R344

100k

B-

R340

4700

-7.2

0

Q309

2SD2704K-T146

MUTE

R343

100k

±

R315

5600

0.5%

C311

150p

R316

2200

C312

560p

1.3

5

1.3

6

0

7

12.0

8

C315

180p

R318

2200

R321

5600

0.5%

C320

0.1u

B

B+

R331

47k

R327

470

C317

47u

25V

B+

10

R355

470

R353

470

C327

220p

C326

220p

IC303

5V REG

R365

100k

IC303

S-T111B50MC-OHJTFG

5.8

5.0

5 4

3.0

1 2 3

C307

0.22u

B

R364

33k

C308

0.1u

B

C309

47u

25V

11 12

AUOUTR

13

TO(6/8)

AUOUTL

DA-L

DA-R

14

TO(7/8)

AUGND 12

TO(2/8,6/8,7/8)

B+

R346

1k

5.0

Q313

MSD601-RST1

DIGITAL OUT

R345

1k

C337

0.1u

B

R350

68

1.8

R347

1k

R348

220

C324

1u

B

10V

C325

100p

13 14

J301

DIGITAL OUT

COAXIAL

C336

1u

10V

IC304

JS32-TB

VIN

GND

VCC

1.7

5

IC304

OPTICAL OUT

OPTICAL

15

SIGNAL PATH

CHROMA

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y Y/CHROMA

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REC

PB

4-9 4-10

AUDIO OUT

AV-106 (3/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825


• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.


1

2 3

A

AV-106 BOARD(4/8)

TUNER


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

B

C

D

E

15

TO(5/8,

6/8,7/8)

16

TO(7/8)

TU_SCL

TU_SDA

TU_L

TU_R

TUDV

F

24

TO(5/8)

TU_AFT

TU_AUTOP

TU_G_MAX

TU_PCONT

TU_AFT

TU_AUTOP

TU_G_MAX

G

H

06

TO(1/8)

UNSW6V-T

GND-T

B+

I

J

17

TO(6/8)

TU_VIDEO

TUNER

AV-106 (4/8)

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

0

AERIAL

IN

OUT

11

TU401

(TUNER)

12 13

L402

10uH

TU_G_MAX

JL404

TU_AUTOP

4.6

R410

100

1.5

R415

27k

1.9

R414

100k

1.9

Q405

BC847CE6327

AGC

0.1

C408

0.1u

B

16V

AUTO

PRESET

JL406

Q407

MUN2213T1

B+

R475

0

2W

L401

10uH

JL401

C401

47u

25V

B+

L403

1mH

C405

0.1u

B

50V

4.6

V-IN

4.2

OSC

33.6

DK

IC401

30V REG

IC401

TK11819MTL

T1

GND

V-OUT

R409

1k

C407

10u

50V

32.3

R418

100k

L404

10uH

R420

100

B+

C409

0.1u

B

50V

C410

10u

50V

C453

0.001u

D1401 BAS16-03W

L405

10uH

1

R1417

0

C411

0.1u

B

B+

R423

0

R1406

100

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17

C1408

1u

B

10V

R422

100

C449

10p

50V

C415

100u

16V

C416

0.1u

B

C414

47u

25V

C456

0.001u

B+

L406

10uH

14 15 16

SIGNAL PATH

CHROMA

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y Y/CHROMA

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REC

PB

IC402

5V REG

4 5

B+

C452

0.1u

R1451

1k

3

5.1

2

1.2

1

R1453

270k

±

0.5%

C1452

0.1u

B

16V

R1452

±

100k

0.5%

R1454

±

39k

0.5%

C1453

1u

B

JL402

Q403

MSD601-RT1

BUFFER

4.6

Q401

BC847CE6327

JL403

BUFFER

0.6

R405

1k

0.6

1.2

4.6

1.2

R407

1k

R411

100

R412

100

B+

B+

4-11

L1401

10uH

C1401

47u

25V

C1402

0.1u

B

R1401

1k

R1402

1500

B+

Q1402

MSD601-RST1

SIF AMP

4.0

4.6

2.1

2.0

1.4

R1407

680

Q1401

MSB709-RT1

SIF AMP

C1409

0.1u

B

C1410

10u

50V

C1411

3.3u

50V

C1412

0.1u

B

R1410

2200

R1411

2200

44 43 42

2.6

41 40 39 38 37 36

2.3

35 34

C1414

10u

50V

C1406

0.1u

B

C1403

56p

50V

C1404

2p

50V

C1405

2p

50V

C1407

56p

50V

1

4.6

X1401

18.432MHz

AVSUP

1.5

ANA_IN+

1.5

ANA_IN-

TESTN

2.2

XTAL_IN

2.1

XTAL_OUT

TP

D_CTR_I/O_1

D_CTR_I/O_00

ADR_SEL

STANDBYQ

R1403

1k

4.6

IC1401

EURO MSP

IC1401

MSP3417G-QG-B8V3

B+

AHVSUP

NC

SC1_OUT_L

SC1_OUT_R

VREF1

NC

DACM_L

DACM_R

VREF2

NC

NC

4.6

2.3

JL1406

2.3

JL1407

C1416

47u

25V

C1417

0.1u

B

C1419

1u

B

C1418

1u

B

R1408

100

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

D1400

BAS16-03W

JL1405

R1409

100

R1412

120k

C1413

0.1u

B

C1415

0.22u

B

B+

Note :


0


0



4-12

RDR-HX820/HX825




1

2 3

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

AV-106 BOARD(5/8)

IT CONTROLLER


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE

P :PB MODE

(FOR

CHECK)

CN601 11P

DIAG

TX

RX

IT_GND

UN5V

XIT_RST

CNVSS

M2

SH_TXD2

SH_RXD2

CEVISCK5

3

4

1

2

5

8

9

6

7

JL604

JL605

JL606

10

11

JL607

JL608

JL682

JL683

JL601

R1636

100

R1637

DIAG

100

NISE_TX

NISE_RX

R1638

100

JL602

JL603

ITSDI5

ITSDO5

ITSCK5

15

TO(4/8,6/8,7/8)

05

TO(1/8)

22

TO(8/8)

TU_SCL

TU_SDA

FAN_DET

FAN_CONT

FAN_HI

UNSW6V-I

PCONT

UNSW5V-I

GND

GND-V

IR_INT

IR_BUSY

STB_RXD

STB_TXD

RESET5V

FAN_DET

FAN_CONT

FAN_HI

PCONT

TH601

IR_INT

IR_BUSY

STB_RXD

STB_TXD

RESET5V

Note :

B+

R604

47k

4

JL655

JL656

4.5

4.6

5.1

IC605

NC

VSB

R2.6/P1.8

CLKOUT

SCL

SDA

NC

XVDCC

VSS

R2051S03-E2-F

VCC

VDD

NC

OSCIN

OSCOUT

NC

XINTR

CIN

B+

R1622

0

B+

R1623

0

C656

0.1u

B

16V

C604

0.1u

B

16V

C607

47u

16V

JL609

JL610 line with mark

0

5 6

C650

0.1u

B

5.1

PS602

0.63A

5.7

R606

10k

5.0

5.7

Q616

2SB1197K-T-146-R

FR6V SWITCH

R1633

0.1

1k

Q601

MUN2213T1

SWITCH

5.1

5.1

R1626

1k

C655

0.1u B

C651

1000u 10V

C657

0.1u

B

16V

R609

100k

2

0.2

C653 3p

0.5

5.1

X603

32.76kHz

C654 4p

R1610

100

1.2

IC605

CLOCK GEN

C652

0.1u

B

R1625

10k

5.0

5.7

C601

0.01u

B

VOUT N.C.

VDD

GND N.C.

IC601

POWER FAIL DET

IC601

S-80952CNMC-G9NT2G


0


B+

1

or dotted


B+

7

B+

8 9 10

ITSCK5

ITSDO5

ITSDI5

12 13 4 15 16

R1627

0

C625

0.1u

B

16V

C646

680p

B

C628

0.47u

B

10V

C629

0.1u

B

16V

C630

0.47u

B

10V

R672

10k

R674

10k

R675

10k

R676

10k

R677

10k

R678

100k

(HX820)

B+

JL611

B+

(HX825)

R679

10k

116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88

C615

0.1u

B

16V

±

R618

15k

0.5%

SIRCS

FLD_DATA

FLD_CLK

R617

10k

R613

10k

JL612

R622

10k

R631

100

R632

100

R621

10k

R624

100

C616

0.1u

B

16V

R633

100

R626

0

JL684

C613

5p

CH

50V

C614

3p

CH

50V

X602

10MHz

DIMMER

ITREQ5

R614

10k

XITRST5

RISM_STATUS5_2

R615

4700

R616

4700

C617

0.1u

16V B

R627

10k

R628

470

R629

0

R638 0

R635

100

R636

100

R630

100

R610

100

JL613

JL614

JL615

JL616

JL657

R620

10k

C618

47u

16V

4.2

ANEX0(ONDOT)

5.1

RMTIN(SIRCSINT)

5.1

JSTIN(JUST_CLK/AVLINK_INT)

0

SOUT3(FLD_DATAt)

0

SIN3(FLD_INt)

5.1

CLK3(FLD_CLKt)

0

BYTE

0

CNVSS

2.6

XCIN

XCOUT

5.1

_RESET

1.8

XOUT

VSS

*

XIN

5.1

VCC1

5.1

_NMI

5.1

_INT2(INT_RTCT)

0

_INT1(IT_REQT)

0.3

_INT0(SLICET)

5.1

P81(IT_XRSTt)

5.1

TA4OUT(DIMMERt)

TA3IN(JUST_CLK_2T)

0.1

P76(RISM_STATUS2t)

P75()

P74(V-SYNC_OUTt)

P73()

0

TA1OUT(AVLINK_OUTt)

4.5

SCL2(TU_SCL_1)

4.6

SDA2(TU_SDA_1)

IC603

IT CONTROLLER

IC603

M306H5MC-C36FP

P10

(AREA4T)

5.1

5.0

P11(VA_PCONTt)

P12(TU_PCONT_2t)

0.1

P13(AUTO_PRESET_1t)

5.1

P14(TU_PCONTt)

1.9

_INT3(NC)

0.1

_INT4(SYNC_V_2T)

5.0

_INT5(SYNC_V_1T)

P20(BS_VOL_DETT)

P21(BS_PCONTt)

5.1

P22(BS_DEC_SWt)

P23(BS_CONV_CONTt)

P24(BS_COR_DETT)

0

P25(BS_BST_CONTt)

3

P26(BS_BIT_SWT)

P27(INSEL5t)

VSS

P30(INSEL4t)

5.1

VCC2

5.1

P31(XEEP_WP)

5.1

P32(EEP_SCL)

5.1

P33(EEP_SDA)

P34(INSEL6t)

0

P35(INSEL2t)

0

P36(INSEL1t)

0

P37(INSEL_3t)

5.1

P40(XP_VMUTEt)

5.1

P41(AREA1T)

0

P42

(AREA0T)

JL637

JL652

JL632

JL633

JL634

JL635

JL653

JL659

JL660

JL661

JL639

JL667

JL631

JL642

JL643

JL644

P43

(SYNCHRO_DETT)

30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58

R683

10k

R685

100

R686

100

R646

10k

C639

0.1u

B

16V

R1628

100k

VA_PCONT

TU_AUTOP

TU_PCONT

EURO_INT

VSYNC

(HX825)

R648

0

R692

2200

R693

2200

IR_INT

IR_BUSY

JL663

JL664

JL665

R608

10k

C641

0.1u

16V B

XP_VMUTE

R1624

10k

IC604

S-24CS04AFJ-TB-G

VCC

5.1

NC

WP

JL654

5.1

NC

SCL

5.1

NC

SDA

5.1

VSS

C642

47u

16V

IC604

EEPROM

B+

C626

0.1u 16V B

(HX825)

JL617

R637

510

R639

2200

R623

0

C619

0.01u

B

25V

C620

47p

50V

C621

0.1u

B

16V

C622

47p

50V

R642

2200

C623

0.1u

B

16V

C624

47p

50V

C627

0.1u

B

16V

R643

10k

R652 100

R654 100

R659 10K

R664

100

R671

100K

JL636

R1603

10k

R699

10k

Q611

MUN2211T1

5.1

0

R1602

10k

0

5.1

Q612

MSB709-RT1

4.6

2.6

4.6

5.1

5.1

R1609

150k

R1621

33k

Q613 4.5

MSD601-RST1

R1604

10k

4.6

Q614

MSD601-RST1

R1601

10k

Q611-615

AV LINK

R1614

10k

R1613

22k

0

4.8

Q615

MSD601-RST1

B+

C649

0.1u

B

16V

RESET5V

17 18 19 20

VA_PCONT

SYNCRO_DET

S2SW

INSEL_PCONT

CVIN1

SVREF

SYNCIN

HDET

VSYNC

XP_VMUTE

XP_AMUTE

FSW

EURO_INT

B+

TU_AFT

TU_G_MAX

TU_AUTOP

TU_PCONT

JL668

JL669

DIMMER

LED_RST

JL670

SIRCS

R684 0

FLD_DATA

JL671

JL673

JL672

R687 0 JL674

R688 0 JL675

R694 0 JL676

FLD_CLK

LED_STB

R965 0 JL677

FLD_STB

KEY0

5

10

R696 0 JL678

JL679

11

12

3

4

6

7

8

9

13

KEY1

JL680

14

KEY2

JL681

15

1

2

CN602

IT_GND

15P

IT_GND

FL_POW 6V

LED_DIM

FR_5V

SIRCS

SIRCS_5V

LED_DT

LED_RST

LED_CK

LED_STB

FLD_STB

KEY0

KEY1

KEY2

TU_AFT

TU_G_MAX

TU_AUTOP

TU_PCONT

24

TO(8/4)

TO

FR-257

BOARD

CN3003

THROUGH THE

FAR-005 FFC

(SEE PAGE 4-24)

VA_PCONT

SYNCRO_DET

S2SW

INSEL_PCONT

CVIN1

SVREF

SYNCIN

HDET

VSYNC

XP_VMUTE

XP_AMUTE

FSW

EURO_INT

AVLINK

4

19

TO(1/8

3/8)

TO(6/8)

18

TO(3/8)

20

TO(3/8,7/8)

21

TO(7/8)

11

TO(1/8)

RISM_STATUS5_2

ITSCK5

R501 0

RISM_STATUS5_1

ITREQ5

RISM_RTS_0

ITSDI5

XITRST5

ITSDO5

DIAG

NISE_TX

NISE_RX

UNSW6V-R

UNSW5V-R

UNSW3V

SW3.4VC

VDEC3.3V

UNSW4V

GND-R

JL501

JL502

JL503

JL504

JL505

JL506

JL507

JL508

JL509

35

36

37

38

39

30

31

32

33

34

40

41

42

25

26

27

28

29

20

21

22

23

24

15

16

17

18

19

10

11

12

13

14

7

8

5

6

9

1

2

3

4

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

GND

GND

GND

GND

UNSW3V

UNSW3V

SW3.4VC

SW3.4VC

SW3.4VC

SW3.4VC

VDEC3.3V

VDEC3.3V

VDEC3.3V

VDEC3.3V

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

SW5V

SW5V

SW5V

SW5V

UNSW3V

UNSW3V

CN501 42P

RISM STATUS 5_2

ITSCK5

RISM STATUS 5_1

ITREQ5

RISM_RTS_0

ITSDI5

ITRST5

ITSD05

PCONT

DGND

DIAG

TX

RX

NC

JL516

JL517

JL518

JL519

JL520

JL521

JL522

JL523

JL524

JL525

JL510

JL511

JL512

JL513

JL514

JL515

JL526

JL527

JL528

JL529

JL530

JL531

JL532

JL533

JL534

JL535

JL536

JL537

TO

RD-064

BOARD (5/8)

CN606

(SEE PAGE 4-XX)

L

4-13 4-14

IT CONTROLLER

AV-106 (5/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825




1

2 3

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

4 5 6 7 8

9

10 11 12 13

AV-106 BOARD(6/8)

VIDEO IN/OUT


TO

FL-166

BOARD

CN3101

THROUGH THE

FA-118 HARNESS

(SEE PAGE

4-21)

23

TO(7/8)

CN701

C

Y

Y/G

CB/B

CR/R

L3B

L3G

L3RC

VY_AD

AU2INL

AU2INR

10P

S2 SW

Y2 IN

AN GND

C2 IN

AN GND

V2 IN

AU GND

L2 IN

AU GND

R2 IN

4

3

6

5

10

9

8

7

JL702

JL703

JL704

JL705

JL706

JL707

JL708

2

1

JL709

JL710

S2SW

CVIN1

SYNCIN

SVREF

19

TO(5/8) INSEL_PCONT

15

TO(4/8,5/8,7/8)

SYNCRO_DET

VSYNC

XP_VMUTE

HDET

TU_SCL

TU_SDA

17

TO(2/8)

1

TO(1/8)

CR/R

Y/G

CB/B

Y

C

RECCCR

RECVY

L3B

L3G

L3RC

VIDEO5V

UNSW-8V-V

UNSW5V-V

GND-V

CR/R

Y/G

CB/B

Y

L3B

L3G

L3RC

C

Y

Y/G

L3B

CB/B

CR/R

L3G

L3RC

C

RECCCR

RECVY

Q716

MUN2213T1

SWITCH

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE

P :PB MODE

B+

D703

1SR154-400TE-25

D704

1SR154-400TE-25

B+

Q715

5.1

R1736

10k

2SB1197K-T-146-R

5V SWITCH

4.3

R1735

470

0.1

L701

5.0

22uH

JL750

5.1

JL751

C774

1u

B

C775

47u

25V

C710

0.1u

B

C711

0.1u

B

C712

0.1u

B

Q702

MSD601-RST1

Q702,705

SLICE

R1715

0

R1714

470

C702

0.1u

B

R705

0

R712

±

33k

0.5%

1.7

JL712

JL701

JL711

R713

±

10k

0.5%

5.0

R714

680k

R718

6800

±

0.5%

R719

1600

±

0.5%

C705

1u

B

C709

0.1u

B

D701

BAS16-03W

IC701

-3.3V REG

B-

IC701

TK72233CMCL-G

R715

47k

2.9

-5.8

-1.2

C701

47u

25V

R716

100k C703

0.01u

B

CONT

VEE

VOUT

VEE

GND

NP

-3.3

-5.8

C727

0.1u

B

C706

0.1u

B

C753

0.1u

B

C707

0.1u

B

C731

0.1u

B

C732

0.1u

B

C719

0.1u

B

C729

0.1u

B

C736

0.1u

B

C708

0.1u

B

C737

0.1u

B

C739

0.1u

B

C741

0.1u

B

C742

0.1u

B

R1738

0

B+

R726

470

2.6

1.9

R728

39k

C713

47u

16V

R733

0

R729

22k

Q705

BC857CE6327

B+

R702

0

R760

10k

R1719

10k

C723

0.1u

B

JL752

C725

0.1u

B

C704

0.1u

B

C724

0.1u

B

R755

1k

5.0

4.5

4.4

5.0

5.0

4.5

4.6

1.5

3.1

1.5

R1720

10k

R761

4700

Q707-711

BUFFER

Q707

MSD601-RST1

C726

1u

B

C722

10u

50V

C

5.0

R736

22

1.3

B-

R749

2200

Q708

MSD601-RST1

5.0

0.7

L703

10uH

Y

R738

22

1.3

0.7

L702

10uH

B+

R750

2200

C721

47u

25V

Q709

MSD601-RST1

5.0

Y/G

R740

22

1.3

R751

2200

Q710

MSD601-RST1

5.0

0.7

CB/B

R742

22

1.3

0.7

R752

2200

C716

47u

25V

CR/R

B-

5.0

R744

22

Q711

1.3

MSD601-RST1

R753

2200

C714

47u

25V

C715

0.1u

B

C718

0.1u

B

C717

47u

25V

0.7

B+

RECVY

RECCCR

L704

10uH

R785 0uH

R791 0uH

B+

C720

47u

25V

0.8

2.0

2.8

0

0

0.3

1.6

R1710

0

60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41

Y4

VDET1FIL

Y5

GND(SYNC-SEP)

V_SYNC OUT

C_SYNC OUT

VDET1 IN

VDET1 OUT

VCC(I2C)

SCLOCK

SDATA

GND(I2C)

C_SYNC2 OUT

VDET2 IN

VDET2 OUT

VDET2FIL

Y/CVBS/Cy/Cb OUT2

AGC IN

AGC CTL

SLICE OUT

IC702

VIDEO IN/OUT

IC702

LA73036M-TBA- E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

C728

1u

B

C730

22u

25V

C733

0.1u

B

C772

0.1u

B

C734

0.1u

B

C735

0.1u

B

C738

0.1u

B

C740

0.1u

B

C743

0.1u

B

C4

WIDE SEL2

C3

WIDE SEL1

C2

D SEL

Cr

GND(C)

VCC-

CVBS OUT

VCC+

C OUT

GND

S-Y OUT

OFFSET CTL2

C-Y OUT

VCC+

Cb OUT

VCC-

Cr OUT

C744

47u

25V

C745

47u

25V

3.2

JL753

3.2

0

3.2

JL754

3.2

B+

0.4

1.3

0.4

5.0

0

-3.3

0

-3.3

0.4

5.0

-0.1

B-

C752

0.1u

B

14

C746

0.1u

B

C747

0.1u

B

C748

0.1u

B

C762

0.1u

B

C749

0.1u

B

C750

0.1u

B

C751

0.1u

B

R772

10k

JL715

R776

75

R779

75

R780

75

1

2

D728

STZ6.8N-T146

15

R1722

0

16 17

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

PB

Y/CHROMA

AUDI O

SIGNAL

TV_VIDE

17

TO(4/8)

R1721

0

R1718

0

7

6

8

JL747

JL748

JL714

JL749

J703

COMPONENT

VIDEO OUT

P /

C

R

P /

C

B

B

Y

18 19

1

2

1

2

2

1

R795

0

5

2

1

R1707

0

(HXD760:Australian)

J702

JL724

R1709

0

JL726

JL728

AUGND

12

TO(2/8, 3/8, 7/8)

AUOUTL

AUOUTR

13

TO(3/8)

LINE 2

OUT

R

AUDI O

L

VIDEO

JL731

2

1

R798

0

3

JL732

2

1

R799

0

4

JL733

JL734

S VIDEO

1

2

VIDEO IN/OUT

AV-106 (6/8)

4-15 4-16

RDR-HX820/HX825



1

2 3

A

B

C

4 5 6 7 8

AV-106 BOARD(7/8)

EURO IN/OUT


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE

P :PB MODE

C802

10u

50V

5.8

C801

0.01u

B

1.3

B+

IC801

TK11250CMCL-G

VCONT

GND

NP

VIN

GND

VOUT

5.8

B+

5.0

B+

C803

10u

50V

B+

IC801

5V REG

R845

75

C835

0.1u

B

C826

47u

25V

52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40

R858

75

9

JL801

JL803

JL802

10 11 12 13 14 15

D

E

23

TO(6/8)

CR/R

Y/G

Y

C

CB/B

L3B

L3G

L3RC

VY_AD

AU2INR

AU2INL

UNSW-8V-V

F

02

TO(1/8)

UNSW6V-A

UNSW12V-A

D801

UDZSTE-175.6B

Y

C

CR/R

Y/G

CB/B

L3B

L3G

L3RC

VY_AD

AU2INR

AU2INL

-7.3

R804

2200

-5.6

Q801

MSB709-RT1

SWITCH

-4.9

C804

1u

B

10V

G

GND-V

C824

0.1u

B

L803

47uH

C813

100u

10V

C816

0.1u

B

VY_AD

L3RC

L3G

L3B

H

12

TO(2/8,

6/8)

AUGND

I

16

TO(4/8)

TUDV

TU_L

TU_R

14

TO(3/8)

DA-L

DA-R

J

K

B+

Y

C

C820

0.1u

B

C819

0.1u

B

CR/R

Y/G

CB/B

C821

0.1u

B

R839

10k

C822

0.1u

B

C823

0.1u

B

AU2INR

R825 100

C807

1u

B

R807

100k

R806

100k

AU2INL

C809

1u

B

R827

100

B-

B+

R820

100

R821

100

ASW1

ASW2

R835

100k

R836

100k

R809 100

R805

100k

R808

100k

R810 100

ASW3

ASW4

C817

0.1u

B

C818

0.1u

B

ASW5

ASW6

R822

100

R823

100

B+

1.6

0.1

1.8

2.0

C825

100u

10V

1.6

0

1.8

0

1.8

0.3

2.8

ENC_G

VREF

ENC_B

ASW6

TU_CVBS

ASW5

DGND2

ENC_Y

FS_AUX

ENC_C

FSL1

ENC_R

PARALLEL1

IC803

EURO VIDEO IN/OUT

IC803

BH7626KS2

0

0

4.9

0

0

0

0

0

0

R4.9

P0.2

R0

P4.6

0

0

0.2

0

5.0

TU_L_IN

TU_R_IN

ASW1

ASW2

DA_L_IN

DA_R_IN

ASW3

ASW4

-5V

L4_L_IN

L4_R_IN

+5V

L2_L_IN

L2_R_IN

ASW5

ASW6

IC802

BD3826FS

AUX_L_OUT

AUX_R_OUT

FS_AUX_IN

AUX_L_IN

AUX_R_IN

FS_L1_IN

L1_L_IN

L1_R_IN

GND

L1_L_OUT

L1_R_OUT

+12V

FS_AUX_OUT

FS_L1_OUT

AD_L_OUT

AD_R_OUT

0

0

0.3

0

0

R0.3

P4.5

0

0

0

0

11.9

JL843

R0.5

P11.3

0

0

R802

100k

R819

100

R860

100

C827

0.1u

B

R803

100k

R863

100

C805

1u

B

B+

IC802

EURO AUDIO IN/OUT

R828

100

C810

1u

B

DGND1

AUX_CVBS/Y

TEST1

CVBS/Y_OUT_to_AUX

AGND2

C_OUT_to_AUX

AVCC2

CVBS/Y_OUT_to_L1

FS2

B_OUT_to_L1

G_OUT_to_L1

R/C_OUT_to_L1

FS1

1.3

C842

0.1u

B

1.5

0.6

4.9

1.5

0

0.6

0.6

0.6

R861

75

R864

68

B

C867

0.1u

16V

C840

0.1u

B

*

C841

47u

25V

R862

100k

R867

100k

R859

100k

R866

75

R868

75

JL804 JL807

R869

75

JL805 JL808

0.6

0.1

0.5

0.5

R870

75

JL806 JL809

R865

75

Q808

DTA114TKA-T146

SWITCH

R842

1M

Q807

RJK005N03-T146

SWITCH

0.1

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

R4.9 P0.2

C836

0.1u

B

C838

0.1u

B

C866

47u

25V

C865

0.1u

B

16V

R852

75

B+

C843

1u

B

R889

100k

C844

1u

B

R888

100k

R871

FB803

0uH

FB804

0uH

FB805

0uH

FB806

0uH

0

R872

0

FB807

0uH

R896 470

C861

1u

B

10V

R874

100k

R875

100k

R878

0

C830

100p

FB801

0uH

FB802

0uH

D802

STZ6.8N-T146

1

2

D803

STZ6.8N-T146

2

1

3

3

D818

NNCD3.9F-T1

D814

UDZSTE-176.2B

D815

UDZSTE-1713B

C855

100p

50V

C856

100p

50V

D804

NNCD3.9F-T1

2

1

3

D805

NNCD3.9F-T1

FB815 0uH

2

1

3

D806

STZ6.8N-T146

C845

220p

FB816

0uH

C849

220p

2

1

D819

STZ6.8N-T146

3

C846

220p

C850

220p

FB817

0uH

D807

STZ6.8N-T146

D820

STZ6.8N-T146

C862

1u

B

10V

R897

470

FB818 0uH

D824

STZ6.8N-T146

D828

UDZSTE-176.2B

C839

100p

FB824

0uH

R873

0

R1801

0

FB808

0uH

FB809

0uH

D808

STZ6.8N-T146

1

2

3

D821

NNCD3.9F-T1

C863

1u

B

10V

R898

470

R876

100k

R877

100k

C864

1u

B

10V

R899

470

FB810

0uH

FB811

0uH

FB812

0uH

FB813

0uH

FB814

0uH

D809

STZ6.8N-T146

2

1

3

C853

100p

50V

D816

UDZSTE-176.2B

D817

UDZSTE-1713B

D810

STZ6.8N-T146

2

1

3

C854

100p 50V

D825

UDZSTE-176.2B

D811

STZ6.8N-T146

FB819

0uH

2

1

C847

220p

FB820

0uH

C851

220p

3

D812

STZ6.8N-T146

2

1

D822

STZ6.8N-T146

3

R879

0

C848

220p

C852

220p

FB821

0uH

FB822

0uH

D813

STZ6.8N-T146

D823

STZ6.8N-T146

D827

STZ6.8N-T146

16 17 18

TU_SDA

TU_SCL

15 TO(4/8,

5/8,6/8)

FSW

20 TO(2/8,5/8)

EURO_INT

AVLINK

21

TO(5/8)

2

EU-AU-OUT-L

EU-AU-OUT-R

09

TO(2/8)

SIGNAL PATH

CHROMA

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y Y/CHROMA

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REC

PB

LINE3/

DECODER

LINE1-TV

4-17 4-18

EURO IN/OUT

AV-106 (7/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825




1

2

A

3

AV-106 BOARD(8/8) (RDR-HX825)

IR-CONT


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

B

C

D

E

JL905

JL906

JL907

JL908

JL909

JL910

JL911

R1116

100k

R1133

4700

R1134

4700

11

C1109

15p

C1110

15p

4 5 6

R1147

4700

R1101

1k

R1103

1k

X1101

16MHz

C1111

0.1u

B

IC1102

IR CONT

B+

R1108

680

5.1

2.4

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

2.3

4.9

0

0

0

4.9

IC1102 M30263M6A-1547U5

P10.1/AN1

AVss

P10.0/AN0

VREF

AVcc

P9.1/TB1/

AN31

P9.0/TB0IN/

AN30/CLKOUT

CNVss

P8.7/XCIN

P8.6/XCOUT

10 RESET

P10.7/AN7/

KI3

P1.5/INT3/

ADTRG/IDV

P1.6/INT4/

IDW

P1.7/INT5/

IDU

P6.4/CTS1/RTS1/

CTS0/CLKS1

11 XOUT

P10.4/AN4/KI0

P10.5/AN5/

KI1

P10.6/AN6/

KI2

P6.5/CLK1

12 VSS

P10.3/AN3

P6.6/RxD1

13 XIN

P10.2/AN2

14 VCC

15 P8.5/

NMI/SD

16 P8.4INT2/

ZP

17 P8.3/INT1

18 P8.2/INT0

P6.7/TxD1

P7.0/TxD1/SDA2/

TA0OUT/CTS1/

RTS1/CLKS1

P7.1/RxD2/SCL2

/TA0IN/CLK1

P7.2/CLK2/

TA1OUT/V/RxD1

P7.3/CTS2/RTS2

/TA1IN/V/TxD1

P7.4/TA2OUT

/W

19 P8.1TA4IN

/U

20 P8.0/TA4IN

/U

21 P7.7/TA3IN

P7.5TA2IN/W

P7.6/TA3OUT

0

4.9

4.9

4.9

0

0

0

0

5.1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

JL912

0

0

0

0

R1144

1k

R1139

10k

R1140

10k

R1141

10k

R1105

1k

B+

B+

F

SW5V-S

GND

7

TO(1/8)

GND-T

7 8 9

RESET5V

IR_BUSY

IR_INT

10

22

TO(5/8)

11 12

JL902

JL901

STB_RXD

STB_TXD

IC1103

COMPARATOR

R1142

0

JL903

0

IC1103

SN74AHC1G00DCKR

Vcc

B

R1143

0

JL904

0

A

V

GND

4.9

B+

Q1104

2SB1561T100Q

SWITCH

0

R1110

1k

4.9

4.9

R1148

150

R1106

2200

C1104

470p

B

4.9

R1107

150

R1132

150

D1103

STZ6.8N-T146

C1103

1u

B

R1111

1k

R1146

0

R1115

0

R1120

1k

JL913

JL914

JL915

J1101

G-LINK

IR-CONT

AV-106 (8/8)

4-19 4-20

RDR-HX820/HX825



1

2 3

A

B

FL-166 BOARD

FL DRIVER,LINE2 IN,POWER SW


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

: Voltage measurement of

the CSP IC and

the Transistors with

mark,is not possible.

C

D

E

S VIDEO IN

F

G

LINE IN 2

VIDEO

AUDIO L

(MONO)

AUDIO R

H

J3101

4

5

6 7 8

ND3101

9 10

(FLUORESCENT INDICATION TUBE)

11 12 13 14 15

1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 52

L3101

100uH

C3106

100u

16V

R3111

3300

Q3101,Q3102

OSC

B+

Q3101

2SC2411K-T-146-CR

0

5.6

C3110

0.0068u

200V

0

5.6

Q3102

2SC2411K-T-146-CR

B+

4

6

5

2

3

T3101

DC/DC CONVERTER

TRANSFORMER

10

1

7

8

9

D3110

1SS355TE-17

D3111

1SS355TE-17

JL3110

B-

D3108

1SS355TE-17

D3109

1SS355TE-17

JL3111

C3113

0.1u

B

50V

2012

C3114

22u

50V

R3115

27k

B+

C3115

0.1u

B

50V

2012

SDL302

SDL301

R3103

0

2W

D3102

STZ6.8N-T146

3

1

2

R3101

75

R3102

75

R3104

0

2W

R3105

0 2W

D3103

STZ6.8N-T146

D3104

STZ6.8N-T146

3

3

1

2

1

2

FB3101

0uH

FB3102

0uH

R3108

75

R3109

0 2W

3

1

2

D3105

STZ6.8N-T146

D3106

STZ6.8N-T146

3

D3107

STZ6.8N-T146

3

2

1

1

2

C3103

220p

50V

C3104

220p

50V

R3113

220k

R3114

220k

C3124

0

JL3101

JL3102

JL3103

JL3104

JL3105

JL3106

JL3107

JL3108

JL3109

CN3101 10P

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

10

9

S2 SW

Y2 IN

AN GND

C2 IN

AN GND

V2 IN

AU GND

L2 IN

AU GND

R2 IN

TO

AV-106

BOARD (6/8)

CN701

THROUGH THE

FA-118 HARNESS

(SEE PAGE 4-15)

B+

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

PB

Y/CHROMA

AUDI O

SIGNAL

B+

C3116

0.01u

B

16V

LEDT

LECK

FLSTB

JL3126

JL3127

JL3128

R3116

100k

JL3129

CLK

STB

K1

K2

LED1

LED2

LED3

LED4

OSC

DOUT

DIN

IC3101

FL DRIVER

PT6315

IC3101

CSP(CHIP SIZE PACKAGE) IC

C3117

0.01u

44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34

B+

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

C3118

0.1u

B

GR10

GR11

GR12

VEE

SG16

SG15

SG14

SG13

SG12

SG11

SG10

C3120

150p

CH

C3121

150p

CH

GRD10

GRD11

GRD12

SEG16

SEG15

SEG14

SEG13

SEG12

SEG11

SEG10

B-

B+

POWER

S3101

B+

LECK

FLSTB

LEDT

JL3158

JL3159

JL3160

JL3161

JL3162

JL3163

JL3164

JL3165

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

CN3102 8P

KEY0

LED_CK

FLD_STB

LED_DT

IT_GND

FR_5V

IT_GND

FL_POW_6V

I

16

TO

FR-257

BOARD

CN3001

THROUGH THE

FLR-008 FFC

(SEE PAGE 4-23)

4-21 4-22

FL DRIVER,LINE2 IN,POWER SW

FL-166

RDR-HX820/HX825



1

2

A

3

FR-257 BOARD

DV,REMOCON RECEIVER,FUNCTION SW,LED


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

B

C

TO

FL-166 BOARD

CN3102

THROUGH THE

FLR-008 FFC

(SEE PAGE 4-22)

CN3001 8P

KEY0

LED_CK

FLD_STB

LED_DT

IT_GND

FR_5V

IT_GND

FL_POW_6V

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

JL3001

JL3002

JL3003

JL3004

JL3005

JL3006

JL3007

JL3008

D

4 5 6 7

8

9

LECK

FLSTB

LEDT

B+

B+

R3003

0

IC3001

LED DRIVER

C3001

0.01u

B

16V

HDD

DVD

JL3010

JL3011

JL3012

JL3013

JL3014

JL3015

0.4

P3

5.1

P4

P5

VSS

P6

P7

P8

IC3001

BU2050F-E2

VDD

P2

P1

XCLR

XSTB

CLK

DATA

5.1

5.1

5.1

5.1

5.1

5.1

0

JL3016

C3002

0.1u

B

16V

LERST

LESTB

LECK

LEDT

B+

0

LEDIM

5.1

Q3001

MUN2211T1

SWITCH

R3005

2200

5.1

R3004

4700

4.4

5.0

Q3002

MSB709-RT1

SWITCH

SYNCHRO REC

D3002

SLR-332VRT32

R3006

220

D3003

SLR-332VRT32

TIMER REC

R3007

220

R3008

0

B+

HDD

D3004

EB3804X-TP-J555K

HDD

R3009

56

DVD

D3005

SLI-343YCT32WST

R3010

150

DVD

10

B+

B+

E

I

F

G

H

11 12

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

PB

CN3004 4P

DV IN

R3001

0

2W

D3001

STZ6.8N-T146

TPB-

TPB+

TPA-

TPA+

3

4

1

2

JL3022

JL3023

JL3024

JL3025

JL3026

JL3027

CN3005

4

3

6 DGND

5 TPB-

TPB+

TPA-

2 TPA+

1 DGND

6P

Y/CHROMA

AUDI O

SIGNAL

TO

RD-064

BOARD(6/8)

CN701

THROUGH THE

RF-119 HARNESS

(SEE PAGE 4-36)

S3001

PLAY

IC3002

REMOTE COMMANDER

RECEIVER

IC3002

GP1UM28XK0SF

S3002

REC_STOP

S3003

REC

S3004

STOP

5.1

1 2

5.1

B+

3

R3012

0

C3004

0.01u

B

16V

S3005

DUB

R3013

2200

±

0.5%

R3014

2200

S3006

OPEN/CLOSE

S3007

CH+

S3008

CH-

R3015

3300

S3009

REC_MODE

R3016

5600

R3017

8200

R3018

2200

S3012

DVD

R3019

2200

S3013

HDD

R3020

3300

S3014

INPUT_SELECT

B+

B+

LEDIM

LEDT

LERST

LECK

LESTB

FLSTB

R3023

2200

R3024

2200

13 14 15

JL3036

JL3037

JL3038

JL3039

JL3040

JL3041

JL3042

JL3043

JL3029

JL3030

JL3031

JL3032

JL3033

JL3034

JL3035

CN3003 15P

IT_GND

IT_GND

FL_POW_6V

LED_DIM

FR_5V

SIRCS

SIRCS_5V

LED_DT

LED_RST

LED_CK

LED_STB

FLD_STB

KEY0

KEY1

KEY2

12

11

10

9

8

15

14

13

5

4

3

2

1

7

6

TO

AV-106

BOARD(5/8)

CN602

THROUGH THE

FAR-005 FFC

(SEE PAGE 4-14)

DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED

FR-257

4-23 4-24

RDR-HX820/HX825



1

2 3 4 5 6 7

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

RD-064 BOARD(1/8)

RISM3

-REF.NO.: 20000SERIES-

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE

P :PB MODE

:Voltage measurement of

the CSP IC and

the Transistors with

mark,is not possible.

NOT USE

3

TO(5/8)

1

TO(4/8)

2 TO(4/8,

5/8)

SDA[1]

SDCL[1]

CTS[1]

INT[5]

RX[0]

RTS[0]

ITREQ

SCLK[0]

TX[0]

RISMSTATUS2

RISMSTATUS1

P-CONT

IC102

M24C32-WMN6T(B)

TDI

TMS

TRST

TCK

HADRS[6]

HADRS[7]

HADRS[8]

HADRS[9]

HADRS[10]

HADRS[11]

HADRS[12]

HADRS[13]

HADRS[14]

HADRS[15]

HADRS[16]

HADRS[17]

HADRS[18]

HADRS[19]

HADRS[20]

HADRS[21]

HADRS[22]

HADRS[23]

HADRS[24]

HADRS[25]

HADRS[26]

HADRS[27]

HADRS[28]

HADRS[29]

HADRS[30]

NAND_CS

HCS[0]

NORHWS[0]

NORHOE

DBI

HDATA[15]

HDATA[14]

HDATA[13]

HDATA[12]

HDATA[11]

HDATA[10]

HDATA[9]

HDATA[8]

HDATA[7]

HDATA[6]

HDATA[5]

HDATA[4]

HDATA[3]

HDATA[2]

HDATA[1]

HDATA[0]

TX[2]

TDI

TMS

TRST

TCK

HADRS[6]

HADRS[7]

HADRS[8]

HADRS[9]

HADRS[10]

HADRS[11]

HADRS[12]

HADRS[13]

HADRS[14]

HADRS[15]

HADRS[16]

HADRS[17]

HADRS[18]

HADRS[19]

HADRS[20]

HADRS[21]

HADRS[22]

HADRS[23]

HADRS[24]

HADRS[25]

HADRS[26]

HADRS[27]

HADRS[28]

HADRS[29]

HADRS[30]

NAND_CS

HCS[0]

NORHWS[0]

NORHOE

R108

10K

VMCLK

TX[0]

TX[1]

RX[0]

NC

NC

NC

VSS

RB171

47k

IC102

RB172

47k

EEPROM

RB173

47k

VCC

WP

SCL

SDA

RB174

47k

3.4

3.4

3.4

3.4

C104

0.01u

B

RB182

10k

RB183

10k

R1016

C115

0.1u

B

C116

0.1u

R1014

R1015

B

0

0

R119 47

0

RX[2]

RTS[0]

RTS[1]

RTS[2]

RTS[3]

ITREQ

CTS[1]

CTS[2]

SDA[1]

SDCL[1]

CTS[1]

INT[5]

RX[0]

RTS[0]

ITREQ

SCLK[0]

TX[0]

NORHWS[0]

SCLK[0]

SCLK[1]

SCLK[2]

TX[3]

RX[3]

CTS[3]

R1019 0

R1021 0

R1024

47

RB175

10k

R1025

10K

SCLK[3]

NORHOE

HADRS[6]

HADRS[7]

HADRS[8]

HADRS[9]

HADRS[10]

HADRS[11]

HADRS[12]

HADRS[13]

HADRS[14]

HADRS[15]

HADRS[16]

HADRS[17]

HADRS[18]

HADRS[19]

HADRS[20]

HADRS[21]

HADRS[22]

HADRS[23]

HADRS[24]

HADRS[25]

HADRS[26]

HADRS[27]

HADRS[28]

HADRS[29]

HADRS[30]

R1026 10K

R1090

0

R1094 0

HCS[2]

C102

0.01u

B

HCS[0]

R1049

0

R1017

R1022

R1023

R1018

R120

R153 10K

JL108

JL106

0

22

22

0

22

R127 0

R121 0

R1020 0

C112

0.1u

B

B

C113

0.1u

B

C118

0.1u

RB154

0

RB155

0

RB156

0

RB157

0

RB158

0

R122 0

R1040

47

R1041

47

R1037

4700

C114

R198

22

0.1u

R1084

C111

0.1u

0.1u

R123

C117

B

10K

B

B

10k

C119

C120

0.1u

B

0

0.1u

B

R1042

RB159

0

R1043

0

R1044

22

R1045

22

R1046

22

R1047

22

C123

0.1u

B

C121

0.1u

B

C122

0.1u

B

1 2 3

R124

2200

JL108

R126

2200

B+

R127

2200

10K

R1086

10K

R1052

R1082 10K

R1088 10K

C128

0.1u

B

R1085 10K

5

7

1

1

3

5

7

3

5

7

5

7

1

3

1

3

R103

R109

G22

6

8

2

4

2

4

RB149

0

2

4

6

8

2

4

6

8

RB150

0

RB151

0

6

8

RB152

0

C25

D24

F22

E24

F24

F25

G24

H23

A25

0

JL125

JL123

JL107

JL117

JL199

JL114

10K

JL133

JL134

JL135

JL136

JL137

JL132

JL138

JL139

R199 22

R178

R177

0

22

JL103

R176 22

R157 22

R1048 0

JL198

R1050 0

F21

J21

E19

B25

B24

D19

A22

D23

C22

A24

B22

C20

D18

B20

D17

E17

E15

E16

A18

B18

B19

D16

A17

D15

C15

A15

C14

A14

C13

A13

B12

D12

B11

D11

B10

A9

B9

C9

A7

E10

E8

E9

C8

A6

D22 VMCLK

TX0

B21 TX1

TX2

D20 TX3

RX0

C24 RX1

RX2

D21 RX3

RTS0

A23 RTS1

RTS2

C21 RTS3

CTS0

A21 CTS1

CTS2

C18 CTS3

SCLK0

C19 SCLK1

SCLK2

A20 SCLK3

E18

VDD33

VDD

E13

VDD

VDD

VSS

VSS E14

MSDATA0

C17 MSDATA1

MSDATA2

VDD

E20 VDD

VDD33

E21 VDD33

VSS

J23 DBI

CSYNC

F23 TEST

HDATA15

E22 HDATA14

HDATA13

E23 HDATA12

HDATA11

D25 HDATA10

HDATA9

E25 HDATA8

HDATA7

G23 HDATA6

HDATA5

H22 HDATA4

HDATA3

G25 HDATA2

HDATA1

H24 HDATA0

DVDD

B23 DVSS

AHVDD

C23 AHVSS

PCO

A19 MSDATA3

MSCLK

B17 MSBS

MSINS

C16 HADRS6

HADRS7

B16 HADRS8

HADRS9

A16 HADRS10

HADRS11

B15 HADRS12

HADRS13

D14 HADRS14

HADRS15

B14 HADRS16

HADRS17

D13 HADRS18

HADRS19

B13 HADRS20

HADRS21

A12 HADRS22

HADRS23

C12 HADRS24

HADRS25

A11 HADRS26

HADRS27

C11 HADRS28

HADRS29

A10 HADRS30

HADRS31

C10 HCS5

HCS4

D10 HCS3

HCS2

A8

D9

HCS1

HCS0

HWS1

HWS0

B8

E12

E11

B7

D8

HOE

VDD

VDD33

VDD33

VSS

VSS

HDACK1

HDACK0

HDREQ1

HDREQ0

5 4

IC101

3.3V REG

B+

FB101

0uH

FB111

0uH

UNSW4V

SW1V

SW3.4V

UNSW3V

GND

B+

B+

B+

B+

C101

0.22u

B

C103

0.22u

B

R113

1k

C107

0.1u

B

FB103

0uH

C1036

1u

B

FB112

0uH

C1032

0.1u

B

C110

0.1u

B

C127

47u

10V

C125

47u

10V

C126

100u

4V

DVD

UNIT

CN201 40P

IDE_IORDY

CSEL

IDE_DACK

GND

IDE_INT

IDE_HD16

IDE_A1

IDE_W

GND

IDE_R

GND

27

28

29

30

23

24

25

26

N.C

IDE_A0

IDE_A2

IDE_A4(CS0)

34

35

36

37

31

32

33

IDE_D12

IDE_D2

IDE_D13

IDE_D1

IDE_D14

IDE_D0

IDE_D15

GND

N.C

IDE_DREQ

GND

IDE_RST

GND

IDE_D7

IDE_D8

IDE_D6

IDE_D9

IDE_D5

IDE_D10

IDE_D4

IDE_D11

IDE_D3

12

13

14

10

11

8

9

6

7

4

5

1

2

3

19

20

21

22

15

16

17

18

IDE_A3(CS1)

DASP

GND

38

39

40

RY201

RY202

RY203

RY204

RY205

RY206

RY207

RY208

RY209

RY210

RY211

RY212

RY213

RY214

RY215

RY216

RY217

RY218

RY219

RY220

RY221

RY222

RY223

RY224

RY225

RY226

RY227

RY228

RY229

RY230

6

8

2

4

R203

0

RB201

100

5

7

1

3

8

6

4

2

4

6

8

2

RB202

100

5

7

1

3

7

5

3

1

RB203

100

8

6

4

2

RB204

100

7

5

3

1

R204

100

R205

0

R206

0

R207

100

R208

0

R209

100

R214

R210

6

8

2

4

RB205

0

1

3

5

7

56

56

1

3

5

7

RB110

0

6

8

2

4

RB107

100

R129

33

RB106

100

RB108

100

RB109

100

R130

0

R131

22

R132

22

R133

0

R134

22

R135

0

R136

R1036

0

0

R118

0

8

C131

0.1u

B

C130

0.1u

B

4-25

9

C134

0.1u

B

10

IC103

RISM3

C135

0.1u

C136

0.1u

B

B

11 12

C1030

0.1u

B

R143

4700

±

0.5%

C1031

0.1u

B

R146

4700

0.5%

C142

0.1u

B

13

IC103

R8A34012BG

CSP(CHIP SIZE PACKAGE)IC

C139

0.1u

B

C140

0.1u

B

0.1u B

R137

47k

R138

47k

R139

47k

R140

47k

R141

47k

R142

47k

R1031 33

R1030 33

C144

0.1u

B

C145

0.1u

B

C147

0.1u

B

FSEL

A768FS48K

A768FS441K

R1032 33

R1009

1k

TX[1]

RX[1]

RTS[1]

SCLK[1]

VMCLK

R1002

0

R1003

0

RB142

0

R1001

0

R1004

0

R1005

0

R1006

0

R1007

0

R1008

0

R1010

10k

R1011

5600

RB143

68

RB144

68

RB145

68

RB146

68

14 15

R1068

100

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

XSYSRST

6

TO(2/8,3/8,4/8,5/8,6/8)

RB147

22

C148

0.1u

B

B+

B+

R1035

0

R197

0

C109

220u

4V

6.6X5.5

C124

1u

2.5

IC108

2.5V REG

IC108

MM1762FHBE

VOUT

NC

C1037

0.01u

B

C1006

0.01u

B

16V

0.6

GND

CN

VIN

NC

NC

CONT

C1038

68u

16V

3.9

B+

5.0

C1028

1u

B

VDD25

VSS

VDD

VDD33

PXCLK

REC656V

REC656H

AB19

AA17

AB16

AC13

REC656I7

REC656I6

REC656I5

REC656I4

REC656I3

REC656I2

REC656I1

REC656I0

AE18

AD16

AD15

AE14

REXT1

VSSAAD10B

VSSDAD10

VSSAAD10B

VRMB

VR0B

VRPB

CIN(VINB1)

VCCAAD10B

VCCAAD10B

VCCAAD10A

VCCDAD10

NC

VSSAAD10A

VSSAAD10A

VRMA

VR0A

VRPA

YIN(VINA2)

CVBSIN(VINA1)

VCCAAD10A

VDD33

VDD

VSS

VDD33

VDD

TRST

TCK

TDO

TDI

EVENT1

EVENT0

TRDATA7

TRDATA6

TRDATA5

TRDATA4

TRDATA3

TRDATA2

TRDATA1

TRDATA0

TRSYNC

TRCLK

PHYSCLK

PHYLREQ

PHYCTL0

PHYCTL1

PHYLPS

PHYDIO0

PHYDIO1

PHYDIO2

PHYDIO3

PHYDIO4

PHYDIO5

PHYDIO6

PHYDIO7

VCLKI

AMCLK2

AMCLK1

VSS

VSS

R656CLKI

RESET

TMS

VSS

VDD

TESTMOD7

TESTMOD6

TESTMOD5

TESTMOD4

TESTMOD3

TESTMOD2

TESTMOD1

TESTMOD0

VSS

VDD

AE13

AA13

AD12

AB12

AE11

AC11

AB11

VDD33

VSSADA10

VDDDDA10

VSSDDA10B

VSSADA10

VCCADA10

BOUT(PD2)

GOUT(PD1)

ROUT(PD0)

REXT2

VSSDDA10A

VSSADA10

VCCADA10

VCCADA10

YOUT(PD4)

COUT(PD3)

AA11

AC9

AD9

AD8

AD6

AC8

AB9

AE9

AA9

AA8

AA7

AC5

AB7

AE4

AD4

AE2

AB5

AE3

AB4

Y5

V5

AB3

AC3

AD1

AB2

AC1

AA2

AA1

AA3

W3

Y1

W2

U4

V2

V1

T4

R4

R15

AA15

AA16

AB13

AC17

AE17

AE16

AC14

AE15

AD13

AA14

AC12

AE12

AD11

AE10

AA12

AE8

AC10

AB10

AE7

AA10

AD7

AB8

AD10

AE6

AC6

AB6

AE5

AD5

AC7

AD3

AA6

AC4

AD2

AA5

W5

U5

AC2

AE1

AA4

Y4

AB1

W4

Y2

Y3

U1

V4

V3

W1

U3

U2

R2

N2

R14

JL178

JL118

JL131

JL121

JL179

JL180

JL181

JL182

JL183

JL184

JL185

JL186

JL187

JL188

JL1002

JL1003

JL1004

JL1005

JL1006

JL1007

JL1008

JL1009

JL1010

JL1011

JL1012

JL1013

JL1014

JL120

JL167

JL168

JL169

JL170

JL171

JL172

JL173

JL174

JL175

JL176

JL177

JL130

FB106

0uH

R162

1500

R163

1500

C150

0.1u

C149

0.1u

B

B

C151

0.1u

B

C153

0.1u

C155

0.1u

B

B

C152

0.1u

B

R1039

10k

C154

0.1u

B

C156

0.1u B

C157

0.1u

B

R164

±

22

0.5%

R166

150

±

0.5%

R168

150

±

0.5%

C158

0.1u B

R165

22

±

0.5%

C159

C160

C161

C162

C163

C164

C165

0.1u B

0.1u B

0.1u B

0.1u B

0.1u B

0.1u

0.1u

B

B

R167

150

±

0.5%

R169

150

±

0.5%

FB110

0uH

C174

0.1u

B

FB107

0uH

C166

C167

C168

0.1u B

0.1u

0.1u

C175

B

B

0.1u B

C169

C170

C171

C176

0.1u

0.1u B

B

C172

C173

0.1u

0.1u

B

B

R170

±

150

0.5%

L101

10uH

L102

10uH

R195

B+

R1028

R1098

R1099

C177

10u

B

6.3V

R174 22

R184 22

R185 22

R186 22

R187 22

R189 22

R194 22

22

33

22

22

C1029

10u

B

6.3V

REC656V

REC656H

REC656I[7]

REC656I[6]

REC656I[5]

REC656I[4]

REC656I[3]

REC656I[2]

REC656I[1]

REC656I[0]

REC656CLKI

TMS

BOUT

GOUT

ROUT

YOUT

COUT

RECCR

RECVY

TRST

TCK

TDI

PHYSCLK

PHYLREQ

PHYCTL[0]

PHYCTL[1]

PHYLPS

PHYDIO[0]

PHYDIO[1]

PHYDIO[2]

PHYDIO[3]

PHYDIO[4]

PHYDIO[5]

PHYDIO[6]

PHYDIO[7]

A768FS441K

A768FS48K

C1035

0.01u

B

1.3

3 2

5.0

1

IC109

3.3V REG

R104

68

B+

3.3

B+

4

4.2

5

B+

R1051

1k

C1034

0.22u

B

C1033

0.22u

B

AT2DATA[7]

AT2DATA[8]

AT2DATA[6]

AT2DATA[9]

AT2DATA[5]

AT2DATA[10]

AT2DATA[4]

AT2DATA[11]

AT2DATA[3]

AT2DATA[12]

AT2DATA[2]

AT2DATA[13]

AT2DATA[1]

AT2DATA[14]

AT2DATA[0]

AT2DATA[15]

FSEL

A768FS48K

A768FS441K

ALRCKO

ADATAO

A0LRCKI

A0BCKI

A0DATAI

ABCKO

TX[1]

RX[1]

RTS[1]

SCLK[1]

VMCLK

AT2CS[1]

AT2CS[0]

AT2ADR[2]

AT2ADR[0]

AT2ADR[1]

AT2IORDY

AT2INTRQ

AT2RESET

AT2DIOR

AT2DIOW

AT2DMACK

AT2DMARQ

4 TO

(7/8)

5 TO

(2/8)

1.7

1.1

R158 22

R154 22

R150 22

IA

GND

2A

IC112

LOGIC

IC112

SN74LVC2G340CKR

IV

VCC

2V

1.7

3.4

1.7

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

PB

Y/CHROMA

AUDIO

SIGNAL

C1041

0.1

10V

ABCKOH

ADATAO

ALRCKOH

SPDIFOH

BOUT

GOUT

ROUT

YOUT

COUT

RECCR

RECVY

REC656I[0]

REC656I[1]

REC656I[2]

REC656I[3]

REC656I[4]

REC656I[5]

REC656I[6]

REC656I[7]

REC656CLKI

REC656H

REC656V

SDA[0]

SDCL[0]

PHYDIO[0]

PHYDIO[1]

PHYDIO[2]

PHYDIO[3]

PHYDIO[4]

PHYDIO[5]

PHYDIO[6]

PHYDIO[7]

PHYLPS

PHYSCLK

PHYLREQ

PHYCTL[0]

PHYCTL[1]

DADRS[12]

2

4

6

8

R171

22

DADRS[11]

DADRS[9]

DADRS[8]

DADRS[7]

2

4

6

8

RB111

22

DADRS[6]

DADRS[5]

DADRS[4]

DADRS[10]

5

7

1

3

RB112

22

DADRS[0]

DADRS[1]

DADRS[2]

DADRS[3]

DDQS[0]

DDQS[1]

DDQS[2]

DDQS[3]

RB113

22

R161

0

R1012

0

R128

0

R160

0

6

8

2

4

5

7

1

3

5

7

1

3

DADR[12]

DADR[11]

DADR[9]

DADR[8]

DADR[7]

DADR[6]

DADR[5]

DADR[4]

DADR[10]

DADR[0]

DADR[1]

DADR[2]

DADR[3]

DDQS1[0]

DDQS1[1]

DDQS1[2]

DDQS1[3]

DDM[0]

DDM[1]

DDM[2]

DDM[3]

DDM1[0]

DDM1[1]

DDM1[2]

DDM1[3]

RB114

22

DWE

DCAS

RB115

22

DRAS

DCS

DBA[0]

DBA[1]

RB116

22

DDATA[31]

DDATA[30]

DDATA[29]

DDATA[28]

RB117

0

DDATA[27]

DDATA[26]

DDATA[25]

DDATA[24]

RB118

0

DDATA[23]

DDATA[22]

DDATA[21]

DDATA[20]

RB119

0

DDATA[19]

DDATA[18]

DDATA[17]

DDATA[16]

RB120

0

DDATA[15]

DDATA[14]

DDATA[13]

DDATA[12]

DDATA[11]

DDATA[10]

DDATA[9]

DDATA[8]

RB121

0

RB122

0

DDATA[7]

DDATA[6]

DDATA[5]

DDATA[4]

RB123

0

DDATA[3]

DDATA[2]

DDATA[1]

DDATA[0]

RB124

0

DWE1

DCAS1

DRAS1

DCS1

DBA1[0]

DBA1[1]

DDT2[31]

DDT2[30]

DDT2[29]

DDT2[28]

DDT2[27]

DDT2[26]

DDT2[25]

DDT2[24]

DDT2[23]

DDT2[22]

DDT2[21]

DDT2[20]

DDT2[19]

DDT2[18]

DDT2[17]

DDT2[16]

DDT2[15]

DDT2[14]

DDT2[13]

DDT2[12]

DDT2[11]

DDT2[10]

DDT2[9]

DDT2[8]

DDT2[7]

DDT2[6]

DDT2[5]

DDT2[4]

DDT2[3]

DDT2[2]

DDT2[1]

DDT2[0] DDM1[0]

DWE1

DCAS1

DRAS1

DCS1

DBA1[0]

DBA1[1]

DADR[10]

DADR[0]

DADR[1]

DADR[2]

DADR[3]

DDT2[16]

C188

0.1u

B

C189

0.1u

B

2.5

0.4

2.5

0.4

0.4

DDT2[16]

DDT2[16]

DDT2[16]

DDT2[20]

RB189

22

DDT2[20]

DDT2[20]

RB190

22

DDT2[20]

C190

0.1u

B

DDQS1[2]

0.5

C191

0.1u

B

2.5

0.8

0.4

0.8

2.5

0.1

0.1

R174

22

2.5

C192

0.1u

B DDM1[2]

DWE1

DCAS1

DRAS1

DCS1

2.3

2.4

2.1

2.5

0

DBA1[0]

DBA1[1]

DADR[10]

DADR[0]

DADR[1]

DADR[2]

DADR[3]

DDT2[0]

C195

0.1u

B

DDT2[1]

DDT2[2]

DDT2[3]

DDT2[4]

RB193

22

C196

0.1u

B

DDT2[5]

DDT2[6]

C193

0.1u

B

C194

0.1u

B

B+

2.5

0.4

2.5

0.4

0.4

1.1

1.1

0

0

1.1

1.1

1.7

2.5

0.4

0.8

2.5

0.1

0.1

DDT2[7]

RB194

22

DDQS1[0]

R172

22

0.5

C197

0.1u

B

2.5

0.8

C198

0.1u

B

2.5

1.1

1.1

1.7

0

0

1.1

1.1

2.5

2.3

2.4

2.1

2.5

0

C199

0.1u

B

IC106

K4H511638C-UCB3T

RAS

CS

NC

BA0

BA1

A10/AP

A0

VDDQ

LDQS

NC

VDD

NC

LDM

WE

CAS

A1

A2

A3

VDD

DQ4

VDDQ

DQ5

DQ6

VSSQ

DQ7

NC

VDD

DQ0

VDDQ

DQ1

DQ2

VSSQ

DQ3

VSS

DQ15

VSSQ

DQ14

DQ13

VDDQ

DQ12

DQ11

VSSQ

DQ10

DQ9

VDDQ

DQ8

NC

VSSQ

UDQS

NC

VREF

VSS

UDM

CK

CK

CKE

NC

A12

A11

A6

A5

A4

VSS

A9

A8

A7

IC105

K4H511638C-UCB3T

A0

A1

A2

A3

VDD

WE

CAS

RAS

CS

NC

BA0

BA1

A10/AP

NC

VDDQ

LDQS

NC

VDD

NC

LDM

VDD

DQ0

VDDQ

DQ1

DQ2

VSSQ

DQ3

DQ4

VDDQ

DQ5

DQ6

VSSQ

DQ7

VSS

DQ15

VSSQ

DQ14

DQ13

VDDQ

DQ12

DQ11

VSSQ

DQ10

DQ9

VDDQ

DQ8

NC

VSSQ

UDQS

NC

VREF

VSS

UDM

CK

CK

CKE

NC

A12

A11

A9

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

VSS

IC105

512Mbit DDR SDRAM

0

0

1.6

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.0

DDT2[31]

0.7

0.3

2.5

0.6

0.1

B+

RB191

22

DDT2[30]

DDT2[29]

DDT2[28]

DDT2[27]

2.3

1.2

1.2

2.5

0.1

0.2

2.5

0.1

C1008

0.1u

B

DDT2[26]

DDT2[25]

0.8

C1009

0.1u

1.2

R175

22

DDT2[24]

R191

4700

±

0.5%

C1012

0.1u

B

DDQS1[3]

R190

4700

±

0.5%

C1013

0.1u

B

DDM1[3]

R182

220

R180

10k

DADR[12]

DADR[11]

DADR[9]

DADR[8]

DADR[7]

DADR[6]

DADR[5]

DADR[4]

IC106

512Mbit DDR SDRAM

0

0

1.6

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.2

1.2

2.3

1.2

1.2

2.5

1.0

0.7

0.3

2.5

0.6

0.1

C1010

0.1u

B

0.1

0.2

2.5

0.1

R193

±

4700

0.5%

0.8

1.2

R173

22

C1011

0.1u

B

RB195

22

DDT2[15]

DDT2[14]

DDT2[13]

DDT2[12]

DDT2[11]

RB196

22

DDT2[10]

DDT2[9]

DDT2[8]

C1014

0.1u

B

DDQS1[1]

R192

4700

±

0.5%

R181

10k

C1015

0.1u

B

R183

220

DDM1[1]

B+

DADR[12]

DADR[11]

DADR[9]

DADR[8]

DADR[7]

DADR[6]

DADR[5]

DADR[4]

BOUT

GOUT

ROUT

YOUT

COUT

RECCR

RECVY

SPDIFO

REC656I[0]

REC656I[1]

REC656I[2]

REC656I[3]

REC656I[4]

REC656I[5]

REC656I[6]

REC656I[7]

REC656CLKI

REC656H

REC656V

SDA[0]

SDCL[0]

PHYDIO[0]

PHYDIO[1]

PHYDIO[2]

PHYDIO[3]

PHYDIO[4]

PHYDIO[5]

PHYDIO[6]

PHYDIO[7]

PHYLPS

PHYSCLK

PHYLREQ

PHYCTL[0]

PHYCTL[1]

7

TO(3/8)

8

TO(5/8)

9

TO(6/8)

INT[2]

REC6560[7]

REC6560[6]

REC6560[5]

REC6560[4]

REC6560[3]

REC6560[2]

REC6560[1]

REC6560[0]

REC656CLKO

ABCKOH

ADATAOH

ALRCKOH

SPDIFOH

RTS[2]

RTS[3]

SCLK[2]

TX[3]

RX[3]

CTS[3]

SCLK[3]

HCS[2]

HDREQ[1]

INT[2]

REC6560[7]

REC6560[6]

REC6560[5]

REC6560[4]

REC6560[3]

REC6560[2]

REC6560[1]

REC6560[0]

REC656CLKO

ABCKOH

ADATAOH

ALRCKOH

SPDIFOH

RTS[2]

RTS[3]

SCLK[2]

TX[3]

RX[3]

CTS[3]

SCLK[3]

HCS[2]

HDREQ[1]

16

TO(8/8)

23

4-26

RISM3

RD-064 (1/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825




1

2 3

A

B

C

D

E

F

RD-064 BOARD(2/8)

HDD DRIVE


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

RB210

47K

RB211

47K

RB212

47K

RB213

47K

2 4

6 8

2 4 6 8 2 4 6

8

2 4 6 8

1

3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7

R223

82

AT2RESET

AT2DATA[7]

AT2DATA[8]

AT2DATA[6]

AT2DATA[9]

AT2DATA[5]

AT2DATA[10]

AT2DATA[4]

AT2DATA[11]

AT2DATA[3]

AT2DATA[12]

AT2DATA[2]

AT2DATA[13]

AT2DATA[1]

AT2DATA[14]

AT2DATA[0]

AT2DATA[15]

7

5

3

1

RB219

68

8

6

4

2

7

5

3

1

RB220

68

8

6

4

2

7

5

3

1

RB221

68

8

6

4

2

7

5

3

1

RB222

68

8

6

4

2

5

TO(1/8)

AT2DMARQ

AT2DIOW

AT2DIOR

AT2IORDY

AT2DMACK

AT2INTRQ

AT2ADR[1]

R228

82

R229

22

R231

82

R224

22

R225

82

R226

82

R227

22

AT2ADR[0]

AT2ADR[2]

AT2CS[0]

AT2CS[1]

2

4

6

8

RB223

82

1

3

5

7

4

SA_XRST

SA_DREQ

SA_IOW

SA_IOR

SA_IORDY

SA_DACK

SA_INT

SA_A1

SA_A0

SA_A2

SA_CS0

SA_CS1

SA_D7

SA_D8

SA_D6

SA_D9

SA_D5

SA_D10

SA_D4

SA_D11

SA_D3

SA_D12

SA_D2

SA_D13

SA_D1

SA_D14

SA_D0

SA_D15

G

5

SA_D13

SA_D2

SA_D12

SA_D3

SA_D11

SA_D4

C201

0.1u

B

SA_D10

SA_D5

SA_D9

SA_D6

SA_D8

SA_D7

SA_XRST

C202

0.1u

B

H

6 7 8 9 10

C210

0.1u

B

B+

R237

0

0

3.4

0

0

1.8

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

3.4

0

0

H_DD13

H_DD2

H_DD12

VDDIO

H_DD3

H_DD11

H_DD4

GND

VDD

H_DD10

H_DD5

H_DD9

H_DD6

H_DD8

H_DD7

H_RESET_N

64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49

IC201

HDD DRIVE

IC201

88SA8040-TBC1C000

H_CS_N0

H_CS_N1

H_PDIAG_N

UAO

VDDIO

UAI

GND

VDD

T7

T6

T5

T4

T3

T2

T1

T0

3.4

3.4

0

3.4

3.4

3.4

1.8

0

0

0

3.4

3.4

3.4

0

R258

1k

B+

SA_CS0

SA_CS1

C214

0.1u

B

C215

0.1u

B

JL202

JL203

JL204

C224

0.01u

B

16V

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B+

B+

C234

0.01u

B

16V

C235

0.01u

B

16V

C236

0.01u

B

16V

C237

0.1u

B

10V

C203

0.01u

B

C204

12p

C205

12p

1

C209

1u

B

R245

470

R248

±

12k

0.5%

R249

100

0.5%

C206

0.01u

B

C207

0.1u

B

C208

0.1u

B

R252

0

FB201

0uH

B+

I

J

11 12 13 14 15

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

PB

Y/CHROMA

AUDI O

SIGNAL

C230

0.01u

B

C231

0.01u

B

C232

0.01u

B

C217

0.01u

B

C219

0.01u

B

C218

0.01u

B

C220

0.01u

B

6

7

4

5

CN203

1 GND

7P

2

3

HT+

HT-

GND

HR-

HR+

GND

C223

10u

B

6.3V

L201

10uH B+

C233

0.22u

B

6.3V

4 5

3 2 1

B+

R282

0

B+

L202

10uH

C222

10u

B

6.3V

2012

IC202

1.8V REG

XSYSRST

SW3.4V

6

TO(1/8,3/8,4/8,

5/8,6/8)

10 TO(4/8,5/8,6/8,7/8)

GND

HDD

UNIT

16

HDD DRIVE

RD-064 (2/8)

4-27 4-28

RDR-HX820/HX825




1

2

A

RD-064 BOARD(3/8)

V DEC


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R:REC MODE

P:PB MODE

B

RECVY_V

RECCR_V

C

D

E

F

G

H

11

TO(5/8)

RECB

RECG

RECR

FSW

VDEC3.3V

GND

3 4

R303

22

R304

22

R305

22

R306

22

R307

22

R308

0

B+

IC302

1.8V REG

C301

10u

B

6.3V

C302

0.01

16V

1.2

3.2

IC302

BH18MA3WHFV-TR

NOISE

GND

STBY

VOUT

VOUT

VIN

1.8

1.8

3.2

R338

0

L301

10uH

L303

10uH

C303

10u

B

6.3V

C305

10u

B

6.3V

B+

L302

10uH

C302

10u

B

6.3V

C304

10u

B

6.3V

5

6 7 8 9 10 11

REC656V

REC656H

12

C328

0.1u

B

*

2

C330

9p

C331

9p

C333

0.1u

B

R312

0

C316

0.1u

B

C308

100p

C309

220p

C317

0.1u

B

C313

0.1u

B

C318

0.1u

B

C323

0.1u

B

C310

100p

C314

0.1u

B

C319

0.1u

B

C324

0.1u

B

C311

220p

C320

0.1u

B

C325

0.1u

B

C312

100p

C315

0.1u

B

C321

0.1u

B

C326

0.1u

B

B+

1.8

1.8

0

0

1.8

0

0

0

3.3

B+

3.3

3.3

0

0

VI_1B

VI_1C

CH1_A33GND

CH1_A33VDD

CH2_A33VDD

CH2_A33GND

R0.1/P0.3

VI_2A

VI_2B

VI_2C

CH2_A18GND

CH2_A18VDD

A18VDD_REF

A18GND_REF

CH3_A18VDD

CH3_A18GND

VI_3A

VI_3B

VI_3C

CH3_A33GND

CH3_A33VDD

80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61

IC301

V DEC

IC301

TVP5146M2PFP

C335

0.1u

B

B+

C6/GPIO/RED

C7/GPIO/GREEN

C8/GPIO/BLUE

C9/GPIO/FSO

DGND

DVDD

Y0

Y1

R0/P1.4

Y2

Y3

R0/P1.4

Y4

IOGND

IOVDD

R1.6/P0.3

Y5

Y6

R0/P1.4

Y7

R0/P1.4

Y8

Y9

DGND

DVDD

1.8

JL307

JL308

0

3.3

0

1.6

1.8

B+

C336

0.1u

B

C337

0.1u

B

RB301

22

REC656I[0]

REC656I[1]

REC656I[2]

REC656I[3]

REC656I[4]

REC656I[5]

REC656I[6]

REC656I[7]

C338

0.1u

B

RB302

22

REC656I[0]

REC656I[1]

REC656I[2]

REC656I[3]

REC656I[4]

REC656I[5]

REC656I[6]

REC656I[7]

REC656CLKI

REC656H

REC656V

SDA[0]

SDCL[0]

13 14

REC656I[0]

REC656I[1]

REC656I[2]

REC656I[3]

REC656I[4]

REC656I[5]

REC656I[6]

REC656I[7]

REC656CLKI

REC656H

REC656V

SDA[0]

SDCL[0]

7

TO(1/8)

C322

0.1u

B

3.3

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

0.4

R329

0

REC656CLKI

B+

B+

C327

0.1u

B

C329

0.1u

B

C332

0.1u

B

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

PB

Y/CHROMA

C340

0.01u

B

R325

100

R328

10k

C334

0.1u

B

B+

B+

XSYSRST

6

TO(1/8,2/8,

4/8,5/8,6/8)

4-29 4-30

V DEC

RD-064 (3/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825

FLASH ROM

RD-064 (4/8)

4-31



1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

RD-064 BOARD(4/8)

FLASH ROM

-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESNO MARK:REC/PB MODE

: Voltage measurement of the CSP IC and the Transistors with mark, is not possible.

B+

B+

H

10

TO(2/8,5/8,

6/8,7/8)

SW3.4V

GND

FL501

B+

C501

10u

B

6.3V

C502

0.1u

B

I

B+

HCS[0]

HOE

HDATA[15]

HDATA[7]

HDATA[14]

HDATA[6]

HDATA[13]

HDATA[5]

HDATA[12]

HDATA[4]

HDATA[11]

HDATA[3]

HDATA[10]

HDATA[2]

HDATA[9]

HDATA[1]

HDATA[8]

HDATA[0]

IC502

128Mbit FLASH MEMORY

JL530

R525

0

8

6

4

2

4

2

RB502

0

8 7

6 5

3

1

8

6

4

2

3

1

7

RB504

0

5

7

5

3

1

RB505

0

8

6

4

2

3

1

7

RB503

0

5

JL531

C505

0.1u

B

R522

0

C506

0.1u

B

R524

0

R547

0

IC502

S29GL128N90TFIR20

VSS

3.4

BYTE

2.0

A16

NC

0

A24

3.4

VIO

NC

3.2

A0

3.0

CE

VSS

3.0

OE

1.0

DQ0

0.5

DQ8

1.6

DQ1

1.4

DQ9

1.8

DQ2

0.6

DQ10

1.2

DQ3

0.3

DQ11

3.4

VCC

0.2

DQ4

1.2

DQ12

1.6

DQ5

1.6

DQ13

1.4

DQ6

0.7

DQ14

0.4

DQ7

0.4

DQ15/A- 1

NC

NC

3.1

A1

3.1

A2

1.2

A3

1.9

A4

0.9

A5

1.4

A6

1.6

A7

0.2

A17

0.2

A18

RY/BY

3.4

WP/ACC

0.6

A21

3.4

RESET

3.4

WE

1.6

A20

0.4

A19

1.4

A8

2.1

A9

0.6

A10

2.8

A11

2.5

A12

1.4

A13

2.1

A14

0.5

A15

0.1

A22

0

A23

TMS

TDI

DBI

NORHOE

HCS[0]

HDATA[0]

HDATA[1]

HDATA[2]

HDATA[3]

HDATA[4]

HDATA[5]

HDATA[6]

HDATA[7]

HDATA[8]

HDATA[9]

HDATA[10]

HDATA[11]

HDATA[12]

HDATA[13]

HDATA[14]

HDATA[15]

R535 5600

R532 5600

R549

0

R560

0

JL532

B+

HADRS[29]

HADRS[28]

HADRS[27]

HADRS[26]

HADRS[25]

HADRS[24]

HADRS[23]

HADRS[13]

HADRS[12]

1 TO(1/8)

HADRS[6]

HADRS[14]

XSYSRST

CTS[2]

R513

10k

R518

10k

R519

10k

RX[2]

TX[2]

HADRS[9]

NORHWS[0]

HADRS[10]

HADRS[11]

HADRS[22]

HADRS[21]

HADRS[20]

HADRS[19]

HADRS[18]

HADRS[17]

HADRS[16]

HADRS[15]

HADRS[8]

HADRS[7]

TMS

TDI

DBI

NORHOE

HCS[0]

HDATA[0]

HDATA[1]

HDATA[2]

HDATA[3]

HDATA[4]

HDATA[5]

HDATA[6]

HDATA[7]

HDATA[8]

HDATA[9]

HDATA[10]

HDATA[11]

HDATA[12]

HDATA[13]

HDATA[14]

HDATA[15]

TCK

TRST

HADRS[30]

6 TO(1/8,2/8,3/8,5/8,6/8)

2

TO(1/8,5/8)

4-32

RDR-HX820/HX825



1

2

A

RD-064 BOARD(5/8)

AV-CN/POWER


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE

P :PB MODE

3

I

2

TO(1/8,4/8)

B

6

TO(1/8,2/8,

3/8,4/8,6/8)

CTS[2]

TX[2]

RX[2]

XSYSRST

CTS[2]

TX[2]

RX[2]

TX[0]

RISMSTATUS1

RTS[0]

ITREQ

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

3

TO(1/8)

RISMSTATUS2

RX[0]

SCLK[0]

GND

P-CONT

SW1V

SW3.4V

UNSW4V

UNSW3V

10

TO(2/8,4/8,

6/8,7/8)

SW3.4V

GND

R663

10k

R640

0

B+

4

0

0

0

3

4

5

3

IC604

BUFFER

SN74HCT08APWR

IC604

VCC

4B

4A

4Y

3B

3A

3Y

2B

2Y

GND

1A

1B

1Y

2A

0

0

0

0

0

5

B+

3.4

5.1

5.1

3.4

R0

P4.9

R0

P4.9

R1.2

P3.2

IC605

SW/BUFFER

VCC

4B

4A

4Y

3B

3A

3Y

IC605

SN74LV08APWR

1A

1B

1Y

2A

2B

2Y

GND

3.4

5

3.4

4.6

4.6

3.1

C615

B

5

6 7 8

B+

B+

B+

R665

1608

FB602

B+

B+

CTS[2]

TX[2]

RX[2]

R666

1608

JL624

JL623

JL622

B+ JL625

JL601

CN606 42P

JL604

1 RISM_STATUS2

JL605

2

3

IT-SCLK5

RISM_STATUS1

JL606

4

IT-REQ5

JL607

5

RISM-RTS[0]

JL608

6

IT-SIN5

JL609

JL610

7 IT-XRST5

JL611

8 IT-SOUT5

JL612

9 P-CONT

10 DGND

JL649

11 DIAG

JL647

12 TX[2]

JL648

13 RX[2]

JL613

14

15

N.C.

UNSW6V

16

17

18

19

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

UNSW6V

SW5V

20

21

22

23

24

SW5V

SW5V

SW5V

UNSW3V

UNSW3V

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

UNSW3V

UNSW3V

SW3.4VC

SW3.4VC

SW3.4VC

SW3.4VC

JL614

JL615

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

VDEC3.3V

VDEC3.3V

VDEC3.3V

VDEC3.3V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

UNSW4V

GND

GND

GND

GND

COUT

YOUT

8

TO(1/8)

GOUT

TO

AV-106

BOARD(5/8 )

CN501

(SEE PAGE

4-12)

BOUT

ROUT

SPDIFO

RECCR

0.6

R613

0

1.3

Q601

MSB709-RT1

BUFFER

0.6

R615

0

1.3

Q602

MSB709-RT1

BUFFER

0.6

R616

0

1.3

Q603

MSB709-RT1

BUFFER

0.6

R619

0

1.3

Q604

MSB709-RT1

BUFFER

R621

680

R620

0

0.6

1.3

Q605

MSB709-RT1

BUFFER

RECVY

3.2

Q606

MSB709-RT1

BUFFER

2.5

1.5

Q607

MSB709-RT1

BUFFER

0.5

B+

B+

B+

B+

C608

B

B+

L602

4.7uH

5

0.6

VIN

FB

SW

GND

EN

5

1

IC601

1V REG

B+

L601

4.7uH

R630

10

510k

0.5%

C612

470p

R624

0.5%

6.3V

B

C607

10

B+

3.9

4

3.4

5

JL603

5

3 2 1

1.2

R626

18k

10V

IC602

3.4V REG

FB604

FB605

FB603

B+

C617

0.1

10V

B

C618

0.1

10V

B

C622

0.1

10V

B

C610

47

10V

C619

0.1

10V

B

B+

9 10 11 12

L604

10uH

SIGNAL PATH

CHROMA

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y

REC

PB

Y/CHROMA

AUDI O

SIGNAL

L603

10uH

13

12

TO(7/9)

AINR+

AOUTL+

AINR-

AOUTL-

XRMUTE

SWA5V

AGND

XLMUTE

AINL+

AOUTR+

AINL-

AOUTR-

C626

B+

FB606

0uH

B+

14

C620

JL616

CN603

1

JL617

2

42P

SPDIFO

XLMUTE

JL618

3 SPD_GND

4

5

AUGND

AUGND

JL629

JL626

6

7

AINL+

AOUTR+

JL630

JL621

8

9

10

AINL-

AOUTR-

11

AUGND

AUGND

12

JL627

JL619

JL628

JL620

13

14

15

16

AUGND

AUGND

AINR+

AOUTL+

AINR-

JL631

17

18

AOUTL-

AUGND

19

XRMUTE

20

GND_V

JL632

21

22

23

24

25

26

SWA5V

FSW

RECVY

GND_V

VIDEO5V

Y

27

28

29

30

RECCCR

GND_V

GND_V

C

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

RECB/CSYNC

GND_V

GND_V

CR/R

RECG

GND_V

GND_V

Y/G

RECR

GND_V

GND_V

CB/B

15

TO

AV-106

BOARD(2/8)

CN502

(SEE PAGE

4-8)

B+

RECCR_V

RECVY_V

RECR

RECG

RECB

FSW

GND

VDEC3.3V

11

TO(3/8)

B+

B+

B+

GND

UNSW6V

SW3.4VC

17

TO(8/8)

UNSW4V

4-33 4-34

AV-CN/POWER

RD-064 (5/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825




1

2

A

RD-064 BOARD(6/8)

DV-PHY


6

TO

(1/8,2/8,3/8

4/8,5/8)

XSYSRST

PHYLPS

PHYLREQ

R733

33

B

3 4

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

B+

5 6

C705

0.01u

B

R705

10k

R709

100

C710

0.01u

B

R713

10k

64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49

C

D

E

F

B+

7 8 9 10 11

9

TO(1/8)

PHYSCLK

PHYCTL[0]

PHYCTL[1]

PHYDIO[0]

PHYDIO[1]

PHYDIO[2]

PHYDIO[3]

PHYDIO[4]

PHYDIO[5]

PHYDIO[6]

PHYDIO[7]

R703

100

8

6

4

2

RB703

47

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

RB702

47

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

RB701

47

7

5

3

1

C702

0.01u

B

C703

0.01u

B

3.4

0

0

0

0

0

0

1.6

3.4

0

0

D1

DVDD

D2

D3

DGND

D4

D5

DGND

DGND

SCLK

IC(DL)

DVDD

CTL0

CTL1

DGND

D0

B+

R701

0

2W

10

TO(2/8,4/8,

5/8,7/8)

SW3.4V

GND

C701

10u

B

6.3V

FL702

B+

IC701

DV-PHY

IC701

UPD72852AGB-8EU- A

R706

1k

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

R714

10k

C704

0.01u

B

C708

0.01u

B

X701

24.576MHz

C711

0.01u

B

R715

10k

C706

9p

C707

9p

3

1.9

TpBIAS1

3.4

AVDD

1.9

TpA1p

1.9

TpA1n

0

TpB1p

0

TpB1n

AGND

TpBIAS0

3.4

AVDD

TpA0p

TpA0n

TpB0p

TpBOn

AGND

1.2

RI1

AGND

JL706

JL707

JL708

C712

0.01u

B

C713

0.01u

B

C714

0.01u

B

16V

C715

1u

B

10V

C716

270p

CH

R717

9100

±

0.5%

6

5

8

LF701

0uH

1

7 2

3

4

R723

5100

±

0.5%

B+

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

REC

PB

CHROMA Y

CN701

4

3

2

1

6

5

GND

TPB-

TPB+

TPA-

TPA+

GND

6P

Y/CHROMA

AUDI O

SIGNAL

TO

FR-257 BOARD

CN3005

THROUGH THE

RF-119 HAENESS

(SEE PAGE 4-23)

G

DV-PHY

RD-064 (6/8)

4-35 4-36




1

2 3 4 5

A

B

RD-064 BOARD(7/8)

PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R816

47

(NOT USE)

REF27M1

4

FSEL

A768FS48K

C806

0.01u

B

C807

12p

CH

C808

12p

R817

33

B+

X801

27MHz

FL801

R821

2.2K

C803

10u

A768FS441K

3.4

VDD

GND

1.5

X1_IN

1.5

X2_OUT

IC802

ICS650G-42LFT

1.8

REF27M3

REF27M2

3.4

VDD

1.7

768FSCHG

REF27M1

3.4

FSEL

1.6

768FS48K

GND

GND

1.7

768FS441K

3.4

VDD

1.7

384FS48K

B+

IC802

PLL

C810

0.01u

B

C811

0.01u

B

6

R823

33

R830

22

R825

68

R826

33

R827

33

C

D

4

TO(1/8)

VMCLK

RTS[1]

RX[1]

TX[1]

SCLK[1]

FSEL

A768FS48K

A768FS441K

A0LRCKI

A0BCKI

FSEL

A768FS48K

A768FS441K

R812

10k

E

A0DATAI

ALRCKO

ABCKO

F

10

TO(1/8,4/8,

5/8,6/8)

ADATAO

SW3.4V

B+

C804

10u

B

6.3V

GND

C805

0.1u

B

R844

0

R845

0

R808

33

R846

22

R847

22

R810

22

IC803

WM8590GEDS/RV

3.4

DI

3.4

CL

0

ZFLANR

2.8

ZFLANL

1.7

ADCLR

1.7

ADCBC

1.7

ADCMC

1.3

ADCD

1.7

DACLR

1.7

DACBCK

1.7

DACMC

1.3

DACD

3.4

DVDD

DGND

AGND

AOUTL-

2.5

AOUTL+

2.5

AOUTR-

2.5

AOUTR+

2.5

AINL+

2.5

AVDD

5.0

REFP

5.0

VMID

2.5

REFN

CE

3.4

AINR-

2.5

AINR+

2.5

AINL-

2.5

C809

0.01u

B

IC803

AUDIO ADC/DAC

7

C812

0.22u

B

C813

10u

16V

C816

0.22u

B

C817

47u

10V

R839

0

R840

0

R841

0

R842

0

SIGNAL PATH

AUDI O

SIGNAL

REC

PB

XLMUTE

XRMUTE

B+

8

AOUTL-

AOUTL+

AOUTR-

AOUTR+

AGND

9

768FSOH 18

TO(8/8)

AINR-

AINR+

AINL-

AINL+

SWA5V

12

TO(5/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825

4-37 4-38

PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA

RD-064 (7/8)

RDR-HX820/HX825



1

2 3

A

RD-064 BOARD(8/8)

HDMI


NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE

P :PB MODE

4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

REC656CLKO

REC656O[0]

REC656O[1]

REC656O[2]

REC656O[3]

REC656O[4]

REC656O[5]

REC656O[6]

REC656O[7]

R902

68

R905

0

B+

3.4

3.4

IC901

MM1562FFBE

VIN

SUB

CONT

VO

NC

GND

CN

C901

47

6.3V

C902

10V

B

1608

IC901

2.5V REG

2.5

B+

R1933

1k

1.2

C904

0.01

16V

B

C905

6.3V

B

2012

SPDIFOH

ADATAOH

ALRCKOH

ABCKOH

INT[2]

CTS[3]

SPDIFOH

ADATAOH

ALRCKOH

ABCKOH

INT[2]

CTS[3]

B+

B+

C906

0.1

10V

B

C907

0.1

10V

B

3.4

3.4

3.4

2.5

3.4

0

R0

P0.8

R0

P0.8

0

0

0

R0

P1.1

1.4

DY1

DY2

DY3

DY4

DY5

DY6

DC4

DC3

VDDE

DC2

DC1

DC0

DY0

VSS

DY7

DY8

DY9

DC8

DC7

VDDI

VSS

DC6

DC5

VSS

XTCK1

XSM

XTST

MST

SMCK

DC9

C908

47

B+

5 6

C909

0.1

10V

B

C911

0.1

10V

B

C913

0.1

B

C915

0.33

10V

B

C917

0.033

10V

B

R928

820

R927

3.3k

C919

0.1

10V

B

IC902

SCALER

IC902

CXD9836R

C916

0.1

10V

B

C920

0.1

10V

B

R921

1k

R922

1k

R924

22

R925

22

R929

10k

R1959

10k

B+

R942

0

7

C921

0.1

10V

B

C923

10V

B

8 9

C922

1000p

50V

B

C924

0.1

B

C925

0.1

10V

B

QR6

QR5

QR4

QR3

QR2

QR1

QR0

QG9

QG8

VSS

QG7

QG6

QG5

QG4

VDDE

QG3

QG2

QG1

QG0

VSS

VDDI

QB9

QB8

QB7

QB6

QB5

QB4

QB3

QB2

VSS

0

0

0.9

3.4

0

3.3

3.4

2.5

0

0

0

0

2.5

0

0

0

0

0

R0

P3.4

SCALC4

0

SCALC3

0

SCALC2

0

SCALC1

0

SCALC0

C927

0.1

10V

B

C926

10V

B

SCALY7

SCALY6

SCALY5

SCALY4

SCALY3

SCALY2

SCALY1

SCALY0

SCALB7

SCALB6

SCALB5

SCALB4

SCALB3

SCALB2

SCALB1

SCALB0

B+

B+

10 11

SCALY5

SCALY4

SCALY3

SCALY2

SCALY1

SCALY0

SCALB7

SCALB6

SCALB5

R986

0

C928

16V

B

C929

16V

B

SCALB4

SCALB3

SCALB2

SCALB1

SCALB0

12 13 14 15 16

1.2

3

C946

0.01

B

IC907

1.8V REG

3.3

R1913

0

2 1

17

C950

0.01

16V

B

1.2

3 2

IC908

3.3V REG

1

3.4

18

R1929

0

B+

R1927

0

1608

SW3.4VC

19

C930

16V

B

C932

0.01

16V

B

C934

0.01

16V

B

B+

C939

22

10V

EMI

G FL904

0uH

B+

1.8

0

0

0

0

0

1.1

R0

P0.6

R3.4

P2.6

R0

P0.7

R0

P0.7

R0

P0.7

R0

P0.7

R3.3

P0.7

0

0

0

3.3

70

71

72

67

68

69

64

65

66

61

62

63

76

77

78

79

80

73

74

75 D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

DE

D6

D5

IOVCC

IOGND

CGND

CVCC18

D13

D12

D11

D10

D9

IDCK

D8

D7

60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41

IC904

HDMI TX

IC904

SII9030CTU-1.1

C940

22

10V

EMI

G

FL905

0uH

32

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

NC

PGND2

PVCC2

AGND

TX2+

TX2-

AVCC

TX1+

TX1-

AGND

TX0+

TX0-

AVCC

TXC+

TXC-

AGND

EXT_SWING

PVCC1

PGND1

RSVDL

3.3

0

3.3

3.3

0

0

C935

0.01

16V

B

C937

0.01

16V

B

R1940

10

R1941

10

R1943

10

C941

16V

0

0

3.3

R1944

10

R1945

10

C936

0.01

16V

0

0

3.3

3.3

R995

510

RN-CP

R1946

10

R1947

10 C938

0.01

16V

B

C942

10

16V

EMI

G

FL907

0uH

EMI

G

B+

B+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

C931

0.01

16V

B

C933

0.01

16V

B

B+

4

R1910

0

B+

R1934

1k

1.8

C944

16V

B

1608

5 6

C947

0.22

16V

B

1608

3.3

4 5 6

R1923

0

3.3

3.8

R1935

1k

C948

0.22

16V

B

1608

C952

0.1

B

C953

0.22

16V

B

1608

1.2

3.4

3 2 1

IC909

3.3

5 4

R1907

4.7k

1 2 3

0

3.3

0

C945

0.01

16V

B

R1914

0

R1915

0

R1916

1.8k

R1921

0

R1922

0

R1917

1.8k

VDR909 VDR910

3.3V REG

4 5

3.3

3.8

R1936

1k

C949

0.22

16V

C954

0.22

16V

TMDS DATA2 +

TMDS DATA2 SHIELD

TMDS DATA2 -

TMDS DATA1 +

TMDS DATA1 SHIELD

TMDS DATA1 -

TMDS DATA0 +

TMDS DATA0 SHIELD

TMDS DATA0 -

TMDS CLOCK +

TMDS CLOCK SHIELD

TMDS CLOCK -

CEC

RESERVED

SCL

SDA

DDC/CEC GND

+5V POWER

HPD

9

10

11

6

7

8

3

4

5

1

2

15

16

17

18

19

12

13

14

IC906

AND GATE

C956

0.01

16V

B

3

1.3

2 1

0

IC910

5V REG

HDMI

OUT

B+

R1961

0

1608

UNSW4V

GND

B+

UNSW6V

17 TO(5/8)

B+

B+

C955

0.22

16V

B

1608

4

5

5

5.8

B+

C957

0.22

16V

B

1608

R1930

100k

R1931

0

R1954

47

R950

1k

R951

1k

R1958

10k

16

TO(1/8 )

I

J

K

L

RTS[3]

HCS[2]

R1962

0

R1964

0

R985

4.7k

B+

JL930

SCLK[2]

HDREQ[1]

RTS[2]

RX[3]

R983

0

JL931

TX[3]

SCLK[3]

FL902

0uH

EMI

G

C903

0.01

16V B

C912

22

10V

R919

0

X901

10MHz

2

R1932

10k

R913

0

C910

0.01

16V

B

3.4

3.4

3.4

CL902

CL903

CL904

JL919

3.4

JL936

JL937

R914

0

R918

0

0

1.2

1.2

AVCC

AVR

PE3/INT13

PE2/INT12

PE1/INT11

PE0/INT10

P83

P82

P81

P80

P71TI0

P70/TO0

MOD

X0

X1

VSS

B+

C914

0.01

16V B

R923

1k

R926

100k

C918

0.01

16V

B

IC903

SUB-CPU

IC903

MB95F108ASPFV-GE1-5G00

R940 10k

JL902

JL921

3.4

TO11/P63

3.4

TO10/P62

3.4

PPG11/P61

3.4

PPG10/P60

TRG1/P53

PPG1/P52

P51/SDA0

P50/SCL0

EC0/P24

TO01/P23

TO00/P22

PPG01/P21

PPG00/P20

PPG0/P14

ADTG

/TRG0/P13

JL925

JL926

JL927

JL928

JL929

3.3

0

4.9

4.9

JL905

JL906

R953

10k

R954

10k

R955

10k

R956

10k

R957

10k

R968

4.7k

R1960

0

R974

0

R973

0

JL907

B+

INT[2]

CTS[3]

JL914

JL915

JL916

JL917

JL918

JL911

JL912

JL913

CN901

8P

1

GND

2

3

4

5

+3.3V

XEXRST

DLON

NC

6

7

8

TXD

RXD

NC

NOT USE

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA Y

REC

PB

Y/CHROMA

AUDIO

SIGNAL

R977

0

R978

0

768FSOH

18 TO(7/8)

M

NOM-DL

HDMI

RD-064 (8/8)

4-39 4-40

RDR-HX820/HX825

SWITCHING REGULATOR

(SRV-2001EK)

Z102

DSP-501N

R102

220

1/2W

D101

S1WBA60B

C105

120u

400V

C102

0.1u

250V

L102

L.P.F

C103

100p

250V

L101

L.P.F

R101

2.2M

1/2W

C101

0.1u

250V

Z101

S10K300

C104

100p

250V

F101

T3.15A/250V

N L

CN101

AC-INLET

L105

C112

680p

250V

L106

T101

SWITCHING TRANSFORMER

C106

1000p/1kV

R113

22 1/2W

R104

100k

2W

C107

22p

2kV

D105

SARS01

C113

100p

1kV

C110

0.1u

0

29.4

3

D

2

S

C

1

6

L103

IC101

MIP-2E7

PC101(1/2)

PS2561AL

PHOTO COUPLER

IC101

OSC

R105

10

C109

47u

35V

R112

47

D106

D1NL20U

C108

10u

50V

D107

MTZJ7.5B

L104

C114

680p

250V

D601

PR1003

P602

5A

Note :


0


0



D301

SF5LC20U

C301

1000p

1kV

C302

470u

35V

D501

FCQ10A06

C501

3900u

10V

D201

FCQ06A06

C601

100u

25V

D302

MTZJT-22B

R309

10k

C303

47u

35V

R501

1k

R502

100

IC501

TL431CLP

L301

3.7uH

IC301

PROTECT

L501

3.7uH

L201

10uH

13.6

Q301

2SJ438

12V REG

12.5

L302

10uH

R301

680

R302

270

1W

10.7

1

11.5

D303

ISS355

IC301

M5237ML

R303

22k

R304

82k

2

1.2

C304

150u

25V

R305

12k

3

6V ADJ

PC101(2/2)

PS2561AL

VR501

R503

1k

C502

0.1u

25V

4.7k

R504

22k

R505

18k

C503

150u

25V

D304

11EQS06

12.1

Q302

2SJ599

12V SW

12

R307

10k

R306

22k

0

8.4

Q303

DTC114EKA

SWITCH

4.9

P301

2A

R308

2.2k

C306

150u

25V

C307

10u

50V

5.8

IC502

PQ05RD21

1

IN

OUT

2

5

3 4

3

R507

0

R506

4.7k

R508

2,2k

L502

P502

3.15A

IC502

5V REG

D502

ISS355

C505

10u

50V

C508

10u

10V

B+

C504

150u

25V

B+

B+

C201

3900u

10V

R601

3.3k

L601

10uH

C202

100u

16V

C602

150u

25V

R201

3.3k

P201

3.15A

C603

2.2u

25V

P601

2A

C510

2.2u

25V

IC501

SHUNT

REGULATOR

B-

B+

3

4

1

2

CN1 4P

SW 12V

GND

GND

SW 5V

SW 12V

GND

GND

CN2 4P

3

4

1

2

5

6

7

8

3

4

1

2

SW 5V

CN3 15P

GND

UNSW 12V

GND

GND

UNSW 6V

UNSW 6V

UNSW 6V

SW 5V

9 UNSW 6V

10 UNSW 4V

11

12

UNSW 4V

UNSW 4V

13 GND

14 UNSW -8V

15 PCONT

DVD

UNIT

HDD

UNIT

TO

AV-106 BOARD (1/8)

CN101

(SEE PAGE 4-5)

4-41 4-42

SWITCHING REGULATOR

SRV-2001EK

RDR-HX820/HX825

4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

•

A

: Uses unleaded solder.

AV-106 BOARD (SIDE A)

LINE3/DECODER

LINE1-TV

B

C

D

G

H

16

F

E

I

R879

R898

R899

R877

C119

C121

C122

C101

R149

A101

1

R878

C120

R896

R897

R875

A102

R140

C801

R861

R854 R858

C832

R845

R120 R121 R122

2

R841

R840

CN805

D811 D810 D827 D809

D816

D808

C853

C868

D821

C839

C840

R866

IC803

D704

D703

3

Q801

R772

C752

R852

R887

R886

C740

C747

C751

C748

C750

C749

C742

C739

R1738

R762

C726

R1710

R1720

R1713

C727

R1727

C708

C707

R702

CN109

R135

PS103

4-43

4

COMPONENT

VIDEO OUT

Y-PB/CB-PR/CR

S VIDEO

J703

R753 R752 R751 R750 R749

C715

Q711 Q710 Q709 Q708 Q707

5

LINE 2 OUT DIGITAL OUT

AERIAL

IN-OUT

CN701

VIDEO

C863

C864

C805

C810

R1800

J702

C843

C818 C817

R808

6

R162

L-AUDIO-R OPTICAL COAXIAL G-LINK

HX825 only

R173

1

41

C320

R218

R223

4 1

5

R219

R222

8

Q713

Q712

R790

R784

IC304

C307

41

42

Q304

J301

R170

Q305

C1104

R1106

R1110

Q306

R1402

X1401

C1407

R1412

D1400

11

12

IC1401

1

44

22

23

34

33

C1412

R1410

Q1401

C1408

R160

CN502

Q705

Q702

1

R1805

R1813

2

J1101

R1814

R821 R1807

IC805

1 5

3 4

R1105

AV-106 BOARD (SIDE A)

CN101 D-1

CN103 C-1

CN501 F-7

CN502 D-8

CN601 G-10

CN701 D-5

D101 E-6

D155 I-9

D301 B-8

D303 B-8

D304 B-8

D701 E-8

D703 E-3

D704 E-3

D801 E-3

D808 B-3

D809 B-3

D810 B-2

D811 B-2

D816 B-3

D821 B-3

D827 B-2

IC102 I-8

IC104 E-2

IC105 I-8

IC106 I-9

IC107 C-1

IC108 I-8

IC109 I-7

IC202 C-7

IC601 G-8

IC604 F-8

IC605 G-10

IC801 D-2

IC803 D-3

Q104 E-10

Q105 E-10

Q304 C-8

Q305 B-8

Q306 B-8

Q601 H-8

Q612 H-8

Q616 H-8

Q702 E-8

Q705 E-8

Q707 D-4

Q708 D-4

Q709 D-4

Q710 D-4

Q711 D-4

Q801 E-3

CN501

2

42

R653

R650

R693

R692

R690

5

8

1

3

5

R664

C636

4

1

R675

R676

R677

R659

R660

R662

C635

C634

C633

C632

C631

C629

C628

R1627

IC606

X1101

R1149

9

16

C657

R609

R613

R1638

R1637

R1636

R618

R631

R632

R617

8

X603

1

R620

C659 R1625

IC103

D104

R110

D103

R117

R118

R108

IC109

L103

FB1609

7

C153

C152

CN108 CN602

C105

C151

R144

R605

PS602

IC108

A105

IC105

C158

C111

PS104

D155

1

5

C858

R891

C857

R890

8 9 10

1-870-318-

11

POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT, IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT, IR-CONT

AV-106

RDR-HX820/HX825

IC203 B-6

IC302 A-7

IC303 C-7

IC401 C-10

IC603 F-9

IC701 C-3

IC702 B-4

IC802 B-5

IC804 H-10

Q101 B-1

Q301 B-8

Q302 B-8

Q303 B-8

Q307 A-8

Q308 A-8

Q309 A-6

Q310 A-7

Q311 A-7

Q312 A-7

Q313 A-8

Q611 G-8

Q613 G-7

Q614 G-7

Q615 G-7

Q715 D-4

Q716 D-5

Q807 C-2

Q808 B-2

AV-106 BOARD (SIDE B)

D608 G-7

D702 A-4

D714 A-6

D715 A-5

D721 A-5

D724 A-6

D728 A-5

D731 A-4

D732 A-4

D802 A-3

D803 A-2

D804 A-2

D805 A-2

D806 A-1

D807 A-1

D812 A-1

D813 A-1

D814 A-2

D815 A-2

D817 A-3

D818 A-3

D819 A-1

D820 A-1

D822 A-1

D823 A-1

D824 A-2

D825 A-3

D828 A-2

AV-106 BOARD (SIDE B)

• : Uses unleaded solder.

R1417

JL408

A

Q407 JL406

C456

JL412

JL413

R414

R408

JL404

R415

JL415

Q405

C408

JL418

Q1402

R1401

C454

JL411

R422

R423

R1416

R428

R429

R1404

JL1402

JL1401

C413

R1419

C449

JL1404

B

JL402 Q403

C403

R405

R411

R412

Q401

JL419

JL403

JL417

C409

R1454

C1404

R1411

C1405

JL915

JL914

R1120

JL913

D1103

R1115

R1148

R1132

R1107

D305

R148

R350

C324

Q313

R348

C337

R345

Q311

Q307

C1417

JL1405

R335

R142

R337

Q301

Q308

R339

Q302

C303

R308

Q303

R307

C336

C327

R355

JL724

D724

FB702

C326

R353

Q312 R326

R320

C313

4

C310

R314

1

R330

8

IC302

R331

5

C311

R315

R318

C312

R312

R311

JL1406

JL1407

C1418

R227

R226

4

IC203

1

JL543

R225

R224

5

8

JL726

D714

FB701

R327

C212

R836

C

JL401

6

IC401

4

1 3

C1453

R1812

JL539

JL538

JL549

JL542

JL544

JL541

C308

IC303

3 1

4 5

JL560

JL558

JL554

JL556

JL562

C501

JL557

JL555

JL540

32

1

R1709

JL728

D728

IC802

JL731

D721

JL733

JL732

D715

JL749

R779

R780

17

JL843

16

C757

JL704

JL706

R1707

JL709

JL707 JL705 JL703

L702

JL751

Q716

JL750

JL714

D702

JL115

Q715

C724

C725

JL747

D732

60

61

JL752

R755

R725

D731

41 40

IC702

80 1

JL755

21

20

JL827

JL828

JL830

D818

JL811

JL810

FB801

C830

D802

C831

FB825

R872

JL813

JL816

D803 D824 D804

C856

JL823

JL838

JL841

JL840

JL842

JL825

JL839

D823

JL824

D820

D806

D805

JL826

D819

D807

D812

C845

C848

D813

JL821

R747

R1717

C865

6

1

4

3

IC701

C703

C806

R865

R856

Q808

Q807

C834

R853

R842

R844

C828

C816

JL116

JL121

JL114

Q101

JL113

JL111

JL110

JL108

JL106

JL105

JL103

JL102

JL101

JL107

R172

JL112

JL109

F

D

E

JL907

42

R1116

1

JL908

JL909

IC1102

JL906

22

JL901

JL902

JL912

21

JL905

R697

R698

R1108

R1715

R1714

JL608

JL601

JL606

JL603

JL683

JL607

JL604

JL602

JL682

C645

C646

JL611

R1631

116

1

C615

R622

R621

R624

JL684

JL656

88 87

IC603

29 30

C702

R713

R719

JL712

R732

R705

R703

JL701

R701

JL711

JL702

JL506

JL502

JL504

JL623

R1629

JL508

JL511

JL639

JL642

JL664

JL667

JL631

JL665

JL632

JL633

JL643

R1624 R607

JL654

JL634

JL635

JL660

R603

R608

JL515

JL519

JL523

R102

JL528

JL527

JL531

JL532

59

58

R668

R666

JL605

R661

JL513

JL517

JL521

JL525

JL529

JL533

JL537

R1630

R669

R654

JL641

R619

JL640

R652

JL503

JL501

JL505

JL507

JL509

JL510

JL512

JL516

JL520

JL524

JL536

JL514

JL518

JL522

JL526

JL530

JL534

JL535

C114

1-870-318-

11

G

H

R895

C860

8 5

R893

C859

R894

1

IC804

4

R892

16

10

JL669

FB602

FB601

JL670

JL117

JL123

9 8

R1613

R1614

C649

JL609

C656

JL610

C604

JL118

R104

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT, IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT, IR-CONT

AV-106

4-46

RDR-HX820/HX825

FL-166 BOARD (SIDE A)


16

B

A

(ON/STANDBY)

S3101

52

1

T3101

1

CN3101

10

2

L3101

C3106

ND3101

C3114

C3120

23

22

IC3101

C3117

12

11

33

34 44

1

S VIDEO

LINE 2 IN

VIDEO

J3101

AUDIO L

(MONO)

AUDIO R

C3122

R3120

3 4 5

1

1

8

16

B

A

FL-166 BOARD (SIDE B)

C3124

Q3101

Q3102

R3110

D3103

D3104

R3105

R3101

R3103

R3115

1

52

2

4-47

3

D3102

R3104

D3105

SOL301

R3108

C3107

D3101

D3106 C3103

R3114

D3107

FB3101

R3121

C3123

R3116

R3117

4

6

1-870-320-

FL-166 BOARD (SIDE A)

CN3101 B-2

D3112 B-1

IC3101 A-4

11

1

5

JL3159

JL3161

JL3163

JL3162

JL3164

JL3158

JL3160

JL3165

1-870-320-

11

FL-166 BOARD (SIDE B)

D3102 A-3

D3103 A-2

D3104 A-2

D3105 A-3

D3106 A-4

D3107 A-4

D3108 A-1

D3109 A-1

D3110 A-1

D3111 A-1

Q3101 A-2

Q3102 A-2

6

4-48

FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW

FL-166

RDR-HX820/HX825

16

A


FR-257 BOARD (SIDE A)

CN3004 B-4

CN3005 B-5

D3001 B-5

D3002 A-4

D3003 A-3

D3004 A-6

D3005 A-7

IC3002 A-5

D3007

D3003

SYNCHRO REC

D3002

S3006

(OPEN/CLOSE)

S3001

(PLAY)

S3004

(STOP)

FR-257 BOARD (SIDE A)

B

8

2

7

1

1

S3009

REC

MODE

S3014

INPUT

SELECT

2

S3008

CH +

3

S3007 S3005

CH -

ONE-TOUCH

DUB

4

CN3004

DV IN

1

CN3005

6

5

3 1 2

CN3002

S3013 S3012

S3003

(REC)

D3004

HDD

D3005

DVD

(REC STOP)

S3002

5

1

2

1

R3025

CN3003

14

15

1-870-319-

11

6 7

FR-257 BOARD (SIDE B)

B

JL3004

JL3005

JL3006

JL3007

A

16

FR-257 BOARD (SIDE B)

IC3001 A-5

Q3001 A-4

Q3002 A-4

1 2

DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED

FR-257

4-49

R3007

R3029

3

R3018 R3017

R3026

JL3027

R3028

JL3022

JL3018

R3027

R3014

Q3002

JL3016

R3003

Q3001

14 8

1

IC3001

7

C3004

4 5

JL3035

JL3033

4-50

6

R3024

R3023

1-870-319-

7

11

RDR-HX820/HX825

B

A

E

C

D

16

•

HDMI

OUT

: Uses unleaded solder.

RD-064 BOARD (SIDE A)

CN201 C-7

CN701 B-8

CN901 D-3

CN902 D-1

IC902 E-2

IC903 D-3

IC907 D-2

IC908 D-3

IC909 D-3

IC910 D-1 IC103 C-5

IC105 D-5

IC106 D-5

IC108 E-6

IC109 B-4

IC201 C-7

IC302 C-4

IC502 B-6

IC602 C-4

IC802 B-4

Q601 C-4

Q602 C-4

Q603 C-4

Q604 C-4

Q605 C-4

Q606 C-4

Q607 C-4

RD-064 BOARD (SIDE A)

19

1

C951

C957

IC910

1

R1930

5

C956

R1931

4

3

C955

R1922

C931

L903

L902

VDR907

VDR908

R1946

VDR906

20

21

VDR905

R1945

R1944

R1943

R1942

IC904

R1940

40

41

R994

C934

C930

R990

C908

1

80

61

60

61

60

R941

R946

C922

C920

C944 C953

C948 C954 C949

6

1

IC907

3

C946

4 6 4 5 4

1

IC908

3

1

C950

IC909

C952

3

R970

C912

R947

32

33

C916

31

30

R957

R956

R955

R954

R953

48

49

IC902

NOM-JIG

1

50

C701

S501

CN501

CN506

8

R846

R847

R845

R844

1

R960

R952

R949

R982

R981

D902

R938

IC903

R929

R910 R908

17

64

16

1

R918

JL937

JL936

R913

R904

R919

R1962

21

CL904

C302

R339

IC302

3

4

S901

C339

C817

R912

R911

1

1

6

RESET

L302

C315

C304

C314 L301

R628

R626

3 1

4

IC602

5

R658

C611

C609

Q607

Q606

R652 R651

C813

2

20

R431

S601

C807

R835

5 4

C818

IC804

8

C806

1

1 16

8

IC802

9

C808

R337

R336

R317

R322

R649 R648

C626

C820

100

R535

R532

51

C506

R524

29

R533

R534

28

R620 R621

R611 R610

R616 R617

R607 R606

R619

R609

R615

R605

R613

R603

R618

R608

R614

R604

R612

R602

3 1

4

C803

IC801

5

C819

R823

C811

R826

C127 IC502

RB5008

RB5009

RB5010

RB5011

RB5012

6

1

C126

5

3

IC109

4

C1034

R1051

C159

C160

C161

C175

C174

R170

R168

R166

R167

R169

C1030

R143

R148

RB115

1

33

C199

C5008

IC106

56

RB176

RB178

RB177

CL102

RB144

R151

RB143

RB145

RB146

RB142

RB107

RB106

5 4

RB108

RB109

R116

R115

R114

R1038

8

IC111

1

R1069

R1070

R1072

R1034

R1071

R1073

R1056

1

20

10

IC110

11

R136

R133

R131

R132

R135

R130

R155

R111

RB114

66

34

R181

IC103

1

R1090

R1091

R1092

R1093

R1094

R1095

R1096

R1097

R1068

R1074

R1075

R1076

R1077

R1078

R1079

R1080

R5047

RB5003

RB5002

R517

64

65

102

103

IC5003

39

38

R5039

R5038

1

120

R5052

R5051

C5019

C5018

C5012

C5010

L5001

D5003

R134

R176

R178

IC501

R506

C508

C5009

R5022

R5011

C5033

C214

C229

C215

C228

C231

C230

R276

1

33

R1015

R1022

RB171

R108

C1118

C1124

RB1136

R1115

C1119

4 3

R503

C5029

R1189

R1188

C1123

R1175

C1103

6

FL1101

1

CL1114

CL1116

R231

R229

R228

CL1117

R227

R226

CL1118

R1142

R1146

R1144

CL1120

CL1113

R1139

RB183

R1159

R1196

RB1135

R1186 C1140C1142

R1158

CL1115

R1153

R1117

48

49

R225

64

1

IC201

33

32

C217

C218

R253

C234

17

16

C235

R1084

R1083

RB173

R1088

R118 RB172

IC105

CL1119

C224

39

C237

40

66

34

CL1125

R1082

R1087

R117

CL1124

CL1126

CL1127

CL1128

CL1108

R1029

R1162

C1012

R190

R1164

R1161

R191

R196

C1013

C1037

R197

C124

CL1129

R180

4

R1160

R1165

R1163

1

CL1134

CL1133

CL1131

RB1117

CL1112

RB1114

C1128

RB1115

RB1113

CL1132

RB1116

RB1125

RB1112

RB1124

RB1110

RB1111

RB1108

RB1107

RB1109

RB1106

RB1123

RB1128

RB1122

RB1105

R203

RB209

RB208

IC108

1

5 8

RB1121

RB1119

2

RB203

1

RB204

2

CN201

RB1120

RB1118

R1182

R1183

R1168

C1028

C219

C220

C205

C204

R5030

CL401

R5055

1

7

1

5

46

2

1

39

40

47

1

1

90

91

1

120

C923 CL901 C921 C919

R927

C913 C911 C909

R928

C915

C1038

2

CN1103

CL1102

27

28

CL1106

CL1104

1-870-316-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

11

4-51

RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM, AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI

RD-064

RDR-HX820/HX825


RD-064 BOARD (SIDE B)

B

A

E

C

D

16

JL504

JL512

JL708

JL707

JL706

R723

C716

C714

C715

5

R5042

R5041

R5044

R722

R721

R719

R718

33

48

C712

C711

C708

32

49

C710

64

C705

R733

R705

JL701

R5050

JL5009

D5001

X701

IC701

C704

17

R5045

R5043

16

R703

C5026

C5021

R518

R519

JL1002

D502

R513

JL532

R561

IC503

6

1

C509

4

R562

R537

JL530

3

R525

JL531

JL541

JL549

JL542

JL550

C226

IC5004

1

R248

R276

C5031

JL204

JL203

R268 R264

C5016

R5036

R5035

R5037

C5007

JL5004

C5035

R5007

R5015 R5013

JL5002

JL5001

C5036

4

D1101

CL203

1 3

IC5005

R270 R266

R252

C5015

CL201

R261

1

C5002

6

C1108

C5030

C510

C502

FL501

C225

R234

R239

R241

R243

C207

C208

FB201

R233

R238

JL201

R237

R236

FL1107

3

IC1104

4 C1106

R242

RB210

RB211 RB212

JL402

R282 R245 R1169

RB219

RB220 RB221

JL404

JL406

JL403

R415

JL405

R417

JL407

JL231

JL233

JL232

JL230

JL228

JL229

5

JL410

R419

JL409

R420

JL412

R421

JL413

JL226

JL411

JL224

JL414

R402

JL222

JL220

JL219

JL417

JL423

JL424

JL420

JL422

JL425

JL216

JL218

JL215

JL212

JL214

JL211

JL208

JL210

JL427

JL428

JL206

JL207

JL430

JL429

JL431

R209

RB205

RB206

JL227

JL225

JL223

JL221

JL217

JL213

R1101

JL209

JL205

RB207

1

IC202

C227

4

3

R1197

5

1

4

C223

4

5

R280

R1107

R1102

3

IC1102

C1101

RB202

RB201

86

R1170 R1171

R1173

R1172

R1184

R1120

3

1

R1151

R1155

C1145

R1119

C1146

C1126

C1147

R1122

C1137

R1127

R501

C1129

C1130

C1120

R1129

FL1104

44

JL501

R1135

R1166

R516

C1121

FL1103

R1128

8

1

IC102

5

4

R1013

R175

JL111

JL519

JL511

JL547

JL556

R174

JL526

JL567

JL569

JL572

JL559 JL562

JL555

JL548

JL188

JL568

JL187

JL570

JL571

JL561

JL558

JL560

R173

RB501

JL557

R172

JL566

JL565

JL564

1

3

5

C101

4

JL543

JL551

JL544

JL552

JL545

JL553

JL546

JL554

FB112

FL105

C1032

R1002

JL152

JL197

R138

JL196

R137

R150 R149

R154

JL1012

JL1014

JL1004

JL185

R139

JL195

R1010

R142

JL192

JL1011

JL1013

JL183

JL1005

JL1008

JL1007

FB103

C110

FL103

JL179

JL182

L102

L101

FB107

R1026

R1025

R1057

R1058

JL106

R1055

R153

JL103

RB185

R1045

R1043

R121

R1020

R1019

JL931

R520

R1046 R157

R1044

JL132

JL136

R1047

R1023

JL135

JL137

JL123

JL150

JL148

R1011

JL151

JL153

R1008

JL147

R1006

R159

R1031

R1003

R1032

JL154

JL193

R1033

JL194

R140

JL157

JL155

R145

JL1009

JL1003

JL180

C172

C133

C123

JL186

JL121

C169

C164

C162

C163

JL181

JL131

C165

R1053

R177

JL107

R107

R119

C117

C118

R1050

C121

R1948

R112

JL930

C122

1

3

C1041

4

C120

JL114

R104

R103

C119

R1021

R123

JL119 JL143

R1039

JL118

JL109

R1085

JL174

JL172

JL178

R124

R165

R163

R162

R164

C153

JL175

C152

C151

C150

C149

C114

R106

R109

JL199

JL1015

JL108

JL144

R1052

JL110

JL129

C132

C148

C142

C129

JL168

JL167

JL169

C146

C1006

JL130

JL177

R171

JL173

JL176

JL171

R1035

R1964

JL145

RB121

RB122

RB124

RB149

JL146

RB150

RB151

RB152

RB117 RB118

RB119 RB120

RB123

C103

R113

JL602

R659

C607

R843

R333

R332

R331

R330

JL801

R830

R825

R827

JL307

R817

41

40

48

1

C402

R411 C404

JL304

R329 C334 C332

60

61

C333

JL301

C335

JL306

JL305

JL617

JL629

JL630

JL627

JL628

C625

JL302

R323

JL303

2

42

IC301

1

41

IC401

C329 C327

C318

R314

80

1

X301

FB606

JL616

C403

21

20

C321

C320

C324

C319

C401

C328

R313

C316

JL621

R839

C823

C824

JL618

JL619

C822

R840

R841

JL620

JL632

JL631

JL444

JL442

JL441

JL438

JL436

JL433

25

24

JL603

JL445

RB401

R303

R312

C307

C821 R842

JL446

JL447

JL443

JL440

JL439

JL437

JL435

15

28

R307

R306

R305

R304

IC803

R1963

R983

R984

R985

JL421

IC1103 R646

8 7 R645

JL419 L605

1 43

R662

14

IC604

1

R643

C624

1

3

R624

5

IC601

4

JL434

JL432

C1104

C1105 C617 C618 C622 C619

C621

L601

C606

C612

C608

JL1114

R639 C605

JL1117

JL1116

JL1113

JL1115

RY229

42

41

CN606

2

1

7

IC605

1

R642

8 14

14

1

R809

R810

R812

R811

R808

R807

JL914

JL913

R979

JL917

JL918

JL916

JL915

JL932

JL934

JL933

JL922

R1961

R1936 R1935

R923

R926

R969

JL907

JL919

C910

R974

R917

R925

R924

R909

JL902

R940

R973 JL906

FL902

R958

JL921

JL920

R971

JL905

R967

JL929

R966

R965

R964

R963

JL928

JL927

JL926

JL925

R977

Q902

R902

RD-064 BOARD (SIDE B)

CN603 D-3

CN606 E-5

D915 D-1

IC101 B-4

IC112 C-5

IC202 D-7

IC301 B-3

IC401 B-3

IC601 E-4

IC604 E-5

IC605 E-4

IC701 B-7

IC803 D-3

IC901 E-1

IC906 D-1

R1934

R1910

R1912

R1925

R1904 R1906

JL903 JL904

FL907

R1901

C945

4

3

C933

5 1

IC906

1

4

FL906

R999

R1908

R1905

3

1

4

IC905

5

FL901

R905

C943

IC901

7

5

R666 R665

R641

R640

1-870-316-

11

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R1915

R1914

RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM, AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI

RD-064

4-54E

SECTION 5

IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1. IT CONTROL IC

(IC603: M306H5MG-A14FP, M306H5MC-C36FP (AV-106 BOARD))

38

39

40

41

34

35

36

37

30

31

32

33

26

27

28

29

46

47

48

49

42

43

44

45

50

22

23

24

25

18

19

20

21

14

15

16

17

10

11

12

13

Pin No.

1

8

9

6

7

4

5

2

3

P73

AVLINK-OUT

TU_SCL_1

TU_SDA_1

VSS2

LP2

LP3

LP4

VDD2

TEST1

M1

SLICEON

IT_SOUT

IT_SIN

IT_SCLK

RISM_RTS_O

IR_TXO

IR_RXO

ATT_XDTT_SEL

RISM_STATUS1

CLKOUT

PCONT

FAN_DET

FAN_ONOFF

FAN_SPEED

Pin Name

ONDO

SIRCSIN

AVLINK-IN

FLD_DATA

FLD_IN

FLD_CLK

BYTE

CNVSS

XCIN

XCOUT

_RESET

XOUT

VSS

XIN

VCC1

_NMI

INT_RTC

_IT_REQ

SLICE

IT_XRST

DIMMER

JUST_CLK_2

RISM_STATUS2

P75

P74

O

I

O

I

O

I

O

I

—

—

—

O

O

O

O

—

O

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

—

I/O

I

I

I

O

I

O

I

I

I

O

I

O

Function

Detection of board temperature

Input of remote control signal

Input of AV LINK scart signal

Output of FLD data signal

Fixed at “L”

Output of FLD clock signal

Fixed at “L”

Connected to GND when the flash is overwritten is VCC

Input of sub-clock signal (32.768KHz)

Not used

Input of system reset signal

Output of main-clock signal (10MHz)

Digital GND

Input of main-clock signal (10MHz)

Power supply input (Digital 5.0V)

Fixed at “H”

Input of RTC INT signal from Real Time Clock

Input of communication request signal with system controller

Input of slicer operation detection from 37 pin

Output of communication reset signal with RISM 3

Output of LED power supply switch

Not used

Output of communication status 2 signal with system controller

Not used

Not used

Not used

Output of AV LINK signal

Output of IIC clock signal

Input/output IIC data signal

Analog GND

Output of filter signal 2 (for Fsc)

Output of filter signal 3 (forVPS)

Output of filter signal 4 (for PDC)

Power supply input (Analog 5V)

Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”

Output of slicer operation detection

Output of serial TXD 1 signal with system controller

Input of serial RXD 1 signal with system controller

Output of serial CLK 1 signal with system controller

Input of RTS signal with system controller

Output of serial TXD O signal wth Ir-CON (HX825 model)

Input of serial RXD O signal wth Ir-CON (HX825 model)

Not used

Input of communication status 1 signal with system controller

Digital GND

Output of system power control switching signal

Input of fan stopping detect signal

Output of fan on/off signal (“H”:fan on)

Output of fan direction speed switching signal (“H”:high speed)

RDR-HX820/HX825

5-1

IT_RESET

NC

NC

SYNC_V_1

SYNC_V_2

NC (_INT3)

TU_PCONT

AUTO_PRESET_1

NC

VA_PCONT

AREA4

AREA5

AREA6

FL_PCONT

NC

S2SW

LED_XRESET

LED_STB

FLD_STB

KEY0

KEY1

KEY2

KEY3

BS_C/N_DET

TU_AFT_2

TU_G_MAX_2

AVSS

Pin Name

P_FAIL

HDET_1

CE

NC

INSEL_PCONT

XP_AMUTE

NC

SYNCHRO_DET

AREA0

AREA1

XP_VMUTE

INSEL_3

INSEL1

INSEL2

INSEL6

EEP_SDA

EEP_SCL

XEEP_WP

VCC2

INSEL4

VSS

INSEL5

IR_BUSY

IR_INT

NC

DTT_PCONT

97

98

99

100

93

94

95

96

101

102

103

89

90

91

92

85

86

87

88

81

82

83

84

77

78

79

80

73

74

75

76

69

70

71

72

65

66

67

68

61

62

63

64

Pin No.

51

52

57

58

59

60

53

54

55

56

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

I

I

O

O

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

I

I

O

O

O

I

O

I

O

O

O

I

I

O

I

I

O

O

O

I/O

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

—

O

Function

Input of UNSW6V power off detection signal

Detection of IN SEL output video signal

Fixed at “L” (when the flash is overwritten is VCC)

Not used

Output of IC’s power supply signal (“H”:INSEL)

Output of muting signal for audio

Not used

Detection of selection signal from component video signal

Fixed at “L” (Input of area detection signal 0)

Fixed at “H” (Input of area detection signal 1)

Output of muting signal for video

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Output of IIC data signal with EEPROM

Output of IIC clock signal with EEPROM

Output of IIC writing protect signal with EEPROM

Power supply input (Digital 5V)

Not used

Digital GND

Not used

Input of busy signal for IR control IC (HX825 model)

Output of INT signal for IR control IC (HX825 model)

Not used

Not used

Output of reset signal for IR control IC (HX825 model)

Not used

Not used

Input of vertical synchronous signal

Fixed at “L”

Input of sacrt IC’s interpolate signal

Output of tuner power supply control signal (“H”:Power on)

Output of RF gain control signal

Not used

Output of power control signal for audio/video

Fixed at “H” or “L”. Input of area detection signal 4

Fixed at “H”. Input of area detection signal 5

Fixed at “H” or “L”. Input of area detection signal 6

Output of FLD grid power on signal

Not used

Detection of line 2 S-video signal

Output of reset signal for LED and FLD driver ICs

Output of strove signal for LED driver

Output of strove signal for FLD driver

Input of switching signal 0



Fixed at “H”

Input of blanking signal for EURO scart

Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”

Analog GND

5-2

Pin No.

104

105

110

111

112

113

106

107

108

109

114

115

116

Pin Name

TU_G_MAX_1

VREF

AVCC

NC

START

SYNCIN

SVREF

TEST2

VDD3

CVIN1

VSS3

TEST3

TU_AFT1

—

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

I/O

I

I

I

I

Function

Input of tuner gain control signal



Not used

Input of oscillation selection signal

Input composite video signal

When slice the vertical synchronous signal input slice power

Fixed at GND


Input of component video signal

Analog GND

Fixed at “GND”

Input of tuner AFT1 control signal

5-3

5-2. MAIN CONTROL IC (IC103: R8A34012BG (RD-064 BOARD))

AA18

AA19

AA20

AA21

AA22

AA23

AA24

AA25

AB1

AB2

AB3

AA10

AA11

AA12

AA13

AA14

AA15

AA16

AA17

AA2

AA3

AA4

AA5

AA6

AA7

AA8

AA9

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

AA1

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

Pin No.

A1

A2

A7

A8

A9

A10

A3

A4

A5

A6

TRDATA[3]

TRSYNC

EVENT[0]

VDD33

VRMA

VRMB

VSSDAD10

REXT1

REXT2

VDD33

VDD

VSS

VDD

VSS

VDD33

VDD

DADRS[3]

DADRS[10]

VDD

DDATA[8]

VDD25

DDATA[10]

DDATA[3]

DDATA[4]

TRDATA[4]

TRDATA[7]

TRST

Pin Name

AT1DATA[11]

AT1DATA[12]

AT1DATA[14]

AT1DIOW

AT1INTRQ

HDREQ[0]

HWS[0]

HCS[1]

HCS[4]

HADRS[30]

HADRS[26]

HADRS[22]

HADRS[21]

HADRS[17]

HADRS[13]

HADRS[10]

HADRS[7]

MSDATA[0]

MSDATA[3]

SCLK[3]

CTS[1]

TX[2]

RTS[1]

RTS[0]

DVDD

TRDATA[1]

O

O

I

—

I/O

I/O

I/O

—

—

O

O

—

I/O

—

—

—

—

O

O

—

O

—

O

O

O

O

O

O

—

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

—

—

—

I/O

I/O

I/O

O

—

—

O

I/O

O

I

—

—

Function

Input/output of data 11 for DVD



Output of DVD write signal

Input of IRQ signal

Fixed at “L”

Output of write strove signal 0

Fixed at “H”

Fixed at “H”

Output of address 30







Output of address 7

Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”

Output of SCK signal for HDMI sub-CPU

Output of DTT control signal “XDTT_OE”

Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO




Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used


Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”

Analog GND

Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”



Digital GND


Digital GND



Output of address 3 for SDRAM



Input/output of data 8 for SDRAM





Not used

Not used

Fixed at “L”

5-4

VRPB

VSSAAD10B

VCCDAD10

VSSDDA10A

VDDDDA10

VSSDDA10B

TESTMOD[1]

TESTMOD[6]

REC656H

REC656I[1]

REC656O[2]

REC656O[4]

REC656I[7]

DADRS[4]

DADRS[6]

DADRS[8]

VSS

DADRS[11]

DWE

VDD25

DDATA[0]

EVENT[1]

VINA1

VSSAAD10A

NC

VCCAAD10B

ROUT(PD0)

Pin Name

VCCAAD10A

VROA

VROB

VCCAAD10B

VCCADA10

VCCADA10

VCCADA10

VSS

TESTMOD[5]

REC656V

REC656O[1]

REC656O[3]

PXCLK

REC656O[7]

DADRS[5]

VDD25

DADRS[7]

DADRS[9]

DADRS[12]

VSS

DDATA[1]

DDATA[2]

TRDATA[5]

TCK

TDO

VRPA

AC20

AC22

AC23

AC24

AC25

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AC13

AC14

AC15

AC16

AC17

AC18

AC19

AC21

AC5

AC6

AC7

AC8

AC9

AC10

AC11

AC12

AB22

AB23

AB24

AB25

AC1

AC2

AC3

AC4

AB14

AB15

AB16

AB17

AB18

AB19

AB20

AB21

Pin No.

AB4

AB5

AB6

AB7

AB8

AB9

AB10

AB11

AB12

AB13

—

—

—

—

—

I/O

—

—

O

—

O

O

O

O

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O

O

O

I/O

I/O

O

I

O

—

—

—

—

O

O

—

I/O

O

I

—

O

Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(ADC)

Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”

Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(ADC)

Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)



Digital GND

Fixed at “L”

Input of vertical synchronization signal

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used


Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)(I/O)




Digital GND



Not used

Fixed at “L”

Not used

Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”

Analog GND

Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)(ADC)

Digital GND


Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Input of horizontal synchronization signal

Input of digital video signal [1]

Not used

Not used





Digital GND


Output of write enable signal for SDRAM



Not used

Input of analog video (CVBS)

Analog GND

Not used


Output of analog video signal (red)

Function

5-5

VSSADA10

YOUT(PD4)

TESTMOD[0]

TESTMOD[3]

TESTMOD[4]

RESET

REC656I[0]

R656CLKI

REC656I[3]

REC656I[5]

REC656I[6]

DADRS[2]

DADRS[0]

DBA[0]

VSS

DRAS

DCLKNO

DVREF

AT1DATA[4]

AT1DATA[3]

AT1DATA[1]

AT1DMARQ

AT1DMACK

AT1ADR[2]

HDACK[1]

HOE

HCS[2]

Pin Name

VSSADA10

BOUT(PD2)

VSSADA10

COUT(PD3)

TESTMOD[2]

TESTMOD[7]

TMS

REC656O[0]

REC656I[2]

REC656I[4]

REC656O[5]

REC656O[6]

DADRS[1]

DBA[1]

VDD25

DCS

DCAS

DCLKO

VSS

TD1

VSSAAD10A

VINA2

VCCAAD10A

CIN (VINB1)

VSSAAD10B

GOUT(PD1)

AE24

AE25

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

AE16

AE17

AE18

AE19

AE20

AE21

AE22

AE23

AE8

AE9

AE10

AE11

AE12

AE13

AE14

AE15

AD25

AE1

AE2

AE3

AE4

AE5

AE6

AE7

AD17

AD18

AD19

AD20

AD21

AD22

AD23

AD24

Pin No.

AD7

AD8

AD9

AD10

AD11

AD12

AD13

AD14

AD15

AD16

—

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O

O

—

—

I

O

I

I

O

O

I

I

—

I

O

—

—

I/O

O

—

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

I/O

I

I

O

O

O

I

I/O

I/O

Function

Analog GND

Output of analog video signal (blue)

Analog GND

Output of analog video signal (chroma)

Digital GND

Digital GND

Fixed at “H”

Not used



Not used

Not used


Output of bank address 1 for SDRAM

Power supply input (Analog 2.5V)

Output of chip select signal for SDRAM

Output of CAS signal for SDRAM

Output of clock signal for SDRAM

Digital GND

Not used

Analog GND

Input of analog video signal (Y)


Input of analog video signal (C)

Analog GND

Output of analog video signal (green)

Analog GND (DAC)

Output of analog video signal (Y)

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Input of hardware reset signal


Input of clock signal






Output of bank address 0 for SDRAM

Digital GND

Output of RAS signal for SDRAM

Output of negative clock signal for SDRAM

Input of reference voltage




Input of request signal from DMA

Input of ACK signal from DMA

Output of devise address 2 for DVD

Output of ROM change signal for Debug

Output of output enable signal

Output of chip select signal for HDMI DL mode

5-6

HADRS[28]

HADRS[24]

HADRS[19]

HADRS[15]

HADRS[11]

HADRS[6]

MSDATA[1]

CTS[3]

SCLK[1]

CTS[0]

RTS[3]

RX[2]

AHVSS

RX[1]

HDATA[15]

AT1DATA[6]

AT1DATA[9]

AT1DATA[2]

AT1DATA[0]

AT1DIOR

AT1ADR[1]

AT1CS[1]

HDREQ[1]

HWS[1]

HCS[3]

HADRS[29]

HADRS[25]

Pin Name

HADRS[31]

HADRS[27]

HADRS[23]

HADRS[20]

HADRS[16]

HADRS[12]

HADRS[8]

MSBS

MSDATA[2]

MSCLK

SCLK[0]

TX[1]

RTS[2]

DVSS

PCO

AHVDD

AT1DATA[5]

AT1DATA[10]

AT1DATA[13]

AT1DATA[15]

AT1IORDY

AT1ADR[0]

AT1CS[0]

HDACK[0]

HCS[0]

HCS[5]

D6

D7

D8

D9

D2

D3

D4

D5

D10

D11

D12

C19

C20

C21

C22

C23

C24

C25

D1

C11

C12

C13

C14

C15

C16

C17

C18

C7

C8

C9

C10

C3

C4

C5

C6

B20

B21

B22

B23

B24

B25

C1

C2

Pin No.

B10

B11

B12

B13

B14

B15

B16

B17

B18

B19

O

—

—

—

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I/O

O

O

—

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I/O

I/O

I

O

O

—

I/O

I/O

O

O

O

O

O

O

—

O

Function







Output of address 8

Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”

Fixed at “L”



Output of CS control signal for HDMI sub-CPU

Digital GND

Not used

Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)





Input of I/O ready signal


Output of chip select signal 0 for DVD

Output of transfer acknowledge signal/GPIO 0

Output of chip select signal 0

Output of chip select signal/GPIO 5






Output of address 6

Fixed at “L”




Output of XSMRDY for HDMI sub-CPU


Digital GND


Input/output of data 15





Output of I/O read signal


Output of chip select signal 1 for DVD

Output of reset signal for HDMI sub-CPU

Fixed at “H”

Fixed at “H”



5-7

VSS

VDD

VSS

VDD33

VDD

VSS

VDD

VDD33

HDATA[14]

HDATA[12]

HDATA[9]

HDATA[8]

AT2ADR[1]

AT2ADR[0]

AT2ADR[2]

AT2CS[0]

VSS

VDD

HDATA[11]

TEST

HDATA[7]

HDATA[5]

AT2DIOR

AT2IORDY

AT2DMACK

AT2INTRQ

VDD33

Pin Name

HADRS[18]

HADRS[14]

HADRS[9]

MSINS

SCLK[2]

CTS[2]

TX[0]

TX[3]

RX[3]

VMCLK

RX[0]

HDATA[13]

HDATA[10]

AT2CS[1]

AT1RESET

AT1DATA[7]

AT1DATA[8]

VDD

VSS

VDD

VDD33

VSS

VDD

VSS

VDD33

VDD

F24

F25

G1

G2

F5

F21

F22

F23

G3

G4

G5

F1

F2

F3

F4

E22

E23

E24

E25

E14

E15

E16

E17

E18

E19

E20

E21

E10

E11

E12

E13

E6

E7

E8

E9

E2

E3

E4

E5

D23

D24

D25

E1

Pin No.

D13

D14

D15

D16

D17

D18

D19

D20

D21

D22

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

O

O

O

O

—

I/O

—

I/O

I/O

O

I

O

I

—

I

I

O

I

O

—

O

O

I/O

O

O

O

I/O

I/O

—

O

I/O

I/O

O



Output of address 9

Fixed at “L”

Output of reset signal for HDMI sub-CPU


Function


Input of IO HDMI sub-CPU SI signal

Input of IO HDMI sub-CPU SO signal

Input of 27MHz system clock




Output of chip select signal for HDD driver

Output of reset signal for DVD




Digital GND



Digital GND


Digital GND



Digital GND


Digital GND



Digital GND







Output of device address 1 for HDD driver



Output of chip select signal for HDD driver

Digital GND



Fixed at GND



Output of I/O read signal

Input of I/O ready signal

Output of ACK signal from DMA

Input of IRQ signal


5-8

AT2DATA[11]

AT2DATA[3]

AT2DATA[12]

VDD

VSS

INT4

WP(INT3)

SDA[1]

SDA[0]

AT2DATA[6]

AT2DATA[9]

AT2DATA[5]

AT2DATA[10]

VDD33

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

SDCL[0]

SDCL[1]

INT[2]

INT[1]

INT[0]

AT2RESET

A1BCKI

AT2DATA[7]

Pin Name

VSS

CSYNC

HDATA[6]

HDATA[3]

HDATA[2]

AT2DATA[0]

AT2DATA[15]

AT2DMARQ

AT2DIOW

VDD

VDD

HDATA[4]

HDATA[1]

HDATA[0]

FSEL (INT[7])

AT2DATA[2]

AT2DATA[13]

AT2DATA[1]

AT2DATA[14]

VSS

VDD33

INT[8]

DBI

INT[6]

INT[5]

AT2DATA[4]

L13

L14

L15

L21

L22

L23

L24

L25

M1

M2

M3

K25

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

L11

L12

K21

K22

K23

K24

K2

K3

K4

K5

J23

J24

J25

K1

J4

J5

J21

J22

H21

H22

H23

H24

H25

J1

J2

J3

Pin No.

G21

G22

H2

H3

H4

H5

G23

G24

G25

H1

O

O

I

I

I/O

—

O

O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

—

—

—

I

—

I

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

—

—

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I

O

—

—

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

O

I

I/O

Function

Digital GND

Fixed at “H”




Input/output of data 0 for HDD driver


Input of request signal from DMA

Output of I/O write signal






Output of interrupt request/GPIO





Digital GND


Not used

Input of SDI-ICE/JTAG TRST

Fixed at “L”

Input for DTT “IRQ” signal






Digital GND

Fixed at “H”

Output of IIC writing protect signal with EEPROM

Output of data signal 1 for EPROM

Input/output transmission data 0 for EEPROM






Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Output of transmission clock 0 for EEPROM

Output of clock signal for EEPROM

Input of interrupt request signal for HDMI

Fixed at “H”

Not used

Output of reset signal for HDD

Fixed at “H”


5-9

DDATA[23]

ADCCLKO

LRCKO

AODATAI

AOBCKI

VDD33

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

DDATA[18]

DDATA[26]

DDATA[27]

DDATA[19]

DDATA[20]

SPDIFO

VCLKI

BCKO

AMCLK2

VDD

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

DDATA[25]

Pin Name

AT2DATA[8]

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VDD

DDATA[30]

DDATA[31]

VDD25

HWAIT

A1DATAI

AMCLK1

A1LRCKI

ADATAO

VDD

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

DDATA[21]

DDATA[28]

DDATA[29]

DDATA[22]

R5

R11

R12

R13

R1

R2

R3

R4

R14

R15

R21

P22

P23

P24

P25

P13

P14

P15

P21

N25

P1

P2

P3

P4

P5

P11

P12

N12

N13

N14

N15

N21

N22

N23

N24

M24

M25

N1

N2

N3

N4

N5

N11

Pin No.

M4

M5

M11

M12

M13

M14

M15

M21

M22

M23

I/O

I/O

I/O

O

O

I

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I

—

—

I/O

I/O

I

I

—

—

I

O

—

O

I

O

I

—

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O


Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND





Fixed at “H”

Fixed at “H”

Input of audio master clock (36.864MHz)

Function

Fixed at “H”

Output of digital audio signal


Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND






Not used

Output of audio L/R clock signal

Input of digital audio signal

Input of audio bit clock signal


Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND






Output of digital audio signal

Input of clock signal (27MHz) (Video decoder)

Output of audio bit clock signal

Input of audio master clock (33.8688MHz)


Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND

Digital GND


5-10

PHYDIO[0]

PHYCTL[1]

VDD33

VDD

VDD25

DDATA[15]

DDATA[7]

DDQS[0]

PHYDIO[2]

PHYLPS

PHYSCLK

TRDATA[2]

VSS

DDATA[14]

DDATA[13]

VSS

VDD25

DDATA[6]

PHYCTL[0]

TRDATA[0]

TRCLK

TRDATA[6]

VDD

DDATA[9]

DDATA[11]

DDATA[12]

DDATA[5]

Pin Name

VDD25

VSS

DDATA[16]

DDATA[17]

AOLRCKI

DACCLKO

SPDIFI

PHYDIO[7]

VSS

DDM[2]

DDQS[3]

DDATA[24]

VDD25

VSS

PHYLREQ

PHYDIO[6]

PHYDIO[4]

PHYDIO[1]

VDD

DDM[1]

DDQS[1]

DDM[3]

DDM[0]

DDQS[2]

PHYDIO[5]

PHYDIO[3]

W24

W25

Y1

Y2

Y3

Y4

Y5

Y21

Y22

Y23

Y24

W1

W2

W3

W4

W5

W21

W22

W23

V3

V4

V5

V21

V22

V23

V24

V25

U5

U21

U22

U23

U24

U25

V1

V2

U1

U2

U3

U4

T22

T23

T24

T25

Pin No.

R22

R23

R24

R25

T1

T2

T3

T4

T5

T21

I/O

I/O

I

O

I

I

O

O

I/O

—

I/O

—

Function


Digital GND



Input of audio L/R clock signal

Not used

Fixed at “H”

Input of data 7 for PHY

Digital GND

Output of data mask signal 2 for SDRAM

Output of data strobe signal 3 for SDRAM



Digital GND

O

O

—

I/O

—

I/O

O

O

I/O

I/O

I/O

I

O

—

—

I

I

O

O

—

O

O

O

I

I

O

I

I

O

I

O

—

I/O

I/O

O













Not used






Output of data strobe signal 0


I/O

I/O

Input of clock signal

Not used

Digital GND



Digital GND


Input/output data 6 for SDRAM

Not used

Not used

Not used






5-11

Pin No.

Y25

Pin Name

VSS

I/O

Digital GND

Function

5-12E

RDR-HX820/HX825

SECTION 6

SERVICE MODE

This is the diagnostics to locate cause of fault.

The diagnostics can be executed using the remote commander and a monitor.

To enter the service mode, connect the VIDEO OUT connector of the main unit to the monitor. While pressing the “A” (Open/Close) button and the “G” (PLAY) button at the same time, connect the AC power cord to the power outlet. (Keep pressing the above buttons until a message, “WELCOME” appears on the display panel of the main unit.)

While the diagnostics is in progress, either “OK” or “NG” appears on the monitor screen to enable the judgment whether the respective devices or the peripheral are normal or have any abnormality.

When an abnormality is detected, the diagnostics is stopped at that moment and you can select to keep running the diagnostics or to stop it.

6-1. Check Item

Checking item

EEPROM

VIDEO DEC

DDR

DDR

IC name

IC BR24L32FJ-WE2

IC TVP5146M2PFP

IC K4H511638C-UCB3T

IC K4H511638C-UCB3T

All parts are mounted on the RD-064 board.

REF. NO

IC102

IC301

IC105

IC106

When NG is displayed as the result of the DEVICE TEST, the IC or its peripheral is defective.

6-1

6-2. Screen Transition in the Service Mode

MAIN MENU

<< MAIN MENU >>

1) Version No.

2) Display Color

3) Total Tme

0 ) G-code OSD Setting Menu

< 1 >

<RETURN>

<< Version No. >>

MODEL @ @ @ @

***

Region Code [

*

]

SYSCON Version [

***

]

HDMI Check sum [

***

]

MODEL

***

SYSCON Version [

HDD Serial ID [

HDD Sony ID [

***

***

]

***

]

]

< RETURN >

< 2 >

<< Display Color >>

1) White Signal ON

2) White Signal OFF

< RETURN >

Verifying version number of the respective software of the main unit

Setting ON/OFF of the PAL 100% white signal output

< 3 >

< RETURN >

<< Total Tme >>

1) Total [Power ON]

2) Total [DVD Playback]

3) Total [DVD Recording]

Reading the accumulative operating hours of the drive

• Total power-on hours

• Total DVD playback hours

• Total DVD recording hours

* Display format: aa hours ff minutes

Displaying the error history in the past in the error code

* Maximum 20 errors can be displayed.

< 4 >

<< Error History >>

3) ....................................

2) ....................................

1) ....................................

< RETURN >

[Up] or [Down]

< 5 >

<< Command History >>

3) ....................................

2) ....................................

1) ....................................

< RETURN >

[Up] or [Down]

< 6 >

< RETURN >

<< History Clear >>

Execute History Clear?

Yes No

Displaying history of the buttons pressed in the past.

* Pressed buttons for 400 commands at a maximum can be stored.

Clearing the Error History and the Command History

< 7 >

< RETURN >

<< Factory Set up >

1) NOR Factory Set up

2) S-AND Factory Set up

3) HDD Data Factory Set up

4) DTT Factory Set up

< 8 >

< RETURN >

<< Device Check >

1) EEPROM Check

2) Super AND Check

3) Video Dec Device Check

4) DDR Data Check

9) IT Setting

< 9 >

< RETURN >

<< HDD >>

1) Indcate ID

2) Performance Check

3) Write ID

4) Format

5) Factory Check

6) Write Registration Code

< 0 >

< RETURN >

<< G-code OSD Setting Menu >>

1) G-CODE

2) Show View

3) Video Plus

4) VCR Plus+

Returning the Set Ups of various functions to default

Diagnostic checks in the Service Mode

6-2

6-3. Items and Description of Service Mode Menu

1) When the key “1” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Version No. check menu screen.

2) When the key “2” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Display Color check menu screen.

3) When the key “3” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Total Time check menu screen.

4) When the key “4”is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Error History check menu screen.

5) When the key “5” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Command History check menu screen.

6) When the key “6” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the History Clear check menu screen.

7) When the key “7” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the Factory Set Up check menu screen.

8) When the key “8” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the hard disk check menu screen.

9) When the key “9” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the hard disk check menu screen.

0) When the key “0” is pressed down, the monitor display moves to the G-code Setting menu screen.

<< MAIN MENU >>

1) Version No.

2) Display Color

3) Total Time

4) Error History

5) Command History

6) History Clear

7) Factory Set Up

8) Device Check

9) HDD MODE

0) G-code Setting

MODEL

***

SYSCON Version [

***

]

HDD Serial ID [

***

Sony ID [

***

]

]

6-4. Device Check Menu (Diagnostic Test)

1) When the key “1” is pressed down, the EEPROM device check will be executed. (The EEPROM device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3

(IC103) and EEPROM is checked.)

2) Key “2” is not used.

When the key “2” is pressed down, the super AND device check will be executed. (The super AND device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3

(IC103) and super AND is checked.)

3) When the key “3” is pressed down, the Video Dec device check will be executed. (The Video Dec device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3

(IC103) and Video Dec is checked.)

4) When the key “4” is pressed down, the DDR Data device check will be executed. (The DDR device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the electrical signal connection between

Rism3 (IC103) and DDR device is checked.)


When the key “5” is pressed down, the DSP device check will be executed. (The DSP device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the electrical signal connection between Rism3

(IC103) and DSP device is checked.)


When the key “6” is pressed down, the USB device check will be executed. (The USB device is checked whether it is mounted or not, and the electrical signal connection between RISM3

(IC103) and USB device is checked.)



9) When the key “9” is pressed down, IC603 of the AV board will be patched.

(Never press the key “9” unless otherwise specified.)

Check result display: IC105 check result/IC106 check result

Display Message Meaning of Display

DATA OK/OK

DATA OK/NG

Both IC105 and IC106 are OK.

IC105: OK, IC106: NG

(NG: No Good)

DATA NG/OK

DATA NG/NG

IC105: NG, IC106: OK

Both IC105 and IC106 are NG.

<< Device check >>

1) EEPROM Check

2) Super AND Check

3) Video Dec Device Check

4) DDR Date Check

5) DSP Check

6) USB Check

t

Not used

t

Not used

t

Not used

9) IT Setting

6-3

6-5. HDD service mode

1) When the key “1” is pressed down, the ID check will be executed as shown below.

Indicate ID : HDD information read-out

MODEL

Serial No.

: Model name of the product

: HDD serial No.

Model No.

: HDD model No.

F/W Rev : HDD software version

2) When the key “2” is pressed down, Performance Check will be executed as shown below.

Performance Check: Power ON/OFF test and Read/Verify of all tracks

3) When the key “3” is pressed down, Write ID will be executed as shown below.

Write ID: NOR Flash HDD information write

4) When the key “4” is pressed down, Format will be executed as shown below.

Format : Full erase of HDD

5) When the key “5” is pressed down, Factory Check will be executed as shown below.

Factory Check: Aging test in the same way as in the factory.

6) When the key “6” is pressed down, the Write Registration Code will be executed as shown below.

Write Registration Code: Writing the DIVX Registration Code

7) When the “RETURN” key is pressed down, the monitor display will return to the menu screen.

<< HDD MODE >>

1) Indicate ID

2) Peformance Check

3) Write ID

4) Format

5) Factory Check

6) Write Registration Code

6-4E

7-1.

Video System Adjustment

Preparing for Adjustment

1. Equipments

• Oscilloscope

• Reference Disk

HLX-507 (PAL single layer disc) J-6090-077-A

HLX-506 (PAL dual layer disc) J-6090-078-A

1. Video Output Level Check

<Purpose>

This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark.

Mode PLAY

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

100% Color bars

Output (VIDEO) connector

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

1.0 V

±

0.07 Vp-p

Check method:

1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars.

2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V

±

0.07 Vp-p.

SECTION 7

ADJUSTMENTS

2. S-Video Output S-Y Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the S-video Y-signal output has the rated amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will not be displayed corrected even when the S-video cable is connected.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-Y) connector

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

1.0 V

±

0.07 Vp-p

Check method:



±

0.07 Vp-p.

Fig. 7-2

RDR-HX820/HX825

1.0

±

0.07Vp-p

1.0

±

0.07 Vp-p

Fig. 7-1

7-1

3. S-Video Output S-C Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the S-video output S-C conforms to the

PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not be too dark or too thin.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-C) connector

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

300 mV

±

30 mVp-p

Check method:


2) Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV

±

30 mVp-p.

300

±

30 mVp-p

5. Component Video Output B-Y (Pb) Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the B-Y signal of the component video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the

COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having COMPONENT input.

Mode PLAY

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

100% Color bars

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pb) connector (terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

700 mV

±

50 mVp-p

Check method:

Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to ON.



±

50 mVp-p.

Fig. 7-3

4. Component Video Output Y Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the component Y signal output has the rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having

COMPONENT input.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

1.0 V

±

0.07Vp-p

Check method:



2) Confirm that the Y signal level is 1.0 V

±

0.07 Vp-p.

700

±

50 mVp-p

Fig. 7-5

6. Component Video Output R-Y (Pr) Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the R-Y signal of the component video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the

COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having COMPONENT input.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pr) connector (terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

700 mV

±

50 mVp-p

Check method:




±

50 mVp-p.

1.0

±

0.07Vp-p

Fig. 7-4

700

±

50 mVp-p

Fig. 7-6

7-2

7. Scart Video Output Level Check

<Purpose>

This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

Scart Video output connector pin-ql

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

1.0 V

±

0.07 Vp-p

Check method:

Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF.



±

0.07 Vp-p.

9. Scart Video Output S-C Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the Scart output S-C conforms to the PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not be too dark or too thin.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

Scart Video output connector pin-qg

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

300 mV

±

30 mVp-p

Check method:




±

30 mVp-p.

1.0

±

0.07 Vp-p

300

±

30 mVp-p

Fig. 7-7

8. Scart Video Output S-Y Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the Scart Y-signal output has the rated amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will not be displayed corrected even when the Scart cable is connected.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

Scart Video output connector pin-ql

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

1.0 V

±

0.07 Vp-p

Check method:




±

0.07 Vp-p.

Fig. 7-9

10. Scart Video RGB Output R Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the RGB R signal output has the rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

Scart Video output R connector pin-qg

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

700 mV

±

50 mVp-p

Check method:


RGB OUT should be set to ON.


2) Confirm that the R signal level is 700 mV

±

50 mVp-p.

1.0

±

0.07 Vp-p

Fig. 7-8

700

±

50 mVp-p

Fig. 7-10

7-3

11. Scart Video RGB Output G Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that G signal of the RGB video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.

Mode PLAY

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

100% Color bars

Scart Video output G connector pin-qa

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

700 mV

±

50 mVp-p

Check method:




2) Confirm that the G signal level is 700 mV

±

50 mVp-p.

700

±

50 mVp-p

Fig. 7-11

12. Scart Video RGB Output B Check

<Purpose>

This check confirms that the B signal of the RGB video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.

Mode

Signal

Test point

Instrument

Specification

PLAY

100% Color bars

Scart Video output B connector pin-7

(terminated in 75

Ω

)

Oscilloscope

700 mV

±

50 mVp-p

Check method:




2) Confirm that the B signal level is 700 mV

±

50 mVp-p.

700

±

50 mVp-p

Fig. 7-12

7-4E

RDR-HX820/HX825

SECTION 8

REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS

NOTE:

• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some differences from the original one.

• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.

• The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied.

• Color Indication of Appearance Parts

Example:

KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED)

↑ ↑

Parts Color Cabinet’s Color

8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION


0


0



7

6

8

5

not supplied

9

Chassis section-1, -2

(See page 8-2, 8-3)

2

not supplied

3

not supplied

5

4

1

3

not supplied

Ref. No.

Part No.

2

3

1

2

4

Description

X-2149-427-1 ASSY, TRAY

X-2149-426-1 FRONT PANEL ASSY (HX825)

X-2149-435-1 FRONT PANEL ASSY (HX820)

3-077-331-01 +BV3 (3-CR)

1-833-387-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FLR-008)

5 3-070-883-61 SCREW, TAPPING

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

8

8

6

7

9

Description

A-1209-198-A CASE BLOCK ASSY (SERVICE USE)

3-076-563-11 SCREW, SPECIAL FRONT POINT

Remarks

1-479-557-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D231P) (HX825)


2-658-476-01 COVER, BATTERY (FOR RMT-D230P/D231P)

8-1

8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION-1

Chassis section-2

(See page 8-3)

53

not supplied

53

not supplied

51

52

53

54

not supplied not supplied

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description Remarks

51

52

3-088-023-01 +B3 (3-CR)

3-077-331-31 +BV3 (3-CR)

53 3-077-331-01 +BV3 (3-CR)

* 54 A-1494-643-A RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX820)

* 54 A-1215-024-A RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX825)

8-2

8-1-3. CHASSIS SECTION-2


103

101

104

101

101


102

not supplied

101


105

106


101

107

not supplied

101

TU401

109

109

109

108

109

109

110


Ref. No.

Part No.

101

102

0 103

0 104

105

Description Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

3-077-331-01 +BV3 (3-CR)

3-087-675-01 6-32UNCX5

A-1219-462-A HDD(SATA/WD-160GB-E) ASSY (SERVICE)

1-797-413-11 DRIVE, DVD DRW-V35A

1-833-383-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRD-011)

107

108

109

110

Description

1-833-388-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAR-005)

1-787-291-11 FAN, D.C

3-077-331-31 +BV3 (3-CR)

3-088-023-01 +B3 (3-CR)

0 TU401 8-597-559-00 TUNER, FSS BTF-DF441

0 106 1-474-022-11 POWER BLOCK

Remarks

8-3

Note :


0


0



AV-106

8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

NOTE:

• Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set.

• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one.

• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.

• CAPACITORS: uF:

µ

F

• COILS uH:

µ

H

• RESISTORS

All resistors are in ohms.

METAL: metal-film resistor

METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor

F: nonflammable

• SEMICONDUCTORS

In each case, u:

µ

, for example: uA...:

µ

A... , uPA... ,

µ

PA... , uPB... ,

µ

PB... , uPC... ,

µ

PC... , uPD...,

µ

PD...

Ref. No.

Part No.

When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name.


0


0



Description

< CAPACITOR >

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

AV-106 BOARD, COMPLETE

**********************

(Ref.No.;10,000 SERIES)

C311

Description

1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF

C312 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF

C313 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF

C314 1-164-218-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF

C315 1-164-218-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks

50V

50V

50V

50V

50V

C105 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF


C107 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF



10% 10V

20% 6.3V

10% 16V

20% 10V

10% 10V

C117 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C118 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF



C123 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C124 1-128-396-11 ELECT CHIP 470uF


C127 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C128 1-162-962-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF


C130 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C131 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C134 1-124-584-00 ELECT 100uF


C151 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C155 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF



C209 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C210 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C211 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C212 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF





C217 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF


C301 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C304 1-125-972-91 ELECT 100uF

C306 1-124-234-00 ELECT 22uF

C307 1-115-467-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C308 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C309 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C310 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF

5% 50V

10% 25V

10% 25V

10% 25V

20% 35V

20% 10V

20% 10V

10% 16V

10% 50V

20% 6.3V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 10V

20% 10V

10% 16V

20% 16V

20% 6.3V

20% 6.3V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 10V

20% 10V

20% 10V

20% 10V

5% 50V

5% 50V

20% 16V

20% 16V

20% 16V

10% 10V

10% 16V

20% 16V

5% 50V

C316 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C317 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C318 1-128-398-11 ELECT CHIP 220uF

C319 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C320 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF




C325 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C326 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C327 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF


C337 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C401 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C405 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C407 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF

C408 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C409 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C410 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF

C411 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C414 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C415 1-124-584-00 ELECT 100uF

C416 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


C452 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

20% 16V

20% 10V

10% 16V

0.5PF

50V

10% 16V

C453 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF

5%

C454 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF

5%

C455 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF

5%

C456 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF

5%

C601 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

25V

25V

25V

25V

10% 25V

C602 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF

10% 50V

C604 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C607 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF



10% 16V

20% 16V

0.25PF 50V

0.25PF 50V

C615 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C616 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C617 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C618 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C619 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 16V

10% 25V

20% 16V

20% 16V

20% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

5% 50V

5% 50V

5% 50V

10% 10V

10% 16V

20% 16V

10% 50V

20% 50V

10% 16V

10% 50V

20% 50V

10% 16V

8-4

AV-106

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description


C621 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


C623 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

5% 50V

10% 16V

5% 50V

10% 16V

5% 50V

C732

C733

C734

C735

C736

Description

1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP





0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

C625 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C626 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C627 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C628 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF

C629 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 10V

10% 16V

C630 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF

10% 10V

C631 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF

10% 50V

C632 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C633 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C634 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10%

10%

10%

16V

16V

16V

C737 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C738 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C739 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C740 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C741 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP

C744 1-126-947-11 ELECT

C745 1-126-947-11 ELECT

0.1uF

C742 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C743 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

47uF

47uF

C746 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C635 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C639 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C641 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C642 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C646 1-162-963-11 CERAMIC CHIP 680PF

C649 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C650 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C651 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470uF

C652 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF



C655 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C656 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C657 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C701 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C702 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C703 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C704 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


C706 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10%

10%

10%

20%

10%

20%

10%

16V

16V

16V

16V

50V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 10V

10% 16V

0.25PF 50V

0.25PF 50V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

35V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 6.3V

16V

C747 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C748 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C749 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C750 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C751

C774



C775 1-126-947-11 ELECT

C802 1-126-964-11 ELECT

C803 1-126-964-11 ELECT

0.1uF

C752 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C753 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C762 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C772 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

1uF

47uF

C801 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

10uF

10uF






C813 1-104-658-91 ELECT 100uF

C707 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C708 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C709 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C710 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C711 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C712 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C713 1-124-290-00 ELECT 47uF

C714 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C715 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C716 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C717 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C718 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C719 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C720 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C721 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C722 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF

C723 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C724 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C725 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


C727 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


C729 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C730 1-104-662-91 ELECT 22uF

C731 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 10V

20% 35V

10% 16V

20% 35V

20% 35V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 35V

20% 35V

20% 50V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 6.3V

10% 16V

10% 6.3V

10% 16V

20% 25V

10% 16V

C816 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C817 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C818 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C819 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C820 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C821 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C822 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C823 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C824 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C825 1-104-658-91 ELECT 100uF

C826 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C827 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C828 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C829 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C830 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C832 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C833 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

C834 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C835 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C836 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C837 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C838 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C839 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C840 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C841 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 10V

20% 35V

10% 16V

20% 50V

20% 50V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

20% 10V

Remarks

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 35V

20% 35V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 10V

20% 35V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

5% 50V

10% 16V

20% 35V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

5% 50V

10% 16V

20% 35V

8-5

AV-106

Ref. No.

C842 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF



C845 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C846 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C847 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C848 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C849 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C850 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C851 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C852 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C853 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C854 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C855 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C856 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF





C865 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP

C866 1-126-947-11 ELECT

0.1uF

47uF

C867 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1103

C1104

C1109

C1110

C1111

Part No.

Description






1uF

470PF

15PF

15PF

0.1uF

C1401 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C1402 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1403 1-162-924-11 CERAMIC CHIP 56PF



C1406 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1407 1-162-924-11 CERAMIC CHIP 56PF


C1409 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1410 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF

C1411 1-126-162-11 ELECT 3.3uF

C1412 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1413 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1414 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF

C1415 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C1416 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF

C1417 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF



C1452 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


< CONNECTOR >

CN101 1-815-458-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 15P

CN103 1-794-509-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) (3P)



* CN601 1-764-643-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 11P

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

10%

5%

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

16V

10% 10V

10% 10V

5% 50V

50V

Description

* CN701 1-770-468-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P

< DIODE >

50V

50V

50V

50V

50V

D101 8-719-073-34 DIODE EC21QS03L-TE12L

D301 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W

D303 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W

D304 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W

D608 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W

50V

50V

50V

50V

50V

D701 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W

D702 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D703 8-719-053-18 DIODE 1SR154-400TE-25

D704 8-719-053-18 DIODE 1SR154-400TE-25

D714 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

10%

10%

10%

10V

10V

10V

10% 10V

10% 16V

D715 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D721 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D724 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D728 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D731 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

20%

10%

10%

35V

16V

6.3V

(HX825)

10% 50V

(HX825)

5% 50V

(HX825)

D732 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D801 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B

D802 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D803 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D804 6-501-486-01 DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B

D805

D806

D807

D808

6-501-486-01 DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B

8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D809 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

5% 50V

(HX825)

10% 16V

(HX825)

20% 16V

10% 16V

5% 50V

D810

D811

D812

D813

D814

8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B

0.25PF 50V

0.25PF 50V

10%

5%

16V

50V

10% 10V

D815 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B

D816 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B

D817 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B

D818 6-501-486-01 DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B

D819 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

10%

20%

20%

10%

16V

50V

50V

16V

10% 16V

D820 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D821 6-501-486-01 DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B

D822 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D823 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D824 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

20%

10%

20%

10%

50V

16V

16V

16V

10% 10V

D825 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B

D827 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D828 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B

D1103 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 (HX825)

D1400 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W

D1401 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W

10% 10V

10% 16V

10% 10V

< FUSE >

0 F101

1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A

Remarks

Note :


0


0



8-6

AV-106

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

< FERRITE BEAD >

FB701 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD




FB803 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP























< IC >

IC102 6-702-889-01 IC SI-3033KS-TL

IC104 6-708-913-01 IC TK73400AU3G0L-C

IC107 6-707-208-01 IC TK11100CSCB-G

IC109 6-708-889-01 IC MP2105DJ-LF-Z

IC202 8-759-100-96 IC uPC4558G2

IC203 8-759-100-96 IC uPC4558G2

IC302 8-759-100-96 IC uPC4558G2

IC303 6-705-313-01 IC S-T111B50MC-OHJTFG

IC304 1-818-512-11 CONNECTOR FOR OPTICAL FIBRE

IC401 8-749-925-00 IC TK11819MTL

IC402 6-706-237-01 IC PQ1MX55M2SPQ

IC601 6-710-144-01 IC S-80952CNMC-G9NT2G

IC603 6-806-806-01 IC M306H5MG-A14FP (HX825)

IC603 6-806-866-01 IC M306H5MC-C36FP (HX820)

* IC604 6-708-842-01 IC S-24CS04AFJ-TB-G

* IC605

6-708-948-01 IC R2051S03-E2-F

IC701 6-708-957-01 IC TK72233CMCL-G

* IC702 6-708-890-01 IC LA73036M-TBA-E

IC801 6-705-338-01 IC TK11250CMCL-G

IC802 6-708-892-01 IC BD3826FS

IC803 6-708-887-01 IC BH7626KS2

IC1102 6-806-080-01 IC M30263M6A-703FP (HX825)

IC1103 8-759-649-43 IC SN74AHC1G00DCKR (HX825)

IC1401 6-702-714-01 IC MSP3417G-QG-B8V3

< JACK >

J703 1-818-063-11 JACK, PIN (3P) (COMPONENT OUT)

J1101 1-764-188-31 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (DIA. 3.5) (HX825)

Remarks Ref. No.

L102

L401

L402

L403

L404

L405

L406

L701

L702

L703

Part No.

Description

< COIL >

1-419-630-21 INDUCTOR

1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR

1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR

1-414-858-31 INDUCTOR

1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR

1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR

1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR

1-412-060-11 INDUCTOR

1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR

4.7uH

10uH

10uH

1mH

10uH

10uH

10uH

22uH

10uH

10uH

L704

L803

1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR

1-414-743-21 INDUCTOR

L1401 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR

10uH

47uH

10uH

< IC LINK >

0 PS102

1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A

0 PS103

1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A

0 PS602

1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A

< TRANSISTOR >

Q101 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR

Q301 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR

Q302 8-729-921-80 TRANSISTOR

Q303 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q304 8-729-045-17 TRANSISTOR

UN2213

UN2111

2SD1781K-T146-QR

MSD601-RST1

2SB1561T100Q

Q305 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR

Q306 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR

Q307 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR

Q308 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR

Q309 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR

Q310 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR

Q311 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR

Q312 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR

Q313 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q401 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

UN2213

UN2213

DTC124TKA-T146

DTC124TKA-T146

2SD2704K-T146

2SD2704K-T146

MSB709-RT1

MSB709-RT1

MSD601-RST1

MSD601-RST1

Q403 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q405 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q407 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR

Q601 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR

Q611 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR

Q612 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR

Q613 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q614 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q615 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q616 8-729-904-87 TRANSISTOR

Q702 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q705 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR

Q707 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q708 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q709 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q710 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q711 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

Q715 8-729-904-87 TRANSISTOR

Q716 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR

Q801 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR

MSD601-RST1

MSD601-RST1

UN2213

UN2213

UN2211

MSB709-RT1

MSD601-RST1

MSD601-RST1

MSD601-RST1

2SB1197K-R

MSD601-RST1

MSB709-RT1

MSD601-RST1

MSD601-RST1

MSD601-RST1

MSD601-RST1

MSD601-RST1

2SB1197K-R

UN2213

MSB709-RT1

Remarks

Note :


0


0



8-7

AV-106

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Q807 6-550-683-01 TRANSISTOR

Q808 8-729-027-24 TRANSISTOR

Q1104 8-729-045-17 TRANSISTOR

Q1401 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR

Q1402 8-729-010-29 TRANSISTOR

< RESISTOR >

R102 1-216-296-11 SHORT CHIP

R104 1-218-911-11 METAL CHIP

R107 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP

R108 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

R111 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R113 1-218-896-11 METAL CHIP

R114 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP

R115 1-218-869-11 METAL CHIP

R118 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP

R120 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R121 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP

R122 1-218-873-11 METAL CHIP

R135 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R137 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R140 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R142 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R144 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R146 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R148 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R154 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R160 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R161 1-216-296-11 SHORT CHIP

R162 1-216-296-11 SHORT CHIP

R168 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R169 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R170 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R173 1-216-296-11 SHORT CHIP

R174 1-216-296-11 SHORT CHIP

R175 1-216-296-11 SHORT CHIP

R176 1-216-296-11 SHORT CHIP

R218 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP

R219 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP

R222 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP

R223 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP

R224 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP

R225 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP

R226 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP

R227 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP

R304 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP

R305 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R306 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R307 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R308 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP

R309 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP

R310 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP

R311 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP

R312 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP

R313 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP

R314 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP

R315 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP

10K

10K

47K

5.6K

5.1K

5.1K

5.1K

5.1K

5.6K

5.6K

22K

22K

10K

10K

4.7K

4.7K

4.7K

4.7K

220K

10K

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

39K

12K

0

0

470K

100K

4.7K

10K

110K

15K

8.2K

10

0

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

RJK005N03-T146

DTA114TKA-T146

2SB1561T100Q (HX825)

MSB709-RT1

MSD601-RST1

R316

R317

R318

R320

R321

Description

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

5% 1/10W

R323 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP

R326 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R327 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R330 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP

R331 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP

R332 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R333 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R334 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R335 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP

R336 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

0.5%

0.5%

1/10W

1/10W

R337

R338

R339

R340

R342

1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

R343 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R344 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R345 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R346 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R347 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R348 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP

R350 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP

R353 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R355 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R364 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP

R365 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R366 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R405 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R407 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R409 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

0.5%

0.5%

0.5%

0.5%

0.5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

R410

R411

R412

R414

R415

R428

1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP

R418 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R420 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R422 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R423 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R429 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R475 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R501 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R604 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP

R606 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R608 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R609 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R610 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R611 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R613 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R614 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R615 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

R616 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

R617 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R618 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP

100K

1K

470

1K

1K

100

100

100

100K

27K

220

68

470

470

33K

100K

100K

1K

1K

1K

10K

10K

10K

47K

10K

47K

10K

10K

4.7K

4.7K

2.2K

2.2K

2.2K

2.2K

5.6K

5.6K

470

470

47K

47K

10K

100K

100

10K

10K

10K

4.7K

4.7K

10K

15K

470

0

0

47K

10K

100K

100

100

0

470

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

0.5% 1/10W

5% 1/10W

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

8-8

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

R619 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R620 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R621 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R622 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R623 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R624 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R626 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R627 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R628 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R629 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R630 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R631 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R632 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R633 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R635 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R636 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R637 1-218-289-11 METAL CHIP

R638 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R639 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R642 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R643 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R644 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R645 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R646 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R647 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R648 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R649 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R650 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R651 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R652 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R654 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R655 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R656 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R658 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R659 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R660 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R661 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R662 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R663 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R664 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R665 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R666 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R667 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R668 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R669 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R670 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R671 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R672 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R674 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R675 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R676 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R677 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP

R678 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R679 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R681 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

AV-106

100

0

10K

470

0

10K

10K

10K

10K

0

100

100

100

100

100

100

510

0

2.2K

2.2K

100

100

1K

100

100

100

0

100

0

10K

100

100

100

100

100

10K

100K

10K

10K

10K

10K

10K

100K

10K

10K

10K

100

10K

10K

470

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

0 (HX825)

100

10K

5%

5%

100

100

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

(HX820)

1/10W

1/10W

R683

R684

R685

R686

R697

R698

R699

R702

R705

R718

R719

R726

R728

R729

R744

R747

R749

R750

R751

R764

R765

R766

R767

R768

Description

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R687 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R688 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R692 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R693 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R694 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R696 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R712 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP

R713 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP

R714 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP

R715 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP

R716 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP

1-218-852-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP

R733 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R736 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP

R738 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP

R740 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP

R742 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP

1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R752 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R753 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R755 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R760 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R761 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

10K

0

100

100

0

0

2.2K

2.2K

0

0

10K

10K

10K

0

0

33K

10K

680K

47K

100K

0

0

0

0

0

6.8K

1.6K

470

39K

22K

0

22

22

22

22

22

75

2.2K

2.2K

2.2K

2.2K

2.2K

1K

10K

4.7K

R772 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R776 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R779 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R780 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

10K

75

75

75

R785 1-414-864-11 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (1608)

5%

5%

5%

5%

R791 1-414-864-11 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (1608)

R795 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R798 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R799 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R802 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

0

0

0

100K

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

5%

(HX825)

1/10W

R803

R804

R805

R806

R807

1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

100K

2.2K

100K

100K

100K

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

8-9

AV-106

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

R808 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R809 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R810 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R819 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R820 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R821 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R822 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R823 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R825 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R827 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R828 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R835 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R836 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R839 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R840 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP

R841 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R842 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP

R844 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R845 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R852 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R854 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R858 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R859 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R860 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R861 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R862 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R863 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R864 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP

R865 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R866 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R867 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R868 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R869 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R870 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R871 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R872 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R873 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R874 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R875 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R876 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R877 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R878 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R879 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R885 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R886 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R887 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R888 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R889 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R896 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R897 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R898 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R899 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R965 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1101 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1103 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

100K

75

75

75

0

0

0

100K

100K

100K

75

75

100K

100

75

100K

100

68

75

75

100

1M

75

75

75

100

100K

100K

10K

220

100

100

100

100

100

100K

100

100

100

100

470

470

0

1K

1K

100K

0

0

100K

0

0

100K

100K

470

470

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

Description

R1105 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1106

R1107

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP

R1108 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP

R1110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1111 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1115 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1116 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R1120 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1132 1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP

R1133

R1134

R1139

R1140

1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1141 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1142

R1143

R1144

R1145

R1146

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1147 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

R1148 1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

R1401 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1402 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP

R1403 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1406 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R1407 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP

R1408 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R1409 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R1410 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R1411 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R1412 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP

R1416 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R1417 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1418 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1419 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1451 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1452 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP

R1453 1-218-905-11 METAL CHIP

R1454 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP

R1601 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1602 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1603 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1604 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1609 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP

1K

2.2K

150

680

1K

1K

0 (HX825)

100K

1K

150

4.7K

4.7K

10K

10K

10K

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

4.7K

150

1K

1.5K

1K

100

680

100

100

2.2K

0 (HX825)

0 (HX825)

1K 5%

10K

0 (HX825)

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

2.2K

120K

2.2K

0

0

0

1K

100K

270K

39K

10K

10K

10K

10K

150K

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

Remarks

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

1/10W

(HX825)

8-10

AV-106 FL-166

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

R1610 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R1613 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP

R1614 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1621 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP

R1622 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1623 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1624 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1625 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1626 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1627 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1628 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

R1629 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R1630 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R1632 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1633 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R1636 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R1637 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R1638 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R1707 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R1709 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

R1710 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1714 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R1715 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1716 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R1717 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R1718 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1719 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1720 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1721 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1722 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1735 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP

R1736 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP

R1738 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1800 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP

R1801 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

100

100

100

0

0

100K

470

470

10K

1K

0

10K

10K

1K

0

100

22K

10K

33K

0

0

10K

10K

0

0

0

470

0

75

75

470

10K

0

100

0

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

C3114

C3115

C3116

C3117

Description

1-128-131-11 ELECT




22uF

0.1uF

0.01uF

0.01uF

C3118 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

C3120 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF

C3121 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF

C3124 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

< DIODE >

D3102 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D3103 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D3104 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D3105 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D3106 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D3107 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

D3108 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17

D3109

D3110

D3111

D3112

8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17

8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17

8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17

8-719-056-82 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-6.2B

< FERRITE BEAD >



Remarks

20% 50V

10% 50V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 50V

5%

5%

< CONNECTOR >

CN3101 1-774-729-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P

< IC >

IC3101 8-759-643-83 IC uPD16315GB-3BS

< JACK >

J3101 1-780-049-11 TERMINAL BOARD (S TERMINAL+3P)

< THERMISTOR >

TH601 1-805-074-11 THERMISTOR

< TUNER UNIT >

0 TU401

8-597-559-00 TUNER, FSS BTF-DF441

L3101

< COIL >

1-412-537-31 INDUCTOR 100uH

< FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE >

< VIBRATOR >

* X602

1-813-700-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (10MHz)

* X603 1-813-698-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (32.768kHz)

X1101 1-781-589-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (HX825)

* X1401

1-813-713-31 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (18.432MHZ)

************************************************************

FL-166 BOARD, COMPLETE

**********************


< CAPACITOR >

C3103 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C3104 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C3106 1-125-972-91 ELECT

C3110 1-106-363-00 MYLAR

100uF

C3113 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

5%

5%

0.0068uF

5%

50V

50V

20% 16V

10%

200V

50V

* ND3101 1-519-849-21 INDICATOR TUBE, FLUORESCENT

< TRANSISTOR >

Q3101

Q3102

8-729-901-88 TRANSISTOR


< RESISTOR >

2SC2411K-CR

2SC2411K-CR

R3101 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R3102 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R3103 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R3104 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R3105 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R3108 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP

R3109 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R3111 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP

R3113 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP

R3114 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP

0

0

75

75

0

75

0

3.3K

220K

220K

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

50V

50V

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

Note :


0


0



8-11

FL-166 FR-257 RD-064

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

R3115 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP

R3116 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP

S3101

< SWITCH >

1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE

27K

100K

5%

5%

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

1/10W

1/10W

Description

< SWITCH >

S3001 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (PLAY)

S3002 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (REC STOP)

S3003 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (REC)

S3004 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (STOP)

S3005 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (DUB)

Remarks

< TRANSFORMER >

* T3101 1-445-017-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER (POWER)

************************************************************

S3006 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (OPEN/CLOSE)

S3007 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (CH+)

S3008 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (CH-)

S3009 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (REC MODE)

S3012 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (DVD) FR-257 BOARD, COMPLETE

**********************


< CAPACITOR >

S3013 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (HDD)

S3014 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (INPUT SELECT)

************************************************************

C3001

C3002

C3004




< CONNECTOR >

0.01uF

0.1uF

0.01uF

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

* A-1494-643-A RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX820)

* A-1215-024-A RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX825)


CN3004 1-785-828-21 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 4P (DV IN)

* CN3005 1-580-789-22 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 6P

D3001

D3002

D3003

D3004

D3005

Q3001

Q3002

R3001

R3003

R3004

R3005

R3006

R3013

R3014

R3015

R3016

R3017

< DIODE >

8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

8-719-077-79 DIODE SLR-332VRT32 (SYNCHRO REC)

8-719-077-79 DIODE SLR-332VRT32 (TIMER REC)

6-500-176-01 DIODE EB3804X-TP-J555K (HDD)

8-719-084-27 DIODE SLI-343YCT32WST (DVD)

< IC >

IC3001 6-706-783-01 IC BU2050F-E2

* IC3002 6-600-500-01 IC GP1UM28XK0SF

< TRANSISTOR >



< RESISTOR >

1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP

1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP

R3007 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP

R3008 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R3009 1-216-806-11 METAL CHIP

R3010 1-216-811-11 METAL CHIP

R3012 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP

1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP

R3018 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R3019 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R3020 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP

R3023 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

R3024 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP

UN2211

MSB709-RT1

0

0

4.7K

2.2K

220

220

0

56

150

0

2.2K

2.2K

3.3K

5.6K

8.2K

2.2K

2.2K

3.3K

2.2K

2.2K

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

0.5% 1/10W

5% 1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

1/10W

< CAPACITOR >

C101 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C102 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C103 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C104 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C107 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C109

C110

C111

C112

C113

C119

C120

C121

C122

C123

C129

C130

C131

C132

C133

C139

C140

C141

C142

1-126-246-11 ELECT CHIP



















220uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

C114 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C115 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C116 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C117 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C118 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF


C125 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47uF

C126 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP

C127 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP

100uF

47uF

C128 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

C134 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C135 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C136 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C137 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C138 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

0.1uF

C143 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

20% 4V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10V

10V

10V

10V

10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10%

20%

20%

20%

10%

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

16V

16V

6.3V

16V

10V

10V

10V

4V

10V

10V

10V

10V

10V

10V

10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

8-12

RD-064

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

C144 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C145 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C146 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C147 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C148 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C149 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C150 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C151 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C152 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C153 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C154 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C155 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C156 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C157 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C158 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C159 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C160 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C161 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C162 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C163 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C164 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C165 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C166 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C167 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C168 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C169 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C170 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C171 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C172 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C173 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C174 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C175 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C176 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


C188 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C189 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C190 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C191 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C192 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C193 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C194 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C195 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C196 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C197 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C198 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C199 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C201 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C202 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C203 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF



C206 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C207 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C208 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


C210 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C214 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C215 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C217 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C218 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 16V

5% 50V

5% 50V

10% 16V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 6.3V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

20% 6.3V

10% 10V

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

C219

C220

C222

C223

C224

Description






0.01uF

0.01uF

10uF

10uF

0.01uF

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

C230

C231

C232

C233

C234






0.01uF

0.01uF

0.01uF

0.22uF

0.01uF

C235 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C236 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C237 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF



C303

C304

C305

C308

C309






10uF

10uF

10uF

100PF

220PF

C310 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C311 1-164-882-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C312 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF

C313 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C314 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C315 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C316 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C317 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C318 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C319 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C320 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C321 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C322 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C323 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C324 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C325 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C326 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C327 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C328 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C329 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF



C332 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C333 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C334 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C335 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C336 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C337 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C338 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C339 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C340 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF


C502 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C505 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C506 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C601 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF





20% 6.3V

20% 6.3V

20% 6.3V

5% 50V

5% 16V

5%

5%

50V

16V

5% 50V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

Remarks

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 6.3V

20% 6.3V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 6.3V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 10V

20% 6.3V

20% 6.3V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

0.5PF

50V

0.5PF

50V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 6.3V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 16V

20% 6.3V

20% 6.3V

20% 6.3V

10% 6.3V

8-13

RD-064

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description



C608 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C609 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47uF

C610 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47uF

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

20% 6.3V

20% 6.3V

10% 16V

20% 10V

20% 10V

C915

C916

Description



0.33uF

0.1uF

Remarks

20% 10V

10% 10V

C917 1-127-772-81 CERAMIC CHIP 33000PF 10% 10V

C918 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

10% 16V

C919 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10% 10V


C612 1-162-962-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF

C614 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C615 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10%

10%

10%

10%

10V

50V

10V

10V

C616 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF

10% 50V

C617 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C618 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C619 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C620 1-162-960-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF

C622 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10V

10V

10V

50V

10V

C920 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C921 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C924 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C925 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C926 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C927 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C928 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C929 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

10% 10V

10% 10V

C922 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF

10% 50V

C923 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

10% 10V

10% 10V

10%

10%

10%

10%

10%

10V

10V

10V

16V

16V





C702 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C703 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C704 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C705 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF



C708 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C710 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C711 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C712 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C713 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C714 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF


C716 1-112-001-81 CERAMIC CHIP 270PF



20%

20%

20%

20%

10%

0.5PF

10%

5%

20%

6.3V

6.3V

6.3V

6.3V

16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

0.5PF

50V

50V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

16V

10% 16V

10% 6.3V

50V

20% 6.3V

6.3V

C930

C931

C932

C933

C934






C940 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP

C941 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP

C942 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP

0.01uF

0.01uF

0.01uF

0.01uF

0.01uF

C935 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C936 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C937 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C938 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C939 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22uF

22uF

10uF

10uF

C944 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C945 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C946 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C947 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C948 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C949 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C950 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

20% 10V

20% 10V

20% 16V

20% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

C805 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C806 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF



C809 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C810 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C811 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C812 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C813 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF

C816 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C817 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP

C901 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP

47uF

47uF


C903 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C904 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C905 1-125-838-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF

C906 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C907 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C908 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF

C909 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C910 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C911 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C912 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22uF

C913 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C914 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

10% 10V

10% 16V

5%

5%

50V

50V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 6.3V

20% 16V

10% 6.3V

20% 10V

20% 6.3V

10% 10V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 6.3V

10% 10V

10% 10V

20% 6.3V

10% 10V

10% 16V

10% 10V

20% 10V

10% 10V

10% 16V

C952 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C953 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C954 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C955 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C956 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C957 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C1006 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

C1008 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1009 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1010 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1011 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1012 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1013 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1014 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1015 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF


C1029 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF

C1030 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1031 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1032 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

C1033 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C1034 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF

C1035 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF


C1037 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF

10% 10V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 16V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

20% 6.3V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 10V

10% 16V

10% 6.3V

10% 16V

10% 10V

10% 16V

8-14

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

* C1038 1-112-833-11 ELECT CHIP 68uF

C1041 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF

< CONNECTOR >

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

20% 16V

10% 10V

IC902

IC903

Description

6-706-520-01 IC CXD9836R

6-806-931-01 IC MB95F108ASPFV-GE1-5G00

IC906 6-703-046-01 IC SN74LVC1G08DCKR

IC907 6-707-119-01 IC TK11218CMCL-G

IC908 6-704-470-01 IC TK11233CMCL-G

CN201 1-818-857-51 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 40P

CN603 1-818-858-11 CONNECTOR, BOAD TO BOAD 42P

CN606 1-818-858-11 CONNECTOR, BOAD TO BOAD 42P

CN701 1-573-806-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 6P

* CN901 1-691-591-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 8P

IC909

IC910

6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G

6-710-105-01 IC TK70550SCL-G

< COIL >

CN902 1-820-747-11 CONNECTOR, HDMI

< DIODE >

D915

FB101

FB103

FB106

FB107

FB110

8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B

< FERRITE BEAD >

1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)

1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)

1-469-670-21 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)

1-469-670-21 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)

1-469-670-21 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)

FB111 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)





FB605

FB606

1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)

1-469-084-21 FERRITE

< FILTER >

0mH

L101

L102

L201

L202

L301

L302

L303

L602

L603

L604

Q601

Q602

Q603

Q604

Q605

Q606

Q607

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

1-400-073-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR

< TRANSISTOR >

10uH

10uH

10uH

10uH

10uH

10uH

10uH

4.7uH

10uH

10uH








< RESISTOR >

MSB709-RT1

MSB709-RT1

MSB709-RT1

MSB709-RT1

MSB709-RT1

MSB709-RT1

MSB709-RT1

FL501 1-234-867-11 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD)



FL902 1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI

FL904



FL907

1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI

1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI

< IC >

IC101 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G

IC103 6-708-896-01 IC R8A34012BG

IC105 6-708-812-01 IC HYB25DC512160CE-6

IC106 6-708-812-01 IC HYB25DC512160CE-6

IC108 6-708-935-01 IC MM1762FHBE

IC109 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G

IC112 6-704-353-01 IC SN74LVC2G34DCKR

IC201 6-806-103-01 IC 88SA8040-TBC1C000

IC202 6-705-311-01 IC S-T111B18MC-OGDTFG

* IC301

6-708-848-01 IC TVP5146M2PFP

IC302 6-708-882-01 IC BH18MA3WHFV-TR

IC502 6-708-924-01 IC S29GL256N90TFIR20

IC601 6-708-889-01 IC MP2105DJ-LF-Z

IC602 6-706-237-01 IC PQ1MX55M2SPQ

IC604 8-759-660-23 IC SN74HCT08APWR

IC605 8-759-548-99 IC SN74LV08APWR

IC701 6-706-365-01 IC uPD72852AGB-8EU-A

* IC802 6-708-929-01 IC ICS650G-42LFT

IC803 6-708-888-01 IC WM8590GEDS/RV

IC901 8-759-837-19 IC MM1562FFBE

R103

R104

R105

R108

R109

1-218-939-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-939-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R110 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R111 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R112 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R113 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R117 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R118 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R119 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R120 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R121 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R122 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R123 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R124 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP

R125 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP

R126 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP

R127 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP

R128

R129

R130

R131

R132

R133 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R134 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R135 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R136 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R137

1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP

0

47

22

0

0

10K

2.2K

2.2K

2.2K

2.2K

10K

10K

10K

1K

0

68

68

10K

10K

10K

0

33

0

22

22

0

22

0

0

47K

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

RD-064

Remarks

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

8-15

RD-064

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

R138 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP

R139 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP

R140 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP

R141 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP

R142 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP

R143 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP

R145 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP

R146 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP

R147 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R148 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R149 1-218-939-11 RES-CHIP

R150 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R153 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R154 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R155 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R156 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R157 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R158 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R160 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R161 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R162 1-208-687-11 METAL CHIP

R163 1-208-687-11 METAL CHIP

R164 1-208-643-11 METAL CHIP

R165 1-208-643-11 METAL CHIP

R166 1-208-663-11 METAL CHIP

R167 1-208-663-11 METAL CHIP

R168 1-208-663-11 METAL CHIP

R169 1-208-663-11 METAL CHIP

R170 1-208-663-11 METAL CHIP

R171 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R172 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R173 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R174 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R175 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R176 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R177 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R178 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R179 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R180 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R181 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R182 1-218-945-11 RES-CHIP

R183 1-218-945-11 RES-CHIP

R184 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R185 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R186 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R187 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R188 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R189 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R190 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP

R191 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP

R192 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP

R193 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP

R194 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R195 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R196 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R197 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R198 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R199 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R203 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R204 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

22

22

22

10K

10K

22

22

22

22

22

150

150

150

150

22

1.5K

1.5K

22

22

150

47

22

22

0

0

68

22

10K

22

10K

47K

47K

47K

47K

47K

4.7K

47K

4.7K

22

22

0

0

0

22

100

4.7K

4.7K

22

22

1K

220

220

22

22

22

22

47

22

4.7K

4.7K

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

5% 1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

5% 1/16W

5% 1/16W

R205

R206

R207

R208

R209

R210

R211

R212

R213

R214

Description

1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

R223

R224

R225

R226

R227

1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R228 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP

R229 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R231 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP

R233 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R237 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R238

R240

R243

R245

R246

1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP

R247 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R248 1-208-709-11 METAL CHIP

R249 1-218-941-11 RES-CHIP

R250 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R252 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R258 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R261 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R265 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R267 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R269 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R270 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R272 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R274 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R276 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R279 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

R282 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R303 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R304 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R305 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R306 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R307 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R308 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R312 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R313 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R314 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP

R315 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R316 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R317 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R318 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R322 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP

R323 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP

R325 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R328 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R329 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R336 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

1K

1K

10K

1K

0

1K

10K

10K

1K

1K

1K

12K

100

0

0

1K

10K

1K

470

1M

82

22

82

1K

0

82

22

82

82

22

0

0

100

0

100

56

10K

5.6K

4.7K

56

22

100

22

100

2.2K

2.2K

100

10K

0

10K

0

22

22

22

22

0

0

22

0

100K

Remarks

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

5% 1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

8-16

680K

18K

10K

0

0

10

10K

4.7K

0

22

0

0

0

680

680

680

0

0

680

510K

120

120

120

120

680

5.6K

0

0

100

120

10K

0

10K

10K

10K

0

0

0

5.6K

0

0

0

10K

10K

0

100

0

1K

0

10K

0

0

470

100

470

0

22

10K

0

0

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

R337 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R338 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R513 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R518 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R519 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R522 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R524 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R525 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R532 1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP

R533 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R535 1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP

R547 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R549 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R565 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R603 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP

R605 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP

R607 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP

R609 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP

R611 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP

R612 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP

R613 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R614 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP

R615 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R616 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R617 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP

R618 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP

R619 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R620 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R621 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP

R623 1-208-952-81 METAL CHIP

R624 1-208-955-11 METAL CHIP

R626 1-208-713-11 METAL CHIP

R627 1-208-911-11 METAL CHIP

R628 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R629 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R630 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP

R631 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R635 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

R638 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R639 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R640 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R641 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R642 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R643 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R644 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R645 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R646 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R647 1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP

R649 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R650 1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP

R652 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R655 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R658 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP

R661 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R662 1-208-911-11 METAL CHIP

R663 1-208-911-11 METAL CHIP

R664 1-208-911-11 METAL CHIP

R665 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R666 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R701 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

0.5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

R703

Description

1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R705 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R706 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R709 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R710 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

1/16W

1/16W

R711 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R712 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R713 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R714 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R715 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R717 1-208-910-11 METAL CHIP

R718 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP

R719 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP

R721 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP

R722 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP

1/16W

R723

R733

R808

R810

R811

1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP

1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R812 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R816 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R817 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R821 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP

R823 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP 1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

R825 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R826 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R827 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R830 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R839 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R840 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R841 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R842 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R844 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R845 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1/10W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/10W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

R846 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R847 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R901 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R902 1-218-939-11 RES-CHIP

R905 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R906 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R907 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R913 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R914 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R915 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R918 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R919 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R921 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R922 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R923 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R924 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R925 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R926 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP

R927 1-218-959-11 RES-CHIP

R928 1-218-952-11 RES-CHIP

R929 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R930 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R931 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

R932 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R933 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

22

22

0

68

0

0

0

0

0

0

22

33

33

22

0

10K

47

33

2.2K

33

9.1K

56

56

56

56

5.1K

0

33

22

10K

10K

10K

10K

10K

10K

33

10K

1K

100

10K

22

22

100K

3.3K

820

10K

100

4.7K

0

0

0

0

1K

1K

1K

0

0

0

0

0

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

RD-064

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

0.5% 1/16W

5% 1/16W

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

0.5% 1/10W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

8-17

RD-064

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

R935 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R937 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R938 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

R939 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R940 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R941 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R942 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R945 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R946 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R948 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

R950 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R951 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R953 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R954 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R955 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R956 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R957 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R968 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

R973 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R974 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R977 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R978 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R983 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R985 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

R986 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R987 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R988 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R989 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R990 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R991 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R993 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R994 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R995 1-220-179-11 RES-CHIP

R1001 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R1002 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1003 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1004 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1005 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1006 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1007 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1008 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1009 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R1010 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1011 1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP

R1012 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1014 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1015 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1016 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1017 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1018 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1019 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1020 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1021 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1022 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1023 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1024 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R1025 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1026 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1028 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R1030 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

0

0

22

22

22

1K

10K

510

33

0

0

47

47

100

1K

0

0

0

4.7K

0

1K

1K

10K

10K

10K

10K

10K

4.7K

0

0

100

0

4.7K

0

10K

0

0

47

100

4.7K

47

10K

10K

33

33

0

0

0

22

22

0

0

0

0

0

0

1K

10K

5.6K

0

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

R1031

Description

1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R1032 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R1033 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1035 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1037 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

R1038 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1039 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1040 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R1041 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R1042 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP

R1043 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1044 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1045 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1046 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1047 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

1/16W

R1048 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1049 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1050 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1051 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

R1052 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1055 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1074 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1078 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1082 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1083 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

R1084 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1085 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1086 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1088 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1089 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP

R1090 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1094 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1098 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1099 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1102 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1154 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1166 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP

R1169 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1175 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1186 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1188 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1189 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1906 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1907 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP

R1909 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP

R1910 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1913 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1914 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1915 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1916 1-218-956-11 RES-CHIP

R1917 1-218-956-11 RES-CHIP

R1921 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1922 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1923 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1927 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1929 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1930 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP

R1931 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1932 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1933 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

0

0

22

22

0

0

0

22

22

0

10K

10K

10K

10K

100

10K

0

0

10K

10K

0

0

0

1K

10K

0

22

22

22

22

0

10K

47

47

33

33

33

22

22

4.7K

0

0

1.8K

0

0

0

100K

0

10K

1K

0

0

0

4.7K

47K

0

0

0

0

1.8K

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

5%

5%

5%

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

8-18

RD-064

Ref. No.

Part No.

R1934

R1935

R1936

R1940

R1941

R1947

R1950

R1951

R1954

R1955

Description

1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP

R1942 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP

R1943 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP

R1944 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP

R1945 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP

R1946 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP

R1956 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1957 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1958 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1959 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP

R1960 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1961 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R1962 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

R1964 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP

1K

1K

1K

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

0

0

47

47

10K

10K

10K

10K

0

0

0

0

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

< COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK >

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Remarks Ref. No.

Part No.

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

RB159

RB171

RB172

RB173

RB174

Description

1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)

1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK




47K (1005X4)

47K (1005X4)

47K (1005X4)

47K (1005X4)

Remarks

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

1/16W

RB175

RB182

RB183

RB184

RB185

RB189

RB190

RB191

RB192

RB193

RB194

RB195

RB196

RB201

RB202

RB203

RB204

RB205

RB210

RB211


















10K (1005X4)

10K (1005X4)

10K (1005X4)

10K (1005X4)

10K (1005X4)

22 (1005X4)

22 (1005X4)

22 (1005X4)

22 (1005X4)

22 (1005X4)

22 (1005X4)

22 (1005X4)

22 (1005X4)

100 (1005X4)

100 (1005X4)

1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)



100 (1005X4)

100 (1005X4)

47K (1005X4)

47K (1005X4)

RB106 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)

RB107 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)

RB108 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)

RB109 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)

RB110 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)

RB111 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB112 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB113 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB114 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB115 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB212

RB213

RB219

RB220

RB221






47K (1005X4)

47K (1005X4)

68 (1005X4)

68 (1005X4)

68 (1005X4)

RB222 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)

RB223 1-242-962-21 RES, NETWORK 82X4 (1005)

RB301 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB302 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB501 1-234-379-21 RES, NETWORK 22K (1005X4)

RB116 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB117 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)








RB142 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4)

RB143 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)

RB144 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)

RB145 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)

RB146 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)

RB147 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)

RB148 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)














RB602 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK

RB701 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4)

RB702 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4)

RB703

S901


< SWITCH >

< VARISTOR >

VDR901 1-805-774-21 VARISTOR, CHIP










10K (1005X4)

47 (1005X4)

1-771-337-21 SWITCH, SLIDE (NOR-DL)

8-19

RD-064 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

< VIBRATOR >

Remarks

X201 1-813-210-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (NX5032GA) 25MHz

X301 1-781-940-41 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 14.318MHZ

* X701

1-813-695-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 24.576MHZ

X801 1-781-867-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 27MHz

X901 1-795-244-11 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC 10MHz

************************************************************

0

1-474-022-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (SRV-2001EK)

********************************

************************************************************

0

ACCESSORIES

************



2-658-476-01 COVER, BATTERY (FOR RMT-D231P/D230P)

1-575-131-82 CORD, POWER

1-759-586-41 CONTROLLER, VIDEO (AV MOUSE) (HX825)

1-696-593-11 CORD, CONNECTION (PAL)

2-886-040-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)(HX825)

2-886-040-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN)(HX825)

2-886-040-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN)(HX825)

2-886-040-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)(HX825)

2-886-040-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)(HX825)

2-886-041-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE)

(HX820)

2-886-041-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH)(HX820)

2-886-041-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH)(HX820)

2-886-041-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH)(HX820)

************************************************************

Note :


0


0



8-20E

RDR-HX820/HX825

9-883-932-11

Sony Corporation

Home Electronics Network Company

— 154 —

2006H1600-1

©2006.08

Published by Quality Assurance Dept.

Sony RDR-HX 820, 825 DVD Recorder SERVICE MANUAL

Assistant Bot

SERVICE MANUAL

AEP Model

RDR-HX820/HX825

Laser:

Channel coverage:

Video reception:

Audio reception:

Aerial out:

Timer:

Video recording format:

Audio recording format/applicable bit rate:

SPECIFICATIONS

LINE 2 OUT

(AUDIO):

(VIDEO):

(S VIDEO):

LINE 2 IN

(AUDIO):

(VIDEO):

(S VIDEO):

LINE 1 – TV:

LINE 3/DECODER:

DV IN:

DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL):

DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL):

COMPONENT VIDEO OUT

(Y, P

/C

, P

/C

):

G-LINK:

HDMI OUT:

Power requirements:

Power consumption:

Dimensions (approx.):

Hard disk drive capacity:

Mass (approx.):

Operating temperature:

Operating humidity:

Supplied accessories:

DVD RECORDER

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.

— 2 —

SERVICE NOTE

1.

GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.

DISASSEMBLY

3.

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

4.

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

— 3 —

5.

IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

6.

SERVICE MODE

7.

ADJUSTMENTS

8.

REPAIR PARTS LIST

— 4 —

1. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION)

NOTES DURING THE FORCED EJECTION

— 5 —

2. BOARDS CONNECTION

— 6 —

This section is extracted from instruction manual.

(RDR-HX825 : 2-886-040-E1 (1))

Before Recording

The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.

Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY

2-2. RD-064 BOARD

2-3. TRAY ASSEMBLY

2-4. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY